Home

Synergy Nano Technical Manual

1. Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Je SV 3 1 DEN T o 4 RIg Ci EN TEE 0 Soe E 1 c i HLMPD1504 Bir 100 0224630V J1 2 RI 0 DAC 3 3 470 J 4 he SV SV 3 ao cy 4 4 SZ HA Ce LM E De c i H_EMPDIS0A Em ja 100 022 4630V 1 2 R2 0 DAC 6 UTPUTE 470 J1 UTPU Te 15 UTLPUTERE pi Tae UTPUTE F3 Jl E BV X 3 1 a b U D o 5 7 UIE 4 o Je C3 6 xL LED3 fe HLMPD150A m gt 8 un U3 I00 022 4630V J R3 0 OAC 9 470 J1 8 F4 J1 SV 3 1 ao cob L0 TEA uu Hie C4 eA LED 2 HLMPD1504 Weeer 100 022 4630V 41 R4 0 DAC 7 470 di 1 5V 3 i ag oh HE 4 R17 c LM LEDS _ T k HLMP D1504 Je 00 088 630 V 1 R5 0 DAC 5 470 J1
2. SD Nb c zm D 7 Xm E D m F ZB m 0 m m p d zz zz E co m nx m o i m rH m SET m D e SIS rn PES m no m E ct E i c E o e na e o2 e S e cen o e e ee be ee DE a Dex Dex mea Des e nea mme i lel Lei eee eee eee eee E E K Lum C a E Z e E _ E e ec e ef e e e e e ec e e 7 e ek e ef e ef e elo e elo e elo mt g mH g m o vn o vn o vn o ntl og ntl og ntl g mE og m og mi o MS la a a e e e e e e e e e e rit D DL MT MT mti mic mic muc mc mc mite e cde e D i e ecdle e G ile e G ile e crdje e Chile e Chile e Sule e rGHje e SHje e asdje sl Sce sl G ile sl TEdje sl rede e ZC le sl Odile e Erde e Ordle e Ghrdle e dGdle sl Sodje e ZGcdle sl Sce sl G ile ced e Cede sl Beale e Traje e vide e die e OCH je e ESN sl SCHje sl 6CH je eC Dis eCeie ie Eis soe 92 eC fae st Zi 62 012 Die Cee Y lel 1 8 3 j 5 amp 7 8 S9 10 ii 2 O U 6 TIL
3. A X Channel Digital Device m m p Output T SIE S 1 13 Event 1 HIE 2 14 Event 2 s HIE 3 15 Event 3 T E LES 4 16 Event 4 aps 5 17 Event 5 JE reme IS 6 18 Event 6 i Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 90 UERGY NANO Nano Temperature Vibration Main Screen Main Screen Digital Output Screen 11 45 31 PMs Events Screen 11 45 47 HM Chan 1 Unit Temp chan 2 Mir RMS Selen 9 m hoa Gy ese mn S 25 0 C Ee SEA mE Dreu Int Mone Mone amp Stop Mone None Mone Heat ctc None O Light Mone pediM2 Mone D Eventz D Mone Light Mone D Event 3 D None Hi Heat None O Event4 None O LnHeat None C EventS 9 Event 23 Preu Mone D Evento 9 Event 24 Selected Output 1 B 12a Gut 1 On OFF OFF Steady State 220e 1050 Steady State zc 1050 Channels Inputs Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Type Temperature Vibration N A N A Sensor RTD1 Analog 1 N A N A High Volt Scale N A 5VDC N A N A Low Volt S
4. A EE Channel Digital Device m m 2 Output 2 TEE Lee 1 13 Eventi HIE 2 14 Event2 s HIE 3 15 Event 3 T E LE 4 16 Event 4 154 5 17 Event 5 Dies E AN 6 18 Event 6 S Tsl Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 84 Nano Temperature Humidity Main Screen Main Screen Digital Output Screen 11 20 47 PM Events Screen 11 21 08 PM Chan 1 Unit Temp rohan 2 Humid RH Set Set pat Outputs Point 46 0 C Point 56 0 D n md See SE 50 0 5 x Lowa ventBC Ambient E HAL D Cascade vacuum PIDHumd PIDH O Ambient Event 1 pHmcCoil amp BoostH PIDHumd Event2 Drier D Lowlmp HiAL Event 3 wickPan Hicomp C DHmcoil Event 4 Mane PIDE LI Drier Event 5 Event 23 amp Full CI WickPan Evento Event 24 Selected Output 1 B 12a Gut 1 On Off On Steady State 220e S0 Die Steady State 220e 20 0 Die Channels Inputs Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Type Temperature Humidity N A N A Sensor RTD1 Analog 1 N A N A High Volt Scale N A 5VDC N A N A Low Volt Scale N A OVDC N A N A High Eng Scale N A 100 N A N A Low Eng Scale N A 096 N A N A Digital Inputs Name Input Function when Closed Ambient Lock Out Input 1 Disables Ambient Coil when Dehumidify Co
5. Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Channel OO P ob Digital Output 13 Device Event 1 Event 2 Event 3 Event 4 Event 5 Event 6 Page 82 Nano Temp Only Main Screen Digital Output Screen Main S 7 14 59 PM Events Screen 11 14 08 PM Chan 1 Temp eet G Joar Outputs S ep d SE Point Een 1473 7C Si LowAL Mone Mone E HAL D Cascade None Mone PIDH D Mone Eventi None BoostH Mone D Event 3 O None LowcCmp D Mone D Event 3 D Mone D Hicomp Mone O Event4 None amp ppc O None eEyentS Event 23 Fullc Mone D Evento 9 Event 24 Selected Output fi Biza ott Omo On Program Paused End of Program 473 7C Steady State 25 00 Channels Inputs Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Type Temperature N A N A N A Sensor RTD1 N A N A N A High Volt Scale N A N A N A N A Low Volt Scale N A N A N A N A High Eng Scale N A N A N A N A Low Eng Scale N A N A N A N A Digital Inputs Name Input Function when Closed Compressor Cut in Logic Input3 Boost Heat High Artificial Load High Stage Compressor Cascade Condenser See Section 6 7 Device Primitives etc Burn in Logic Input4 Enables Low Stage Compressor and Full Cool with LEV1 AGREE Chamber Logic Input5 Locke out Low Stage Compressor and enables High Stage Compressor and Full Cool with LEV1 TempGard Input9 None TempGard Alarm displays in Alarm Folder and
6. 150 4 delta t 36 C delta t 16 C 100 50 Air Temp UUT Temp UUT setpoint 0 200 409 600 800 1000 120 1400 50 100 14 1 Cascade Control Setup 14 1 1 Registering the Cascade Control feature Setup Screen teepee Te cascade feature requires a registration key To register your cascade control feature select en SettingsPID Ch 11 the cascade folder Hack PID Chi Heat Dead Band chi PID Ch 1 Cool Temperature Cascade Chamber Off 25 8 00 Setup Screen IIEETETEM lf your cascade control is not registered you will encounter this screen Press the Registration Key Register Cascade text box to open the alohanumeric keypad Enter your registration number here The cascade registration number is available from Tidal Engineering or your chamber manufacturer Your serial number needed to register cascade is 017 0115 You must provide this number to get your registration kev Registration key Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 234 14 2 Configuring Cascade Software 14 2 1 General Several settings and parameter options should be configured before using Cascade software This is especially important when you are switching between single loop control and cascade control In addition your PIDs will usually require additional tuning especially with the Cascade Proportional Band setting The PID Parameter Option Chart below shows the recommended and d
7. 297 UR PAVE SE TOS EE 297 1710 GontrolSystem V CVIMNCATOM sses a aa Pob p un s ate a e a a SEE 297 18 0 SYNERGY NANO COMMUNICATIONG 298 18 1 Synergy Command TEE 298 IS EE ipeo EXampleS E Umm 323 18 3 Profile Creation and Control Commande esee nnnnan nnns nnne sess annis 326 18 4 LaADVIEW LUPUS 329 19 9 APPENDIX RESOURCES usine dideeni cuenten De EAEE TEA EA EERE 335 20 0 APPENDIXB REPLACEMENT PARTS AND ACCESORIES sss 336 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 5 1 0 INTRODUCTION Welcome to the Synergy Nano 1 4 DIN touch screen control system designed and manufactured by Tidal Engineering Corporation The Synergy Nano incorporates the latest software developments in environmental test chamber control with a user friendly touch screen interface that makes programming and diagnostics tasks simple and easy The 2 channel multi processor based controller is the newest addition to Tidal s award winning Synergy Series of hardware and software expressly engineered to enhance the performance of a broad range of test chambers Exhibiting unparalleled integration and connectivity the instrument is designed to retrofit easily into nearly every 1 4 DIN controller equipped test chamber and oven In addition to the Synergy Nano Tidal s Synergy Series is comprised of the Synergy Micro controller Synergy Web Server Software Synergy Manager Software for c
8. H 20 2 3 7 User Programmable Alarm System cccccccccccsseeceeeceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeseeeeesaeeeeeeeessaaaeeeesaaaseeeeeesaageeeeenaas 20 PESE ME Ee elle Le ERE 20 2 3 9 Analog Retransmit Outputs nennen nennen nennen nnn nnns na nnn nsns naa ranis n nans nnne 20 20 CHANBER AFET 21 SS We Ee Bt Bun EE 21 3 2 User Programmable E gun EB an CN 21 9 9 Secondary Controler E en E 21 34 Alarm System PES UNG BE 21 40 FRONT PANEL AND CONTH OBLS citi rere rane Seccion utter oe nane nus onus gege 22 4 1 Synergy Nano Interface Panel Layout 22 4 2 Front Panel Operator Interface 23 oed tiet EE 24 4a MMEGBESCI RN H 24 Lo FUNCIONE c I mmm 25 4 6 Synergy Nano Power Up Splash Screen aussiisissseisirricuiiuinncsiinunuiinnnnninnn annaa e aa aa 27 5 0 NAVIGATION SCREENS A Brief COverview s sssssseesseeeeeeeeennnn nennen nnne nennen nnns nnne nnns 28 60 SETUP AND CONFIGURATION E 33 Bed HOSTS DEC O PEE mo mmm 34 EES E EE 35 02d Cramme airal sei arepa E om 35 022 Atude CADAN rarena m 38 SE GUA SO E 38 C24 Mp t calb aO EE 39 JOE PID EE 45 C RIDO TON ME 46 SE SSS Cla RUN ION ERNST 53 Go Eey C ES 59 SRM EE Eegen 62 6 7 Device Primitives and Logic Flow Charte 64 S9 EOD CUNI E 77 gt FATS SS E 77 6 10 Synergy Nano Output Mappings by Chamber Tvpe
9. Litilities Copy Files Enter the Source File and the Destination File and Back press the Copy button Source File You can press the Browse button to view the list of storage Cardivpl Oo1 vPL E drives available Destination File The Drive List screen is shown below Ee Miel 7A0F 98 995 Select Source File 12 47 20 PM Select Source amp Destination File This Drive List appears when the Browse button is pressed The Synergy Nano may take a few seconds to poll for available storage media before displaying this screen Drive List File List EHMECIIRIT I T eee n e forage Card r LISB Hard Disk Flopp Disk 21009 i013 Dia Sal OC ooa oiy e019 Storage Card 8 16 32 or 256 MB flash USB Hard Disk removable USB storage Select your source and destination drive Press the Select button for each The Copy Files screen shown above will reappear Press the Copy button Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 141 SYNERGY NANO m Maintenance Screen fide BM File Utilities Delete Files File to Delete Chamber Off 158 0F 49 4 m Maintenance Screen File Utilities Rename Files Original File Mame New File Name 158 OF 49 4 Die Chamber Cf Maintenance Screen 12 33 09 Pr Fie Utilities Export History This screen allows you to export Ehe current history File to Floppy disks Insert a Floppy disk into the disk drive and click Export below to begin
10. Compressor Cut In Logic Input 3 When closed selects Compressor Cut In Logic Uses a pressure switch Note The Boost Heat output must be wired in series with the PID Heat output and not wired to control the Boost Heaters directly Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 66 Full Cool Device This output will turn on at low temperatures and enable full cooling capabilities When this output is off only reduced cooling is available This results in more precise control at higher temperatures Channel Enabled gt High Stage Compressor On Channel 2 On Channel 2 is Humidity Low Stage Compressor On setpoint lt L iid d Control Values Default Value L6 Full Cooling Switch Over Setpoint 20C 100 C to 100 C Temperature setpoint at which full cooling switches on Artificial Load Artificial Load is turned on when the cooling solenoid is off to prevent the compressor from overheating Channel On AND Compressor Channel Setpoint L3 Control Values Default Value xL3 Ch x Setpoint Transfer Setting 100 C to 100 C Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 67 Low Artificial Load This output energizes the Artificial Loading bypass solenoid to provide refrigerant flow to the compressor when operating with temperature control only This output is Time Proportioning and the inverse of the PID Cool output Channel En gt Low Stage Compressor P
11. o CH1 Actual 6 bytes CH2 Actual 6 bytes Humidity CH3 Actual 6 bytes es CH1 Setpoint 6 bytes CH2 Setpoint 6 bytes Humidity CH3 Setpoint 6 bytes CH1 Heat PID 4 bytes 0 to 100 CH2 Heat PID 4 bytes 0 to 100 CH3 Heat PID 4 bytes 0 to 100 ee EE CH1 Cool PID 4 bytes 0 to 100 CH2 Cool PID 4 bytes 0 to 100 CH3 Cool PID 4 bytes O to 100 ee a Bee Ee Note that the oldest 50 of the data in the log file will be lost when the log file exceeds the Log File Size set in the Settings Logging Setup window Therefore the required log file size should be calculated using the above technique before any lengthy test to be sure that it will not reach the Log File Size limit In addition any data that already exists in the log file should be taken into account You can export the History file and then clear it using the Logging Clear History folder before a long test to utilize the full capacity of the Storage Card Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 115 6 13 Panel Lock 1 01 30 PM The Synergy Controller features enhanced security starting in software version 2 8 5 User access to specific controller areas can be restricted appropriately for each user function The enhanced Panel Lock feature provides 5 levels of access security 1 Administrator 2 Maintainer 3 Engineer 4 Operator 5 Unrestricted Note that these enhanced security features may not be available on all controllers Contact
12. Tidal Engineering SimpleComm si E File wiew About DAC Sec IEEE 485 TCPFIP 1 Elles Connect Disconnect Status Socket Connected Address 172 16 10 118 Fort 5000 Command cjearhist 1 SystEnr DN Loop vs Response OO To examine the history database contents ype the command copyhisttoftp in the Command text box and press the Send button This will export the history database to the History txt file zs Tidal Engineering SimpleComm SE File wiew About DA REISER IEEE 485 TCPFIP 1 IP ari pace Connect Disconnect Status Socket Connected Address 472 16 10 118 Fort 5000 Command copyhisttoftp Gust DN Loop sl l Response OOO Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A pg Page 205 TS Fe SE OY Fe er E 7 mE Now you can examine the History txt file as shown below Note that it only contains new records A ftp 172 16 10 118 History txt Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Ly Back gt xl 2 Up D Search p Favorites 4 Gk amp B LU Ex t H 23 Address L ftp 172 186 10 118 History Ext Date and Time Record Type CHi ctual CH2 Actual CHi Setpoint CH2 Setpoint RTD RTD 2 High 06 26 2008 235 09 00 1 10 7 26 9 80 0 100 0 95 3700 95 35700 1 3466 5 0076 0 2454 4 0000 06 26 2008 23 09 10 1 10 9 26 9 80 0 100 0 95 4000 95 4000 1 3466 5 0076 0 2466 4 0000 Synergy Nano Technical Ma
13. Hire HH EE SYNE Enter the name for this alarm 1 Alpha C Numeric e Alpha Num Add Alarm Wizard IID AN Then press Next gt Click in the box below to enter the string that will be displayed when an alarm is active as well as logged into the history iF selected next step Alarm loxygen sensor warning SYNERGY z Back Cancel Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 130 SYNERGY NANO Add Alarm Wizard Sere Geet the Alarm Actions Click the actions belor that vol In this Case the Show Alarm and Log Alarm want to occur when the alarm is options are selected triggered Then press Next gt show Alarm Activate Relay 1 Log Alarm Disable Activate Chamber Relay 2 KE dE SYNERGY ell leren ESCH Confirm your choices and press Finish to complete the Alarm entry process When you click Finish you will have created the Following alarm named oxygen sensor warning Monitoring Digital Input 5 With options Show Alarm Log Alarm SVNERGY Setup Screen AL ARI The User Alarm Setup screen shows the new entry Edit Aire Delete Arm Ee SenID a Alarm Na n S d Ack m oxygen s 220C OOT In operation the Alarm Screen in the Maintenance folder indicates a normal state when the Input is closed as shown in the figures below Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 131 Maintenance Screen VIV OLYMPIC PROUGE
14. Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 50 Sa PID As mentioned previously PID stands for Proportional Integral and Derivative and is a popular control algorithm PID controllers are used to regulate a process variable temperature humidity etc at a setpoint The setpoint is the desired level of the process variable The control variable is equal to the output of the controller The output of a PID controller changes in response to a change in process value or setpoint PID Output Proportional Integral Derivative The Proportional Band Reset and Rate constants control the calculation of the PIDs P Proportional Band 100 gain I Integral 1 reset units of time D Derivative rate units of time Error Err Error is the difference between setpoint and actual value Error setpoint actual value measurement Proportional Band The proportional band is the range of error that forces the output from 1 to 100 In the proportional band the proportional controller output is proportional to the error Decreasing the proportional band increases the controller gain however increasing the controller gain can make the process less stable If error lt the proportional band Proportional Output error 100 proportional band Else Proportional Output 100 Integral In With integral action the integral portion of the controller output is proportional to the integral of the error Integral action is
15. Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 259 Trouble Shooting If the barcode scanner does not work with the Synergy Nano try the following troubleshooting steps Test the Scanner on a PC To test the functioning of the scanner plug it into the keyboard port on you PC Open a text editor such as notepad Then scan Test Label 1 on the previous page If the scanner is functioning correctly the text 1 23456 78 should appear in Notepad s Find Dialog box The Ctrl F prefix will not show up in notepad If the scanner does not output text or the output is incorrect then go back to the beginning of this manual and follow the scanner setup procedure one more time If the problem continues to persist consult your scanner s user manual Test Macros on the Synergy Nano If the scanner is functioning correctly the next step is to test the macro feature of the Synergy Nano Plug a standard PS 2 keyboard into the Synergy Nano To run a macro press CTRL F then type the Macro name 1 23456 78 and hit enter The macro should run successfully If it does not run successfully you should check your macro file on your PC for syntax accuracy and save it to a disk or USB key Then import the macro into the Synergy Nano and try running it again Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 260 SYNERGY NANO 17 0 INSTALLATION AND WIRING DIAGRAMS The Synergy Nano is designed for both new equipment and retrofit applications This section
16. Aux Outputs X2 Channel Digital Device Output 1 Pin11 Pin1 7 Heat 2 Pin11 Pin2 8 Cool 3 Pin11 Pin3 9 Boost Cool 4 Pin11 Pin4 10 Dryer GN2 5 Pin11 Pin5 11 Fan 6 Pin11 Pin6 12 Not Used DL el e Ini X2 Pin 11 can provide the 5VDC source for these outputs Event Outputs X8 a E Channel Digital Device 2 m s Output REL 1 13 Event 1 EIE 2 14 Event 2 Bi 3 15 Event 3 ER H LE 4 16 Event 4 17 Event 5 z 6 18 Event 6 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 86 SYNERGY NANO Nano Temp Temp Thermal Shock Main Screen Digital Output Screen amp Main LabviewRamp 1 03 03 PM amp Events LabviewRamp 1 00 30 PM Chan 1 Temp F Es Chan z Temp F Setpoint Gi Setpoint Dote Outputsi 8 0 V 88 i NR 9 Comp Fan Mone 3 O PIDE D ArtLoad Event 1 Mone E Comp D Evento D None Mone Temp F Temp F Ortload
17. CF Send Send Response Response D The RS 485 commands require an address Commands over RS 485 are preceded by a greater than symbol and the address gt 02 CAL2 and all responses are similarly preceded lt 02 0 00 SimpleComm automatically formats RS 232 command so the operator can simply enter the basic command string SimpleComm automatically prefixes both the address to the text entered in the Commands text box and strips the address from the text it displays in the Response text box Sending and Receiving Command Loops To send an individual command multiple times such as monitoring the temperature C1 select the Loop check box shown in the preceding image The command string will be sent once a second as long as the loop box remains checked The response box will display each reply as it is received jol x To change the sample rate select File from the file menu and then select Preferences Select the sample rate you desire and press OK The default sample rate is 1 second C 2 sec C 10 sec C Pi sec OF Cancel TCP IP has an additional logging feature that logs all responses to the looped queries to a file called log txt It is located in the SimpleComm s root directory Neither looping nor logging will function while you are sending or getting a Settings List Settings Lists Settings Lists are snapshots of a chamber s current configuration They can be used to set a ch
18. 1 Vdc Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 Analog1 130 gt 5 25 Vdc Yes Yes Yes No TempGard Digital Input 9 409 Open Yes Yes No No See Section 15 0 Space and Altitude Chambers for additional setup information This Generic Temperature Pressure configuration supports VersaTenn Altitude Chamber retrofits Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 101 IERGY NANO 6 11 6 Generic Temperature Humidity Pressure Altitude Generic Temperature Humidity Pressure Altitude 25M Outputs TE1151 6 SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 16 Wickpan o 15 Drier 4 14 Hi Al 3 13 Dehumidify Coil 2 12 PID Humidity 1 11 Ambient 3SM Event Outputs SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 24 Event 6 5 23 Event 5 4 22 Event 4 3 21 Event 3 2 20 Event 2 1 19 Event 1 15M Outputs TE1151 12 SM Digital Device Channel Output 12 18 Vacuum 11 17 Vent BC 10 10 Cascade 9 9 Low Artificial Load 8 8 Full Cool 7 7 PID Cool 6 6 High Compressor 5 5 Low Compressor 4 4 Boost Heat 3 3 PID Heat 2 2 High Artificial Load 1 1 Fan SSR Outputs TE1151 5 SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 30 Two 5 29 Wick Pan 4 28 Drier 3 27 Dehumidify Coil 2 26 PID Humidity 1 25 Ambient Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Is Page 102 SYNERGY NANO Generic Temperature Humidity Pressure Main Screen Main Screen Digital Output Screen 11 39 59 PM 11 40 17 PM Chan 1 Unit Temp C Chan 2 Humid 95 RH a a0c 56 0 5 50C 21 a Lowa
19. 114 SV 2 l ao ok i 4 Rig C6 i aN m LM LEDG 2 i HLMPDISOA m UE 100 082 630V 4 R6 0 DAC 18 470 J U7 T1 Te T1 Te T1 le T1 Te T1 Te SSRI SORE SNR SSR4 SSRI Page 295 TE1708 6 Relay Board Schematic 2 l EDI Z z8 1CH 5DE 1 HLMPDISOA zs I RELAY ER SPIT 5v Di d H3 47 amp ZETTLER 4 d En L ETE Z z8 1CH S5DE Sech T HLMPDISOA Ze DE um RELAY Em Ra SPIT Si Fa i 470 E i T a ZETTLER 3 T FN Ee PS UE LA LEIZ Sa z8 1CH 5DE ES HLMPIISON zx D cc ka RELAY R3 SPIT Gu 2 am amp ZETTLER LED S amp zB8 1CH 5DE HUMPI ae z Ge Ka RELAY R4 SPIT Du 470 2 amp ZETTLER LEDS S amp zB8 1CH 5DE HLMPDLSOA 25 ee RELAY R5 SPIT Du 470 2 amp ZETTLER L ED S amp ZB8 1CH 5DE HLMPDLSOA 2 Dnm ke RELAT Ee SPOT 5v 2 K amp ZETTLER Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 296 17 8 Controller Setup Once the Synergy Nano and output boards are mounted and wired verify that all the connections are tight Then apply power to the system and configure the controller To configure the controller 1 Startup the controller and select the chamber type from the Setup Chamber setup folder 2 Check the Input calibration for all inputs and the sensor selection for each channel Change as necessary 3 Setup the channel alarms and any other alarms see the Section 3 0 Safety 4 Setup Logging
20. 2 ay NN IB We e wm Fi D Y n mn KZ v d Se a See Re N N 0 Designed Specifically For Environmental Test Chambers ATWO CHANNEL 1 4 DIN PROCESS CONTROLLER AND DATA LOGGER Technical Manual For One and Two Channel Systems Tidal Engineering Corporation 2 Emery Ave Randolph NJ 07869 www TidalEng com Document Number TE2070 Revision A Date April 8 2010 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A EEN SYNERGY Au Revision History Senn December 3 2008 April 8 2010 Correct primitives Correct wiring errors Add in new application notes Correct NANO configurations Add new communications list Corrected communications example Added Olympic board power wiring diagram Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 2 Table of Contents POM usieemC OQ 6 1 1 Company Information and ASSISTANCE EE 12 2e Te ATON 13 2 1 Synergy Nano Block Diagram ccccceeccccccceeeseceeseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeseaeeeeeeeseeaeeeeeseaseeeesseaeeeeeeesseseeesensas 15 2 2 Synergy Nano Plus Block Diagram nennen nnne nnn nnne nnne nnns nsn nnn nnn 17 231 Protoss Vue E 19 2 3 2 Input Calibration and Gcalmg nnne nennen nnn nnns nnne narra 19 See eia Ge rio Tm m 19 AS MEG EB 20 E I aM Ec 20 E E IU beruhen TTC
21. Chamber i 460 30 0 0 Module UJT Module UUT Sensor Important To use the UUT Module Sensor for cascade control you must have the UUTs enabled To enable UUTs go to the Comm RS 485 folder and change the RS 485 Mode from User Comms to UUT Sensors You must also set the Number of UUTs to the appropriate setting See Section 13 for additional details UUT Module Sensor Code Chart The Synergy Nano can accommodate up to four UUT modules with up to sixteen sensors on each module uur rz uurs vura mes uurs uur7 uurs Note Since UUT modules have 16 sensors they respond to two sequential addresses For example a 16 Channel UUT module configured with an address of 1 will respond as UUT 1 and UUT 2 Sensors 1 thru 8 on the module will be reported as UUT 1 Sensors 1 thru 8 Sensors 9 to 16 on the module will be reported as UUT 2 Sensors 1 thru 8 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 239 14 3 Using Cascade Mode 14 3 4 Enable Cascade Mode To enable Cascade mode press the SETUP Screen Navigation Key and proceed to the Enabled folder shown below PID Settings PID Ch 1 Cascade Enabled Setup Screen Change the Enabled item s value to Enabled E SettingsiPID Ch 1 CascadelEnabled Disabled is the default value dc Available Options Disabled Chamber Off 255 C 0 0 14 3 2 Maintenance Channel PIDs Screen The Channel PIDs screen shows a third column when cascade mode is enabled for the channel All
22. D W W Mew Oper Save Saves k Close E stents i E dit Profile Graph 250 0 eL i E 150 0 100 0 5 n4 B 153 8 327 6 435 8 431 4 546 0 109 7 T AER SES Time Min l c Step Mum Step Type Jump To Jump Count Events waitfor Eve 2 amn 2 SCH 111000 j Hamp 250 100 00 20 00 hh mm ss ngangi 4 Hold 250 100 00 00 00 hh mm ss Open z Loop 2 a b Stop n On fou must save the profile before you can download it to a chamber Add Step Mode Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 186 YNERGY NANO Email and Fax Alert System H Synergy Manager In addition to monitoring and control the Synergy Manager employs a highly File Chambers Ports Profile Editor elsi Window Help configurable Alert Notification System Once w Start System Ctril F1i enabled any specified recipients are notified Kees of all errors and alarms via email or fax The alarms are separated into eight categories The user can assign a different priority to each category For example you might want all chamber alarms to have a high priority and be emailed immediately upon the sounding of the alarm However for communications errors that may be caused by transient noise on the line you may want to have set as a low priority All low priority errors would then be compiled in a general report that is mailed out once a week The exact definition of each priority level is also user definable high medium or low prior
23. MSComm1 is the name of the Microsoft Comm component Private Sub MSComm1_OnComm Index As Integer Select Case MSComm1 Index CommEvent Case comEvSend SThreshold of characters in transmit buffer Case comEvEOF An EOF character was found in the input stream Case comEvReceive Received RThreshold of chars Receive the data and write the result in the response text box txtIn Index Text txtin Index amp MSComm1 Index Input End Select End Sub Receiving with GPIB The GPIB control has no receive event it must be queried for a response timerGPIB counts down from 2 to 0 decrementing in the Timer1 function Timer fires every 250 milliseconds This allows us to check for a response 4 times a second timerGPIB 2 GPIBResult tracks GPIB reply see Timer1 function While loop will exit after receives a reply or times out see Timer1 function While timerGPIB gt 0 DoEvents Wend If we dont receive a reply in 1 second time out If GPIBResult Then no reply txtIn Index Text Timeout amp TMWControl1 TimeOut 1000 amp seconds Else Write the reply to the response text box txtIn Index Text GPIBResult GPIB value End If Timer1 function fires every 250 ms Timer1 queries 4 times per second and jumps out of while loop once every 1 second If timerGPIB 0 Then Check for a response to the previous Send query TMWCorntrol1 Enter result I we receive a result we break the pre
24. rom Serveri TCP IP Server On Off Enabled Description The TCPYIP Server is used to enable Ethernet Change communication with the chamber Chamber Off iQ F 26 9 a commands are available to clear the history database and to copy the history log file to the VPL older The Clear History command deletes all of the data in the history database on the controller The command syntax is clearhist 1 The Copy History command copies the history database to the public folder as History txt so it can be downloaded via FTP The command syntax is copyhisttoftp The following examples demonstrate the use of these commands Note that the free SimpleComm terminal POS available from www TidalEng com is used in these examples to send the History commands using einet Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 203 ERGY A0 To create the history log file History txt and copy it to the public directory Type the command copyhisttoftp in the Command text box and press the Send button as shown below Note that the Controller Responds with OK zi Tidal Engineering SimpleComm File wiew About H5 485 H5 232 IEEE 488 Connect Disconnect Status Socket Connected Address 1 215 10 118 5000 Fort Command TCPIP 1 aea Ears copyhisttoftp Loop ad Pre Syst Er DNH Hespanse Now the file History txt can be seen in the FTP client as shown below Note that you ma
25. 2 3 6 Channel Setpoints Each channel has a setpoint The setpoint can be a steady state value a profile generated setpoint or a remote setpoint from a computer or PLC 2 3 7 User Programmable Alarm System The user programmable alarm system can be programmed for one or more alarms using any input or channel value These alarms can be used for various purposes including chamber protection unit under test protection or chamber control See the user programmable alarm Section 6 14 for details 2 3 8 Logging System The logging system is used to capture test results and chamber performance data as well as alarm conditions The logging system can acquire data from any controller input channel or PID output See the logging section 6 11 of the manual for detailed setup instructions 2 3 9 Analog Retransmit Outputs The Analog Retransmit Outputs can be used to retransmit process or control variables as a proportional voltage to chart recorders or proportional control valves There are two retransmit outputs See Analog Retransmits in the Special Function Section 6 4 for more details Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 20 SYN T Vi 3 0 CHAMBER SAFETY The Synergy Controller offers multiple built in alarms to protect the chamber and the unit under test from conditions outside their ratings The alarms should be carefully set to appropriate limits based on the capabilities of the chamber and the safe limits of product exposure I
26. Event 1 D None Mone Ackual Actual Fan Event 2 D Mone Mone O Event 0 Event 3 None None 8 0 88 3 O PICH D Event 4 D Mone None O PIDE Event 5 Mone Mone Selected Output 1 B 6a Out 1 Time Prop 0 Steady State 0F 8 amp 3F Steady State 2 0 F 8 amp 2F Channels Inputs Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Type Temperature Temperature N A N A Sensor RTD1 RTD2 N A N A High Volt Scale N A N A N A N A Low Volt Scale N A N A N A N A High Eng Scale N A N A N A N A Low Eng Scale N A N A N A N A Digital Inputs Name Input Function when Closed TempGard Input9 None TempGard Alarm displays in Alarm Folder and Log File Alarms Name Sensor Sensor Default Report Log K1 K2 Code Threshold Hi Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 500 C Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 200C Yes Yes Yes No Hi Alarm Ch 2 RTD2 120 gt 500 C Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 2 RTD2 120 lt 200C Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 10 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 330 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 RTD2 120 lt 10 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 RTD2 120 gt 330 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No TempGard Digital Input 9 409 Open Yes Yes No No Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 87 SYNERGY NANO 6 10 4 Synergy Nano Temperature Pressure Altitude or Thermal Vacuum Nano Temperature Pressue Main Outputs X1 UI Il ell TUE CU ole LES e le all Channel Digi
27. How much humidity da au want Click the box below For a number pad lo Don t Control 7 Specify a Ramp Time or Jump to Setpoint gt The controller can ramp the chamber setpoints to the programmed level in a specified time or jump to the setpoint immediately Select which vou would like and click Next to continue C Specify a C Jump to ramp time setpoint Page 209 SYNERGY NANO 8 Enter Ramp Time gt Add Step Wizard 3 23 48 PM Enter Ehe ramp time in Hours Minutes and Seconds in the boxes below Click a box to open the number pad to edit values then click Nexk Eo continue Hr Min Sec a pof 10 Finish gt m Add Step Wizard 3 25 07 You have successfully entered all the information needed to add this new step Press Finish to save this step to the current program Tenney Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A 9 Turn On Off Events amp External Outputs gt 3 24 48 PMI Select Unselect All All Use Drier Lev2 oT11 TPM m Add Step Wizard This screen allows you to turn an and off external outputs Check any outputs that vau want on Event 4 Event 3 Event amp E Event 2 E Event 3 Tenney a cmd Ee Gub SetPt 200 0 50 0 01 40 00 Ewn Runtime 1 40 00 Chamber Off 156 0F 49 4 Page 210 After pressing the Finish button the program screen displays your entry Verify your entry and continue adding inserting or cop
28. Main Screen Digital Output Screen Main S es ae HM Events Screen 10 24 00 PM den 1 Temp C C Se 2 Temp Em Point sar Point on 8 Actual 473 6C Actual IET OF ArtLoad Event 1 Mone OP PIDC Fan Event 2 None amp Comp None Event 1 Mone ArtlLoad GO None Event 2 Mone Fan None Event 3 2 Mane O PICH None Event 4 3 None O PIEC D None Event 5 Event 23 2 Comp D Mane Event 6 Event 24 Selected Output 1 B 12a Out 1 Time Prop 0 Program Paused End of Program 473 60 Lac Program Paused End of Program 473 60 Lat Channels Inputs Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Type Temperature Temperature N A N A Sensor RTD1 RTD2 N A N A High Volt Scale N A N A N A N A Low Volt Scale N A N A N A N A High Eng Scale N A N A N A N A Low Eng Scale N A N A N A N A Digital Inputs Name Input Function when Closed TempGard Input9 None TempGard Alarm displays in Alarm Folder and Log File Alarms Name Sensor Sensor Default Report Log K1 K2 Code Threshold Hi Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 500 C Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 200C Yes Yes Yes No Hi Alarm Ch 2 RTD2 120 gt 500 C Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 2 RTD2 120 lt 200C Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 10 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 330 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 RTD2 120 lt 10 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 RTD2 120 gt 330 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No TempGard Digital Input 9 409 Open Yes Yes NO No This Generic Temp Tem
29. Once the Alarm has been acknowledged and the alarm condition has cleared the alarm entry is removed from the list as shown below Maintenance Screen VC DL Y e des Lo Els a oe Chamber Off 239C DDT bea c4 1 CON AUX TEMPGARD INPUT Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 133 SYNERGY NANO Example 2 At low atmospheric pressures the heaters in most altitude chambers are turned off so they don t overheat when convection cooling capacity is reduced In this example we will create an alarm that senses Hi Res Input 3 Torr and opens Relay 2 when the value is less than 30 Torr This alarm is named Heater Safety Shutoff and displays Heater Safety Shutoff when the threshold is reached Open the User Alarm folder and press the Setup Screen Add Alarm button on the Setup screen shown ol xX at left Edit Al rro Delete Aur m Copysiirm SenID Kos Na Rpt Log Fa ly Ack E 220C O07 REDI 10 24 53 Ans Select the Olympic Module and Analog 1 the Hi Resolution Analog input Module Sensor Olympic ULIT s Machine Analog 1 Digital In Analog 2 Channels KM Analog 3 leet 10 26 21 AM This screen shows the Sensor code for the Olympic Module and Analog input 1 Click in the box below to select the sensor on which to alarm Sensor 130 SYNERGY Since we want the alarm to trigger when the pressure is less than 30 Torr we select the Synergy Nano Technical Manual Re
30. Q N C o Shield Pin RTD1 TC1 11 4 20mA Signal 2 RTD1 Red TC 3 RTD1 White TC N C 4 RTD1 White Shield optional Analog Common RTD2 TC2 ANALOG IN 4 5 Hed OR O OR 4 20 mA que g De N C 8 White Q Shield 8 GND RTD2 T C2 I2 4 20mA Pin RTD2 TC2 I2 4 20mA Signal 6 RTD2 Red TC2 E 7 RTD2 White TC2 N C 9 RTD2 White Shield optional 2 Analog Common Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 269 SS ea as e Me Vi M 17 3 2 Process Voltage Input Wiring The Synergy Nano supports two process voltage inputs These inputs connect to the Synergy Nano X3 connector according to the tables shown below These inputs can be used for channel control and or data logging Analog Input 1 Pin Signal Signal 1 V V V V 4 Analog Input 2 co Pin Signal Signal 5 V V Q V V 17 3 4 Retransmit Outputs Analog Outputs Wire retransmit outputs to the chart recorder or control valves as necessary The Nano can be used with the TE1803 Retransmit Signal conditioner to work with voltages and currents other than 0 5 VDC including 4 20 mA See Section 6 4 Special Functions for setup details The following table displays the connector and pin numbers for the Synergy Nano s two analog retransmit outputs Analog Out 1 Retransmit 1 D Pin Signal 9 V 0 to 5 VDC Analog Out 1 V Retransmit 1 4 GND i Analog Out 2 Retransmit 2 Pin Signal 10 V 0 to 5 VDC An
31. Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 242 NERGY NANO 15 0 SPACE AND ALTITUDE CHAMBERS 15 1 Space Chamber Setup 12 273 PM Chan 1 Temp C Chan 2 Press T Torr Ge 25 0 B Ge Off Actual 250C Actual 125 Chamber Crt 250C 1 26 5 The Synergy Nano supports Space chamber applications also known as Thermal Vacuum chambers using Granville Philips ION Vacuum gauges In space chamber applications pressure is displayed and logged in scientific notation This section explains the setup procedure for Space Chamber applications and provides examples This section of the manual refers to the Synergy Nano Plus Olympic board wiring but the other Synergy Nano configurations support this application as well CAUTION The Analog inputs on the controller will be damaged if the 10 V Granville Philips output is attached without a voltage divider The setup consists of the following 5 steps 1 Wire the Granville Philips lon Vacuum pressure transducer to the controller 2 Setup the chamber for the appropriate configuration i e Generic Temperature Pressure Generic Temperature Humidity Pressure etc 3 Setup the Hi Res input calibration for the pressure input 4 Select the channel sensor for the pressure input 5 Setup the Altitude calibration for the Granville Philips emission setting Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A B Page 243 SYNERGY NANO Step 1 Wire the Granville Philips 10 Volt output thru a 2 1
32. 1 8 GN 1 TT Response t Enabled Disabled 0 1 Enabled Disabled nad Query UUTR ARG1 Range ARG1 UUT 1 8 NAMEN UUTR 1 1 32 9 32 7 32 4 32 2 Response comma delimited string with 8 UUT temperature readings UUT Readings If a sensor is not enabled all values returned will be 400 0 C or 752 0 F C F DI KI ERN 4 uw rn hex number for the 16 Digital DI ee GN Query MIRAW Comma delimited string with 8 co ME MIRAW Bee 25 1 2 1 3 1 3 1 24 1 25 1 2 Low Res Analog Raw Readings readings from the Low Res Analog Input CIRAW Query CIRAW Comma delimited string returning the CIRAW 133 325 92 354 2 523 1 254 2 536 2 541 High Res Analog Raw Readings readings from the two RTD Inputs and 4 High Res voltage inputs SENSOR Query SENSOR ARG1 25 0 Query SENSOR Scaled Value RAW SENSOR Query RAWSENSOR ARG1 ARG1 RAWSENSOR 110 103 0 Query RAW SENSOR Raw Value See Technical Manual for complete list Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 306 SYNERGY NANO Description Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Response Example Units Example Data Acquisition Commands CI Comma delimited string returning the Cl 12 974 1000 000 30 392 30 396 111 110 0 010 High Res Analog Scaled readings from the two RTD inputs and 4 Readings High Res voltage inputs Calibration Commands CAL Set CAL ARG1 50 to 50 C 90 to 90 F 50 to 5096 CAL1 10 0 EEN CAL Query CAU 5010
33. 100 On Mode On Off Turn On Timer gt L14 Selects the Control logic for the Vent Boost Cool device Time delay in seconds required before Boost Cool is enabled Note Turn On Timer is reset when Channel 1 PID Cool lt 100 Low Limit Channel 1 and 2 This parameter sets the lowest value a user can enter for the channel whether temperature humidity or pressure This is not the alarm setting and does not affect alarm setpoint See Section 7 2 Maintenance Alarm Functions for more alarm information High Limit Channel 1 and 2 This parameter sets the highest value a user can enter for the channel whether temperature humidity or pressure This is not the alarm setting and does not affect alarm setpoint See the section on Alarms in the manual for more alarm information Temperature RTD Curve removed starting Version 2 6 8 Your Synergy Nano chamber accepts Platinum RTD Resistance Temperature Detector sensors Starting in Version 2 6 8 the RTD Temperature Curve setting is determined from the SETUP Calibration Input RTD screens separately for each sensor Vaisala Temperature Compensation removed starting Version 2 6 8 Your Synergy Nano chamber accepts Vaisala Relative Humidity sensors in temperature compensated and uncompensated versions Starting in Version 2 6 8 the Vaisala compensation is made from the SETUP Calibration Input Analog Input Screens Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 55
34. Chamber OTT 138 0F 49 4 m Maintenance Screen 230 4 HM Fie Utilities Export Screenshots This screen allows you to export Ehe current history File to Floppy disks Insert a Floppy disk into the disk drive and click Export below to begin CH Floppy C LISB Export Path Steady State 100 0F 18 3 5 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Export History Window The export process is monitored in the Export History Status window First the Synergy Nano will prompt for a USB Hard Disk If your storage media is not installed do so now and press the OK button Once the media is detected the Synergy Nano will automatically export the file When the export is complete the successful export prompt will be displayed Close the window by pressing the OK button Your export history file is automatically named exphst00 txt Reference the logging Section 6 11 Setup Logging for more information Clear History for Logging Operation Press the Clear History button to clear the history file Reference the logging Section 6 11 Setup Logging for more information Note the Export History and Clear History features are also available in the Setup Logging folder Export Screen Shot The Screen Capture key on the Navigation panel takes a bitmap picture of the current screen Press the key to capture a screenshot and save it to memory To export the bitmap go to the MAINT File Utilities Export Screenshot screen
35. Chamber Off 459 00 20 0 T Engineering Scale Setup Screen 10 32 41 AM Calibration Input High Res 4nalog 14 Back Raw Calibration im b 100 00 1 l Set the High Engineering Scale to the full High and Low Engineering Scale parameters provide the flexibility to scale the sensor data to engineering units High Eng Scale 100 00 Low Eng Scale 0 00 High volts Scale 5 000 Low Volts Scale 0 000 scale output of the sensor Set the Low Engineering Scale to the Zero 7 scale output of the sensor Description Help is nok available For this item Chamber Off 459 00 20 0T E For Example for a Vaisala sensor set the Low Scale to 0 and the High Scale to 100 For altitude applications the High Engineering Scale is typically 1000 Torr Highlight the parameter and press the Change button to adjust these parameters Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 41 SYNERGY NANO Setup Screen 10 30 32 AM calibration Input High Bel Analog 11 Back High Eng Scale Low Eng Scale High Volts Scale Low Volts Scale Description Help is not available Far this item Chamber Off 459 0C 20 0 T Setup Screen 23 91 FM CalibrationtnputlHih Bel Analog LiType Available Options Chamber Off 469 980 8 7 T 1 26 41 PI fiCalbration Input High ResiAnalog 1 Type Available Options Setup Screen Chamber Off 460 8C SFT Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Q Sensor Type Se
36. LI Set 1L1 ARG1 O to 100 96 1L1 50 1L2 Ch1 Main Cooling Turn 2 Set 1L2 ARGI O to 100 1L2 20 OK 1L3 Ch1 Setpoint Transfer 1L3 Set 1L3 ARG1 100 to 100 C 148 to 212F 1L3 10 Output 17 Control Type Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 300 SYNERGY NANO Description Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Response Example Units Example Control Commands 1CTY Set 1CTY ARG ARG1 OK 0 CAP Tube System 1 Agree Logic 2 Burn In Logic 3 Standard XV Sys Logic 1CTY Ch1 Chamber Type 1CTY Query 1CTY 0 CAP Tube System 1 Agree Logic 2 Burn In Logic 3 Standard XV Sys Logic 2L1 Set 2L1 ARG 100 to 100 96 2L1 50 2L2 Set 2L2 ARGI 100 to 100 2L2 20 OK 2L2 Ch2 Main Cooling Turn Off 2L2 Query 2L2 100 to 100 2L2 50 00 2L3 Set 2L3 ARG1 100 to 100 C 148 to 212 F 2L3 10 OK 2L3 2CTY ARG1 ARG1 0 CAP Tube System 1 Agree Logic 2 Burn In Logic 3 Standard XV Sys Logic 2CTY Ch2 Chamber Type 0 CAP Tube System 1 Agree Logic 2 Burn In Logic 3 Standard XV Sys Logic e Quy EE LEE L4 Set L4 ARG1 0 100 L420 L4 20 OK e Ee Query HE e BUE L6Set rb L6 ARG1 100 to 100 C 148 to 242 F L6 20 OK L7 Set L7 ARG1 O 100 96 L7 10 OK L8 Set L8 ARG1 O 100 L8 80 OK L8 Heat Ambient Cooling Turm Oft Senay s p 100 95 PL8 110 00 L6 Full Cooling Switch Over Synergy Nano Technical Manual
37. e Ek Leen era e Piu e CH e fla e 98 e sla e D 1 GEN SE P m J x e D 1 DEN LE e 6d e 2H e Old e cod e bed e D 1 80131 KE D rs 5031 E e D 1 ma LP e e Ps Saa LP e et oe E E G KK CT Le C Cc Cc EK E e e o e e e e ef e e e elt e ek e e e elo e elo e elo e elo ni g ntl mt B ntl ntl nti g nti nti mti B mti B e mti B ES ntl B no ge e e e e e e WU DL DL Wt WH
38. r Li Synergy Manager amd wm Release Build 2 10 82 Copyright 2003 2006 Tidal Engineering Randolph HJ SH OD40770 Port USB 202 A valid Application Key was found Please see Feature Matrix for information on which Synergy Manager features are not supported in Monitor Only Mode Synergy Manager Normal Full Feature mode If Synergy Manager is started with Dongle key inserted the title bar will be similar to that shown in the graphic below This is Full Feature Mode The About Box will indicate the status of key search and display Dongle key Serial Number similar to that shown in the graphic below The Dongle key must not be removed once application has been started LinkTenn32 Tenny Environmental Synergy Manager Title bar with Dongle File Chambers Ports Profile Editor Alert System Window Help Key Inserted The About Box with Dongle Key Port USE 204 inserted 4 valid Application Key was found Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 189 SYNERGY NANO Supported Controllers Synergy Manager currently supports these process controllers with the software firmware hardware revision levels shown in following table The table also lists the communication methods supported for each controller and the protocol form GPIB communications support for the controllers listed is provided by ICS Electronics 4804A 09
39. 0 1000 Torr the Synergy Controller can display the pressure value in units of Torr or Kft The setup consists of the following 5 steps 1 Connect pressure transducer to the controller 2 Setup the chamber for the appropriate configuration i e Generic Temperature Pressure Generic Temperature Humidity Pressure etc 3 Setup the Hi Res input calibration for the pressure input Adjust the Calibration nput High Res Analogl Folder and adjust to the appropriate High Engineering and Low Engineering Scale for your transducer output in Torr 4 Select the channel sensor for the pressure input 5 Setup the Altitude calibration to O Setup Screen T CalibratieniInputiHigh Res Analog 11 Back Raw Calibration im b 100 00 0 High Eng Scale 1000 00 Low Eng Scale 0 00 High Volts Scale 5 000 Low Volts Scale 0 000 el Description Help is not available For this item Alarm CH2 High 250C 1L1Kft To display pressure in Kft scroll to the bottom of the screen and set the Type to Torr Kft as shown below Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 249 YNERGY NANO iCalbration Input High Bech Analog LiType dc Available Options Alarm CH2 High 250C 500 0kft 2al 40 AM A Voltage Press Torr Calc Kft Synergy Kft 0 001 0 2 115 08 115 0 01 2 98 42 98 4 0 1 20 72 61 72 6 1 200 32 61 32 6 2 400 16 71 16 7 2 5 500 11 13 11 1 3 600 6 39 6 4 4 800 1 43 1 4 5 1000 7 79 7 8 Synergy Nano T
40. 200C Yes Yes Yes No Hi Alarm Ch 2 Analog1 130 104 Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 2 Analog1 130 10 Yes Yes Yes No Hi Alarm Ch 3 Analog2 140 1010 Torr Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 3 Analog2 140 10 Torr Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 10 Ohm Yes Yes Yes NO Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 330 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 Analog1 130 lt 1 Vdc Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 Analog1 130 gt 5 25 Vdc Yes Yes Yes No TempGard Digital Input9 409 Open Yes Yes No No See Section 15 0 Space and Altitude Chambers for additional setup information This Generic Temp Humidity Pressure configuration supports VersaTenn Altitude Chamber retrofits Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 103 IERGY NANO 6 11 7 Generic Temperature Vibration Generic Temperature Vibration HALT HASS 25M Outputs TE1151 6 SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 30 Not Used 5 29 Not Used 4 28 Not Used 3 27 Not Used 2 26 Not Used 1 25 Not Used 3SM Event Outputs TE1151 6 SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 24 Event 6 5 29 Event 5 4 22 Event 4 3 21 Event 3 2 20 Event 2 1 19 Event 1 1SM Outputs TE1151 12 SM Digital Device Channel Output 12 18 Not Used 11 17 Not Used 10 10 Not Used 9 9 Pneumatic Initiate 8 8 Pneumatic Enable 7 7 Lo Heat 6 6 High Heat 5 5 Light 4 4 Redundant LN2 3 3 Heat Contactor 2 2 Stop 1 1 Start SSR Outputs TE1151 5 SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 30 Not Used 5 29 Not Used 4 28 Not Used 3 27
41. A1DE 1 OK Ch Deviation Alarms Enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 1 A DE Query A DE 0 Disabled 1 Enabled AIDE A DT Set A DT ARG1 ARG 1 A1DT 3600 OK Ch Deviation Alarm Delay 0 7200 Seconds ADT Query zum am Seconds Ge 200 Ch Alarm Enabled While Off Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 319 Description Command Usages Command Syntax ADDALM Set ARG17 ARG18 User Alarm Add Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A ADDALM ARG1 ARCG2 Range Command Units Example Response Example Alarm Commands ARG1 Order Number Alarms are ALMADD 50100110 OK checked lowest to highestARG2 Turn 110 1 100 011 10 1 1 1 On Delay in SecondsARG3 Turn Off 20680 User High Alarm Delay in SecondsARG4 Log Alarm 0 False 1 TrueARG65 Disable Chamber O False 1 TrueARG6 String Format 0 Plain Text 1 Insert ValueARG7 Sensor ID 100 999 ARG8 Comparison Type 0 lt float 1 gt float 2 Input Open 3 Input Closed AGO Alarm Threshold Value ARG10 Alarm Channel ARG11 Alarm Relay 0 No Relay Activated 1 Channel 1 Relay 2 Channel 2 Relay 3 Channel 1 and Channel 2 Relay Page 320 SYNERGY NANO ARG12 Show Alarm 0 False 1 True ARG13 Alarm Type 0 Channel Reading 1 Sensor Connect 2 Raw Reading ARG14 Use Scaled Input Value 0 False 1 True ARG15 Require User Acknowledge 0 False 1 True ARG16 Always set to 1
42. AGREE Chamber Logic Input 5 Locke out Low Stage Compressor and enables High Stage Compressor and Full Cool with LEV1 TempGard Input9 None TempGard Alarm displays in Alarm Folder and Log File Alarms Name Sensor Sensor Default Report Log K1 K2 Code Threshold Hi Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 500 C Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 200C Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 10 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 330 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No TempGard Digital Input 9 409 Open Yes Yes No No Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 93 UIERGY NANO 6 11 2 Generic Temperature Temperature Dual Thermal Shock Generic Temp Temp Dual Thermal Shock 2SM Outputs TE1151 6 SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 16 Not Used 5 15 Not Used 4 14 Not Used 3 13 Not Used 2 12 Not Used 1 11 Not Used 3SM Event Outputs TE1151 6 SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 24 Event 6 5 23 Event 5 4 22 Event 4 3 21 Event 3 2 20 Event 2 1 19 Event 1 1SM Outputs TE1151 12 SM Digital Device Channel Output 12 18 Event 2 11 17 Event 1 10 10 Fan 9 9 Artificial Load 8 8 Compressor 7 7 PID Cool 6 6 PID Heat 5 5 Fan 4 4 Artificial Load 3 3 Compressor 2 2 PID Cool 1 1 PID Heat SSR Outputs TE1151 6 SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 30 Not Used 5 29 Not Used 4 28 Not Used 3 27 Not Used 2 26 Not Used 1 25 Not Used Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A E Page 94 Generic Temp Temp Thermal Shock
43. Alphanumeric data is entered in the File Name Synergy Nano with the T9 Key Pad When Alpha is selected pressing a key will cycle through the letters on that key For example if the first key pressed is 2 the text box displays the letter A When pressed a second time the text box will display the letter B and a third time will show C If the next letter is on a different button just press that button However if the next letter is on the same button press the Next button to save the entry and then select the next key When Numeric is selected pressing a key displays the number on the key When Alpha Num is selected press the key to cycle through the letters then the number on the key To clear one character use the Back Space Bk Sp button To clear all of the characters use the Clear button When you are finished press OK to accept the entry To cancel press Cancel Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 32 SYNERGY NANO 6 0 SETUP AND CONFIGURATION Within the Setup Directory there are eight folders directories with multiple sub folders and screen editors for easy access to all of the controller setup parameters The Setup Directory Table that immediately follows in Section 6 1 shows the hierarchy of folders sub folders and screen editors Individual Directory Tables are provided for each of the eight main folders that show the same type of hierarchy These Directory Tables provide a
44. Deviation Alarm Delay 0 Description Help is not available For this item Chamber Off 450 3C 200T Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Channel Calibration Adjust the Channel Offset b and Gain m to accommodate channel specific sensor errors such as those caused by the sensor placement General sensor calibration should be setup using Input Calibration screens shown in the next section To adjust the Channel Calibration parameters select the parameter press Change and enter the new value in the number pad Channel Absolute Alarms The Synergy Nano provides High and Low limit Alarms To adjust the absolute Low Alarm limit select Low Alarm Channel n press Change and enter the new value in the number pad n is the channel To adjust the absolute High Alarm limit select High Alarm Channel n press Change and enter the new value in the number pad n is the channel The Absolute Alarm limits can be disabled automatically when the Channel is off using the Ignore Alarm When Off parameter Channel Deviation Alarms The Synergy Nano offers Deviation Alarm Limits To adjust the Deviation Low Alarm limit select Deviation Low Alarm press Change and enter the new value in the number pad To adjust the Deviation High Alarm limit select Deviation High Alarm press Change and enter the new value in the number pad The Deviation Alarm limits can be disabled or delayed using the Deviation Al
45. Less than Threshold All inputs except Digital Raw or Scaled Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 124 Sa The User Alarm Wizard steps are as follows 1 Open the Setup Screen and browse to the User Alarms folder 2 Select the Sensor Setpoint or Channel 3 Define the comparison type and the scaling i e Input Open Closed Greater than gt etc 4 Select the Alarm Threshold Not required for Digital Inputs 5 Assign aname for the alarm This name appears in the alarm screen when the alarm occurs and in the User Alarm list 6 Select the desired alarm responses 7 Confirm your choices to finish Setup Screen ALARM Open the Setup Screen and browse to the User Alarms folder Logging Panel Lack Languages S 248c DUT Cereme ALARM Select the Sensor Setpoint or channel Module UUT Module LILIT Sensor Olympic Module 1 Sensor 1 WUT s Module 2 Machine Module 3 Digital In Module 4 Channels KM Module 5 KM Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 125 SYNERGY NANO Add Alarm Wizard S703 AM Click in the boxes below to select the comparison type and data scaling Comparison Sensor vs Threshold lala i Data Scailing Raw value SVNERGY Add Alarm Wizard 10 32 08 AM Click in the box below bo enter the alarm threshold Alarm Threshold 30 LU E SYNERGY 4dd Alarm Wizard Click in the box below to enter the string that will be displayed when an alarm
46. Operate Eroe Windows Help i Spt Application Fart 3 Temp Setpoint Readbacki ci Setpoint Humidity Readbacki 95 n a pop Actual Temp Readback CC Ackual Humidity Readback 992 n ao pop Chamber 1 0M 0 0FF Chamber State Readbackf1 OnN 0 OFF 2 Ewent number Event State sb Event State Readbackl1 Oh 0 0FF Alarms error Out error in no error Temperature c Humidity 995 Jooo Jooo MEIN 00 Panel View liso LIES PEF E Application Font Fo Fo 6 emp Setpoint ReadbackiC Actual Humidity Readback i94 hamber State Readbackr1 OM 0 OFF 2 SEET PEC actual Temp Readback c GPIBO 6 INSTR idity 94 Fron sate State TF vent State ETE RES OMN O OFF Setpoint Humidity Readbackr o Diagram View Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 332 ERGY ANO To create an application the user begins with the VTV Initalize vi and specifies the GPIB address GPIBx y INSTR The x represents the board number of the GPIB card installed in the PC and y represents the actual address of the VersaTenn temperature controller The application must close the Visa Session to avoid any memory related issues by using the VTV Close vi The other Vis can be used to customize the test application The Measurement and Automation Explorer is used to setup a TCP IP resource as shown below Setup for TCP IP Create New Measurement amp b f
47. Revision A Page 301 SYNERGY NANO Description Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Units Example Control Commands L9Sett rr L9 ARG1 100 to 100 C 148 to 212 F L9 50 L9 Query L9 100 to 100 C 148 to 212 F L9 GERS LEV1 Get LEV1 ARG1 LEV1 1 0 Dehumidify Coil 1 Drier LEV1 Query LEV1 ARG1 LEV1 0 Dehumidify Coil 1 Drier EVENTS Set EVENTS ARG1 Event 1 6 ARG2 Event Output Control 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Single Event LEV1 Drier Dehumidify Coil EVENTS Query EVENTS Returns a 32 Bit hex number EVENTS Each bit represents an event Bit 1 Event 1 Bit 2 Event 2 Bit 3 Event 3 Bit 4 Event 4 Event Output Query Bit 5 Event 5 All Six Events plus Relays Bit 6 Event 6 Bit 23 Relay 1 Bit 24 Relay 2 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A EVENTS Query EVENTS ARG1 EVENTS 1 Event 1 6 Response Example OK 2 OK K OK O 00C00001 Page 302 SYNERGY NANO Description Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Response Example Units Example System Commands Storage Card Info SCINFO Query SCINFO returns storage card free SCINFO Total 8128512 Free 1826816 MEMINFO Query MEMINFO Returns total system RAM and available MEMINFO Unknown Total Physical 20242432 RAM Available Physical 14848000 RAM Software Revision IDN Query IDN Returns Revision Info Make Model IDN Tidal Engineering Synergy Serial
48. Revision Version of file Is 0 iles ARGA Use immediately after a FILENEW 0 File is saved in C command 1 File is saved in F STP File Step See File Step Step Type etc STP110 Program Step STEPTYPE ARG4 ARGn parameters below FILE See Program Step NA ConstantParameter4 5 Parameter 1 See Program Step 0 Setpoint 1 Jumploop STEPTYPE Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 317 Command Usages See Steptype ARG4 ARG5 ARG31 See Steptype ARG4 ARG5 See Steptype ARG4 ARGS ARG26 See Steptype ARG4 ARG5 ARG6 ARG7 Description Command Syntax SETPOINT JUMPLOOP WAITFOR AUTOSTART STOP See Steptype Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Range Units Profile Commands Command Example Response Example ARG4 CH1 SP X 10ARG5 CH2 SP X10 CH1 1 0 Deg 600 OK Seconds X 10ARG 14 Event 1 6 10 on 0 offJARG15 16 2 O Not Used ARG17 CH3 SP X 10 10000 off ARG18 CH4 SP X 10 10000 off ARG19 28 0 Not Used ARG29 LEV1 10zon 0 off ARG30 LEV2 10 on 0 off ARG31 OT11 NOTE ARG 4 thru ARG 31 are X10 ARG4 Jump Step X 10 ARGS5 Jump Count X 10 10 infinite NOTE ARG 4 thru ARG 5 are X10 ARGA Wait CH1 Actual ARG5 Wait CH2 Actual ARG6 Wait Hours ARG7 Wait Minutes ARG8 Wait External Event ARG9 Wait CH3 Actual ARG10 Wait CH4 Actual ARG11 Wait Seconds ARG12 27 W
49. To open a Settings List press the Load List button Select a file and press OK The name of the loaded file is displayed on the title bar The contents of the list appear in the Settings List data grid The Settings column holds the commands The Value column holds the values for the commands The Set Response column holds the chamber s responses from set commands To edit an item in the list double click on the cell The text is displayed in bold font when it is editable Type in your changes then hit Enter If you don t press Enter your changes will not be saved If you need to add a row to the end of the list press the Add Row button If you need to delete a row from the list select the row and press the Del Row button You can add to the Memo field by clicking in the Memo box and typing additional lines You can clear the entire list including commands by pressing the Clear List button Alternatively you can clear selected columns by pressing the Del Col button When you are done editing the Settings List save it by pressing the Save List button Retrieving Data To retrieve the current configuration of a chamber load a Settings List that contains the applicable set of commands The commands do not require the Get Settings Example query or set operators Once loaded clear the Value and Set Response columns if necessary Make sure you are connected and press the Get button WSerial Number 06 0201 SimpleComm will query
50. Tord ORs CR SE Ce STP 2 3 0 750 0 LO0000 0 170 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 LOUDOT 10 zxbrd OKR 11 abwrt STP 2 4 0 750 0 10000 0 300 000090000 0 10000 i2 Dor OR l3 4bwrti SIP 2 5 0 5210 0 10000 0 430 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 ER 10000 14 Orak T 15 ibwrt STP 2 6 0 540 0 10000 0 300 0000000 0 0 10000 l6 CDIGOG OR l7 Abpwrti SIP 2 7 0 290 0 10000 0 250 00 00 0 O0 0 0 I0000 lO 2dr OK 19 ibwrt STP Z 9 4 0 A0 ibrd O0K Save the profile on the controller as rockwell collins 21 ibwrt PileSave 0 rockwell collins Saves to Storage card 22 Lord OR Open the profile on the controller as rockwell collins 23 ibwrt FileOpen 1 rockwell collins 1 on the console Stop a profile but keep the chamber running 24 ibwrt StopHold Run the profile on the controller starting with Step 2 295 ibwrt RunFrom 2 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 327 RGY NANO Synergy Nano Step Syntax Program Step STP STP STP File Step STEPTYPE ARG4 ARGn SETPOINT N A See Steptype ARG4 ARGS ARG3D Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A STP110 ARG4 CH1 SP ARGS CH2 SP ARGS Ramp Hours ARG Ramp Minutes ARGE Ramp Seconds ARGS 14 Event1 6 ARG15 18620 ARGI1T CH3 SP ARG16 27 0 ARG26 LEV ARG28 LEV2 ARG30 OT11 p Page 328 GL Kaes i x 1 E RGY Ni UNO 18 4 LabVIEW Driver The LabVIEW d
51. pl blinka vpl blinkb vpl bradbb vpl exphst t inEel vpl inEelz vpl producti vp productl re product vp D E sab cfq vey 1 vpl why 2 vp Modified 1 1 2000 12 01 AM 5 23 2008 10 01 4M Size 112 bytes 21 bytes Type Microsoft Office Excel Ca YPL File qWPL File PL File 5 7 2008 9 17 AM amp jar2DD8 8 44 PM amp j20 2008 5 52 PM 6 20 2008 5 48 PM 6 26 2008 7 09 PM 6 26 2008 7 11 PM 1 1 2000 12 01 AM amp J20 2008 5 47 PM 1 1 2000 12 01 AM 5 29 2008 1 18 PM 1 1 2000 12 01 AM 1 1 2000 12 13 AM ste Shortcut Login As k YPL File Microsoft Office Outlook C YPL File VDL File Mew Properties 205 bytes Now the new file can be seen in the FTP client window the IE browser in this case as shown below Note that you may have to press F5 or select the View Refresh menu to refresh the file list to see the newly copied file Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A E Page 201 File Edit wiew Favorites Help Back O DD Seach Folders E Address l Ftp f172 16 10 118 Other Places 3 Internet Explorer My Documents a My Network Places Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Name ESL APPNOTEMACRO csy blink vp blinka vpl blinkb pl bradbb vol EI exphstOd txt intel vpl intel vpl producti vpl producti ren yvpl products ypl oy sab cfg vty 1 vpl vbv z vpl E blinkc p
52. 1 B 12a Out 1 On Off O Chamber Off 234C 2807 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 137 SYNERGY NANO 7 0 MAINTENANCE DIRECTORY Machine Inputs Sub folders amp Screen Editors a Machine Inputs Screen Editor PSI Values Low Stage Compressor Low Press Low Stage Compressor High Press High Stage Compressor Low Press High Stage Compressor High Press Note Disregard Temperature Bad Sensor if sensors aren t O Channel PIDs Screen Editor Screen Editor Clear Alarm Screen Lists the following Time Alarm Ack Cleared Select an alarm and press the Ack Alarm button at top of the screen to acknowledge the alarm The entry will be removed from the list when the alarm condition is eliminated Select Ch1 Ch2 or Ch3 to show the Heat Cool and Humidify Dehumidify PID Values The values displayed are e Pn In Dn PID Err Last Err Delta Err P B Reset Rate The screen also shows Setpoint and Actual values for each channel selected connected O Date and Time Screen Editor Copy Files Delete Files Rename Files Export History Clear History Export Screenshots Upgrade Software O About Screen Editor Software Revision Information Screen and unit Serial Number O File Utilities Sub folders Select view date and time LDLLIDLDDLDDIDCL O Copy Files Screen Editor Enter or select Source File amp De
53. 11 for 1 mA n 10 for 0 1 mA Calibration Calibration Calibration Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 SETUP Calibration Altitude Value See the Granville Philips technical manual for 2 additional setup information The Calibration page is attached below for reference Calibration thes Guaranteed Soak Alarm Internal Comm D C 1 0e 10 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 246 TSS Fe SEY ST ee E 7 mE 2 The lon Gauge Elactrometer Module The UHV electrometer option 307016 switches in a preamplifier as pressure decreases at an ion collector current of 1071 A For example this corresponds to a pressure of 107 Torr with 10 mA emission current When this switching occurs there will be a brief about 2 s duration drop in the analog output signal After the electrometer has settled out the signal is again proportional to the common logarithm of pressure as shown by the UHV ONLY area of Figure 2 4 PESCH mBHR X 188 S 4a B B 4 ANALOGS OUTPUTS IM VOLTS Figure 2 4 lon Gauge Pressure Analog Output A standard 1 8 in miniature phono jack connector and plug are supplied The characteristics of this type of analog output voltage are ideal for applications requiring closed loop control The voltage signal is smooth and continuous throughout all the decades of pressure measurement This format is useful tor computerized data acquisition because a simple equation
54. 2 4 and 6 On When outputs 2 4 and 6 are selected and turned on the event board LEDs 2 4 and 6 are lit Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 222 SYNERGY NANO 11 2 UUT Temperature Module Unit Under Test UUT Introduction The UUT Module Unit Under Test is a 16 channel thermocouple data acquisition unit Developed to expand the input capabilities of the Synergy Nano the UUT module captures and logs data from the test Up to four modules can be attached to the Synergy Nano providing up to 64 thermocouple inputs The UUT data can optionally be logged and the log file may be used for analysis graphing and reporting The Synergy Nano s UUT window shown below displays the temperature readings from the UUT module m Events Screen UUT Temperatures See Section 13 0 UUT Module Unit Under Test Data Acquisition for a more detailed discussion of the UUT module and its capabilities Sensor Temp Sensor 1 Bad Sensor Reading Sensor 2 Bad Sensor Reading Sensor 3 Bad Sensor Reading Sensor 4 Bad Sensor Reading Sensor 5 Bad Sensor Reading Sensor 6 Bad Sensor Reading Sensor 7 Bad Sensor Reading Sensor amp Bad Sensor Reading Steady State 158 0F 49 4 11 3 Digital Outputs m Events Screen 390 40 Dh Digital Outputs i LEDs indicate the status of 32 Digital Outputs Ambient Grey LED Function Off PIDHumd Red LED Function On On Off type Hi amp L Yellow LED Function On Time DHmcCoil Proportionin
55. 6 Bit 8 Olympic Board Reset Bit 9 Storage Space Low Bit 10 Program Memory Low Bit 11 Watlow Alarm Bit 12 CH1 High Alarm Bit 13 CH1 Low Alarm Bit 14 CH2 High Alarm Bit 15 CH2 Low Alarm Bit 16 CH3 High Alarm Bit 17 CH3 Low Alarm Bit 18 PID Thread Crashed Bit 19 Bad Sensor Reading Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 322 NERGY NANO 18 2 SimpleComm Examples The following examples use screenshots to demonstrate Synergy Nano command and response with the free SimpleComm application available at www lidaleng com download htm See section 8 3 for detailed instructions for SimpleComm w Tidal Engineering SimpleComm n x File wiew About IEEE 488 TCP IP 1 TEPAP 2 _ Connect Disconnect Status Socket Connected Address 172 16 10 116 Fort 5000 Command C Gust DH Loop sl Response 22 4 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Example 1 This example demonstrates the C1 command which is used to query chamber temperature To setup this example we performed the following steps Connect the Synergy Nano to the Local Area Network LAN with an RJ 45 network cable Obtain the IP address of the Synergy Nano from the COMM Ethernet Folder Enable the Synergy Nano s TCP IP server from the COMM TCPVP Server folder Enter the address of the controller From step 2 into the SimpleComm Address field and press Connect Button Ente
56. 7 KB Application Extension 8 15 2007 6 z3 AM AC Upgrade Jl Spanish ldf 148 KB SOL Server Databa 8 14 2007 12 46 PM AC Lipgrade LAMG Lil ENIGLISH LDF 141 KB SOL Server Databa amp fz 07 10 11 AM AC LUpgradeJLAMG 4 WEBTOLICH HTM 1 3696 HTML Document amp fzrz 07 2 03 PM AC Upgrades WEBS es product vpl 1946 VDL Pie 53 1 56 PM AC LipgradeJvPLJ product1 vpl 1756 VDL File 53052007 4 11 PM AC Lpgrade vPLJ zept Touch Cal exe 12 KB Application DI2O1200 2 40 PM AC Upgrades I BANNER JPG 14KB JPG File gizgiz2007 2 32 PM AC Upgrade WEBS P CEjpeg exe 6 amp 4 KB Application m2 2 32 PM AC Upgrade WEB P TidalWeb exe 105 KB Application gzgjz007 2 32 PM AC Upgrade WEBS lb RIGHT GIF opp GIF File Sieue00F 2 32 PM AC Upgrade WEB BL APPHOTEMACRO csv 1126 Microsoft Office Exc 5 10 2007 1 23 AM AC UpgradejvPL vty 1 vpl 45B PL File 4 5 2007 4 32 AM AC lpgradeJVPL E mfFcce4 d dll 1 094 KB Application Extension 4 5 2007 4 31 AM AC Upgrade is mfFcce4 n dll 424 KB Application Extension 4 5 2007 4 31 AM AC Upgrade 7svnM Iaader exe 6 144 B Application 11 2003 8 30 PM AC Upgrades al RES Statistics Gi Security Comment Selected D Files 0 bytes Total 26 Files 3 757 KE Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 155 e ee REED h PE fg Select Extract Files and browse to the USB Flash Disk on your PC as shown below In this example the drive is named Removable Disk F amp Extract Files Extract to
57. 81 6 10 1 Synergy Nano Temperature Ch 82 6 10 2 Synergy Nano Temperature Humidity eeeeeesssseseseseseeee nennen nennen nnne nnne nnns nnn nnns 84 6 10 3 Synergy Nano Temperature Temperature Two Zone Thermal Ghbock 86 6 10 4 Synergy Nano Temperature Pressure Altitude or Thermal Vacuum esses 88 6 10 5 Synergy Nano Temperature Vibration HALT HASS sn00nnnnnnannnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnsnnnnnensnnnnnnssnnnressenrnnsnnn 90 6 11 Synergy Nano Plus Output Mappings by Chamber Tvpe ne 92 6 11 1 Generic Temperature Only nennen nennen nnne nnns nnnaa nnn n rss sanas sa rans nnns nnns 92 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 3 6 11 2 Generic Temperature Temperature Dual Thermal Ghock eese 94 6 11 3 Generic Temperature Humidity EE 96 6 11 4 Generic Temperature Humidity Single Stage cccccccccceccesssseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseaeseeeeeeeeeesaaaeeeeeeeeeeesaas 98 6 11 5 Generic Temperature Pressure Altitude and Gpace 100 6 11 6 Generic Temperature Humidity Pressure Altitude cccccceccecceccseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeseeeseaaeeeeeseeeeeeess 102 6 11 7 Generic Temperature Vibration nennen nenne nnne nnns nnns sinn n arn nnns 104 61139 Retro Temp ONIY 106 s MM OGG PEE EE m tn 108 6 13 Panel LOCK CRM 116 6 14 Languages 123 6 15 User Programmable Alarm System cccccceeccccecceeseceeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeeesseeeeeeeseeeecee
58. 90 8 7 T Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 40 SYNERGY NANO Setup Screen 1 24 28 PM Raw Calibration 1 This screen is used to enter an offset and CalibrationtnputlHich RestAnalag 11 gain for the input voltage This calibration can be used to compensate for a difference in the reading due to Olympic Original Settings board tolerance sensor error etc Gain 9 m Jop opp Offset o oo0000 Select the Gain or Offset text box to open cp acd 0 00010 the number pad and enter the value then press Accept Gain 100 00000 Offset 0 00000 The Current Reading field displays the Voltage with the current values of Gain Apply and Offset applied The Gain and Offset Chamber Off 45g c AFT values are discarded if Cancel is pressed mm and saved if Apply is pressed Setup Screen 10 33 13 AM Voltage Scale 4 fiCalbration Input High ReslAnalog 11 M High and Low Voltage Scale parameters Back provided the flexibility to use 0 5VDC 4 Raw Calibration m b 100 00 1 20mA or other sensor output ranges High Eng Scale 100 00 Low Eng Scale 0 00 High volts Scale 5 000 Low Volts Scale 0 000 ell 4 Setthe Low Voltage Scale to the Zero scale output of the sensor Set the High Voltage Scale to the full scale output of the sensor Description Help is nat available For this item TNNT Er eee ARIETE EISE Highlight the parameter and Pres the n Change button to adjust these parameters
59. AMEN Explorer s Choose the type of TEP IP resource you wish to add C MSL LAN Instrument This t for Test and Measurement instruments that conform ta the Mal 211 LAM instrument specification This t for EE with an Ethernet device over a specific port number Cancel D UE mmi Peri S Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A DELLI ILLCII LISSE LLLLL LEEUUI IECEE SS RG SW Uu n Create Hew Measurement amp b d Automation Explorer z Enter the TOPAIP address of your VISA network resource in the form of xs wee wee eee the hostname of the device or a computersome domain Hostname or IF address 172 16 10 110 Port Number 5000 Validate lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel y PL jj Xi un umm Et x ET TCP IP Wee Measurement amp Automation Explorer File Edit view Tools Helo Configuration BE Si Iess New TCP IP Resource ose All TCP IP Ba To Resource m My System d E Devices and Interfaces E mi GPIBO PCI GPIB4 ej PXI PXI System Unidentified E EI Serial amp Parallel B EE VISA TCP IPResourees 9 S d SYNERGY 130 E jeu Measurement amp WW 4 EI Software auiuuzitiut Explorer AN Remake Systems 2 Resource Mame Hostname Pork or De Beak SYN
60. Add Setup Screen Alarm button on the Setup screen shown at left 27 X 8 ll Edit lra Delete Arm CopyAlrm Cent Alarm Na Rpt Log Ph ab axo BT Press the Sensor text box as shown at left to Add Alarm Wizard start the Sensor Selection process Click in the box below bo select the sensor on which to alarm Sensor SYNERGY Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 128 SYNERGY NANO Select Digital Input 5 as shown in the figure at left and then press accept Add Alarm wizard Module Digital In Olympic Dig In 1 WUT e Dig In 2 Machine Dig In 3 Digital In d In 4 Channels Tu The wizard displays the code for this sensor Press Next gt to continue Add Alarm wizard Click in the box below bo select the sensor on which to alarm Sensor 405 svwERav nec cence Add Alarm wizard Select the Comparison from the drop down window In this case Input Open Click in the boxes below to select the Ea comparison type and data scaling Note Data Scaling doesn t apply for digital inputs Comparison Sensor vs Threshold Then press Next gt inp a Data Scailing Raw Value el SYNERGY Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 129 SYNERGY NANO Add Alsem tWibard Enter a name for this alarm the string that will be displayed Keypad when an alarm is active as well as logged into the history iF selected next step Alarm
61. Analog Retransmit 1 and 2 One of the optional features often specified with environmental chambers is the circular chart recorder The chart recorder is a graphing device used to record chamber data such as temperature humidity and pressure over time An example of a Tenney Chamber with a circular chart recorder is shown below Note that the Synergy Nano includes built in Logging features that can often eliminate the need for a conventional chart recorder The Synergy Nano features two analog signals called Analog Retransmit 1 and 2 that can output setpoints actual process data and internal PID values The outputs can either be graphed on the chart recorder or in some equipment the PID output values can be used to control external steam valve heat chilled water cool or LN2 liquid nitrogen outputs The following section will guide you through the setup for graphing and for custom external heat and cool systems Setup Screen 3 41 10 PMI Analog Retransmit 1 Folder lt a Special Functions Functions To configure the outputs press the SETUP button Back on the Synergy Nano touch screen and go to the a Setup Special Functions Analog Retransmit 1 folder Select the Analog Retransmit 1 folder to open the data output mapping options Temperature RTD Vaisala Temp Curve Compensation Analog Retransmmit Chamber Ott 220c 50 0 Yo Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 56 SS ae an d Sc Vi M Setup Sc
62. Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 330 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 Analog1 130 lt 1 Vdc Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 Analog1 130 gt 5 25 Vdc Yes Yes Yes No TempGard Digital Input 9 409 Open Yes Yes No No This Generic Temperature Vibration configuration supports QualMark HALT HASS Chamber retrofits Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 105 IERGY NANO 6 11 8 Retro Temp Only Retro Temp Only 25M Outputs SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 6 Not Used 5 5 Not Used 4 4 Not Used 3 3 Not Used 2 2 Not Used 1 1 Not Used 3SM Event Outputs TE1151 6 SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 24 Event 6 5 23 Event 5 4 22 Event 4 3 21 Event 3 2 20 Event 2 1 19 Event 1 1SM Outputs TE1151 12 SM Digital Device Channel Output 12 18 Not Used 11 17 Not Used 10 10 Not Used 9 9 Not Used 8 8 Not Used 7 7 Not Used 6 6 Not Used 5 5 Not Used 4 4 Not Used 3 3 Not Used 2 2 Not Used 1 1 Not Used SSR Outputs TE1151 5 SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 30 Not Used 5 29 Fan 4 28 Multifunction 3 27 Compressor 2 26 PID Cool 1 25 PID Heat Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A pg Page 106 IERGY NANO Retro Temp Only Main Screen Main Screen Digital Output Screen Main 12 05 38 AM Events Screen 12 06 01 4M Chan 1 Unit Temp C eet Gm iDigital Outputs EE C Point 250C S iv None Mone CH PIDH Actual Mone D Mone Mone O PIDCTOT None Mone Event 1 Comp Mone D Mone
63. Connect your T Type Thermocouple input wires to the appropriate terminal blocks P2 thru P4 on the UUT Module Consult the Thermocouple Connection Tables on the UUT Module drawing for proper terminations 5 Be careful to route the thermocouple wires and the power supply cord safely through the appropriate opening to avoid pinching 6 Plug in the UUT Module wall power transformer to a 120 Volt BOARD PWR SUPPLY and outlet RS 485 CONNECTION TABLE P1 CONNECTOR Verify that the green LED on the UUT Module is illuminated It DESIGNATION TERMINAL should be on steadily Board GND Notes Board POWER The table at the right shows the board power supply connections COMM RX nn P1 3 to the P1 connector Note 1 The additional RS 485 terminals labeled COMM shown in the COMM TX table on the right are not required for normal wiring since the DB COMM TX 9 connector provides these connections COMM RX Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 230 SYNERGY NANO 7 Turn on power to your test chamber Once the Synergy Nano completes the boot up procedure press the COMM Navigation key Open the RS 485 folder to arrive at the screen below Configure RS 485 Mode and Station Address to the values displayed in the screen below by pressing on each item Make the changes in the screens that follow Configure the Number of UUTs using the chart on the right Comm Screen CHEER PM pas Back RS5 485 Mode UUT Sensors Station Addres
64. E Module No 2 data will be displayed by UUT3 UUT4 module by No 3 UUT5 UUT6 etc Chamber 25 0C 50 0 Important Note If your screen shows x x for sensor Temp go back to Step 7 and verify the Number of UUTs entered X x indicates that the module isn t being monitored by the Synergy Nano Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 231 SYNERGY NANO UUT MODULE Board and Connector Layout e amp 12345678910 11 12 P4 123456728910 11 12 P3 MODULE NO 1 9 Conductor Flat Ribbon Cable 14 Ft Total 123456789 10 11 12 Length xs Y M1 LED b MN ON Data BE Comm OK I Address e 123456789410 Pi Switch e M2 M1 MA 9 Pin Male GND V Connectors for Module No 1 M3 thru Module No 4 12 Inches of cable between each M1 M4 connector 110 V Transforming Plug Assembly rs RS 485 Connection at Rear of Chamber Ei 3 10 Ft of Cable From First Connector To Set of Four That Plug Into UUT Modules TC1 TC10 THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTION TABLE P3 11 TC1 TC2 TCS3 TC4 TC5 TC6 TC7 TC8 C9 T TC10 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A TC11 TC16 THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTION TABLE Notes 1 One 9 conductor cable can be used for up to 4 modules 64 T C Inputs 2 Power if fed from board to board via th
65. Enabled Logging Interval sec 10 Log File Size MB 1 40 Encryption Enabled Disabled Encryption Password Description The Enable Lagging Feature controls data logging IE doesn t effect data in the log File Program Paused EndotProgram 474 4C LLDT In addition the Heat and Cool PID value logging should be enabled for all the channels of interest Setup Screen 4 35 08 Ph Setup Screen fitoaging Data channel PIDs PID CH1 Heat Hack Enable Enable Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable Description Description The Negative Deviation Limit constrains the air 4 Help is not available Far this item temperature setpoint to limit the difference between the product temperature and the air E Program Paused End of Program 474 50 11 3T Program Paused End of Program 474 30 11 3T Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 47 LX SYNERGY ANO Eens Tuning versus Control System Issues Control system non linearities refrigeration and other issues can disrupt chamber performance and can appear to be PID tuning problems The following chart shows the log file of a control system issue that wasn t caused by PID tuning In this case the boost cooling system was turning on during the linear portion of a cooling ramp and causing major perturbations in the control system as a result of the changing system gain The following chart shows the log file of this issue In this plot the actu
66. HEAT CT ARG1 ARG1 LOG CH1 HEAT CT 1 OK 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH1 HEAT CT 1 LOG CH HEAT CT LOG CH HEAT CT 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On Query LOG CH HEAT PB Set LOG CH HEAT PB ARG1 ARG1 LOG CH1 HEAT PB 1 OK 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH HEAT PB LOG CH HEAT PB 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH1 HEAT PB 1 Query LOG CH HEAT RB Set LOG CH HEAT RB ARG1 ARG 1 LOG CH1 HEAT RB 1 OK 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH HEAT RB LOG CH HEAT RB 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH1 HEAT RB 1 Query LOG CH HEAT RS Set LOG CH HEAT RS ARG1 ARG1 LOG CH1 HEAT RS 1 OK 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH HEAT RS LOG CH HEAT RS 0 Logging Off 1 LoggingOn LOG CH1 HEAT RS Query LOG CH HEAT RT Set LOG CH HEAT RT ARG1 ARG1 LOG CH1 HEAT HT 1 OK 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH HEAT RT LOG CH HEAT RT 0 Logging Off LOG CH1 HEAT RT 1 1 Query 1 Logging On LOG CH COOL PID ARG1 ARG1 LOG CH1 COOL PID Ok 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On 0 Logging Off LOG CH1 COOL PID 1 1 Logging On LOG CH COOL PN ARG1 ARG1 LOG CH COOL PID Set LOG CH COOL PID Query LOG CH COOL PN Set LOG CH COOL PID 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH COOL PN Query 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH COOL PN Page 315 SYNERGY NANO Description Log PID Channel Cool I
67. History folder and press the Browse button to select the USB Hard Disk Then press the Export button to export the current history file out to the removable storage device Export History Window The export process is monitored in the Export History Status window First the Synergy Nano prompts for a USB Hard Disk If your removable storage media is not installed install it and press the OK button Once the media is detected the Synergy Nano will automatically export the file When the export is complete it will confirm a successful export and prompt to close the window by pressing the OK button Your export history file is automatically named exphstOO txt Clear History for Logging Operation Press the Clear History button to clear the history file Note The Clear History and Export History folders are also available with the Maintenance File Utilities folder Once cleared the log data is not recoverable Page 112 SYNERGY NANO Export History Stats 1 os dn Dh Once inserted the new disk IS automatically x detected Export History Status Starting to Export History Please Wait 4 Moment This history export will require 2 blank disks Please enter the next Floppy disk into the Floppy drive IE will be automatically detected This may take a IRSCH After detection the Synergy Nano continues exporting the remainder of the history file You will need to repeat the process with additional disks if the history file r
68. Inputs Low Res Analog Analog 1 D Analog 2 Analog 3 Analog Input Raw Reading Scaled Analog 4 Analog 1 volts 0 137 Analog 5 analog 3 Vos LC KZ nalog 3 Volts Analog 4 Volts 0 122 Analog 7 analog 5 Volts 0 117 Analog 8 Analog 6 Volks 0 107 Analog 7 Valls 0 098 Analog D Volks 0 098 Chamber Off 468 8C 0 2 Description Low Resolution Analog input Screen is used to monitor signals from process sensors or machine monitors The Synergy Nano displays the Raw value and the scaled value Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 226 RIERG Y uw 12 0 GRAPH SCREEN m Graph Screen EIE Graph Screen Tauch the graph Far settings Touch the screen to adjust the graph settings Line colors are defined in the screen below Steady State 158 0F 49 4 12 1 Temperature Humidity Air Temperature Graph Screen IFIETETEMEI Graph Options Select the individual checkboxes to display specified graph lines Actuals Gir Temp v Humidity Temperature displays the air temperature inside the chamber Humidity displays the humidity inside the chamber Setpoints __ Temperature ET Gir Temp When the cascade control is enabled the graph Humidity features map as follows H Temperature displays the temperature of the Unit Under Test in the chamber Humidity displays the humidity inside the chamber Air Temperature displays the air temper
69. Keys Soft keys These are labeled SETUP MAINT COMM PROGRAM RUN EVENTS GRAPH and MAIN These keys provide easy navigation to the controller s setup operating and programming features As shown in the table above the SETUP MAINT Maintenance COMM Communications and EVENTS keys direct you to a set of folders Touching the desired folder opens sub folders or the appropriate editor screens The PROGRAM RUN GRAPH and MAIN keys immediately direct you to editor screens to perform a task To return to the previous screen press the Back button located in the upper left corner If you have navigated through a series of sub folders you can back to the original directory or folder by pressing the Back button repeatedly Remember you can always switch directly to another navigation screen by pressing the desired Screen Navigation Key Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 26 IERGY NANO 4 6 Synergy Nano Power Up Splash Screen When power is applied to the chamber the Synergy Nano touch screen displays boot up progress Upon a successful boot up a Synergy Nano splash screen will appear See figure below followed by the Main screen Any errors or alarms encountered during the diagnostics routine will be displayed See Section 7 2 Maintenance Alarm Functions for a description of the alarm functions Synergy Nano Splash Screen TIDAL ENGINNERING CORPORATION Synergy Controller Serial Number 02 0449 Version 7 6 6 Co
70. Log File Alarms Name Sensor Sensor Default Report Log K1 K2 Code Threshold Hi Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 500 C Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 200C Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 10 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 330 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No TempGard Digital Input 9 409 Open Yes Yes No No Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 83 SYNERGY NANO 6 10 2 Synergy Nano Temperature Humidity Nano Temperature Humidity Main Outputs X1 Channel Digital Device Output 1 Pin1 Pin2 1 Heat 2 Pin3 Pin4 2 Cool E 3 Pin5 Pin6 3 Boost Cool 1 4 Pin7 Pin8 4 Dryer GN2 EE 5 Pin9 Pin10 5 Fan T ds 6 Pin11 Pin12 6 Not Used LT XE ER EIE LI x LT EH LI i N Aux Outputs X2 Channel Digital Device Output 1 Pin11 Pin1 7 Heat 2 Pin11 Pin2 8 Cool 3 Pin11 Pin3 9 Boost Cool 4 Pin11 Pin4 10 Dryer GN2 5 Pin11 Pin5 11 Fan 6 Pin11 Pin6 12 Not Used imm mmm mi mi e ele minimi mm a alala lal ld X2 Pin 11 can provide the 5VDC source for these outputs Event Outputs X8
71. Log interval log data log enable See the Section 6 11 Logging 5 Enter the WebTouch Remote Cascade Control and Pressure Control Registration keys as necessary 17 9 Alarm System Test Test all alarm systems Verify that test chamber shut down occurs and power is removed from heaters compressor etc when any sensor is disconnected Verify that test chamber shut down occurs when the secondary limit controller alarm limits are reached See the Section 3 0 Safety 17 10 Control System Verification Verify control system performance for transient and steady state control Tune the PID settings as necessary See Section 6 3 PID Consult the factory for additional assistance with chamber tuning Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 297 SYNERGY NANO 18 0 SYNERGY NANO COMMUNICATIONS 18 1 Synergy Command Set SYNERGY COMMUNICATION COMMAND SET Tidal Engineering Corporation 2001 2009 File SYNERGY COMMUNICATION COMMANDS VERSION 2 9 0 xls Date 3 June 2009 Notes 1 Many commands support a RANGE MIN and MAX querys which return the High and Low range allowed for the command Ex CAL1 RANGE returns 50 000 50 000 2 The Asterisk is used in this command set listing as a place holder for the channel number is the channel number 1 2 or 3 3 The Number Sign is used in this command set listing as a place holder for an index Ex HIGH _ GAIN where is the High Resolution Input 1 6 Description Command U
72. None Hicomp Mone O Event4 Mone PIDC None H Eyent5 Event 23 Fullc Mone D Evento 9 Event 24 Selected Output 1 B 12a Out 1 OnO on Steady State 220C 2107 Steady State 220C 2107 Channels Inputs Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Type Temperature Pressure N A N A Sensor RTD1 Analog 1 N A N A High Volt Scale N A 5VDC N A N A Low Volt Scale N A OVDC N A N A High Eng Scale N A 1000 Torr N A N A Low Eng Scale N A O Torr N A N A Digital Inputs Name Input Function when Closed Ambient Lock Out Input 1 Disables Ambient Coil when Dehumidify Coil is on Drier Logic Input 2 Enables Drier when LEV1 Use Drier is active Compressor Cut in Logic Input 3 Boost Heat High Artificial Load High Stage Compressor Cascade Condenser See Section 6 7 Device Primitives etc Burn in Logic Input 4 Enables Low Stage Compressor and Full Cool with LEV1 AGREE Chamber Logic Input5 Locke out Low Stage Compressor and enables High Stage Compressor and Full Cool with LEV1 TempGard Input9 A None TempGard Alarm displays in Alarm Folder and Log File Alarms Name Sensor Sensor Default Report Log K1 K2 Code Threshold Hi Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 500 C Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 200C Yes Yes Yes No Hi Alarm Ch 2 Analog1 130 1010T Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 2 Analog1 130 10T Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 10 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 330 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 Analog1 130
73. Not Used 2 26 Not Used 1 25 Not Used Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A E Page 104 Generic Temperature Vibration Main Screen Main Screen Digital Output Screen 11 45 31 PM Events Screen 11 45 47 HM Chan 1 Unit Temp _ Ehan 2 Mr RMS j Digital Outputs Set ie Set igital Outputs Point 46 0 C Point oo 5 ERES nsus 250C A mE Dreu Int Mone z Mone amp Stop Mone Mone Mone Heat cice None 3 Light Mone pediM2 Mone Eventz D None amp Light Mone D Event 3 D Mone Hi Heat None C Event4 None O LoHeat None C EventS 9 Event 23 Prev Mone D Evento 9 Event 24 Selected Output 1 B 12a Gut 1 On Off Off Steady State 2c 1050 Steady State 220e 1050 Channels Inputs Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Type Temperature Vibration N A N A Sensor RTD1 Analog 1 N A N A High Volt Scale N A 5VDC N A N A Low Volt Scale N A OVDC N A N A High Eng Scale N A 100 Grms N A N A Low Eng Scale N A 0 Grms N A N A Digital Inputs Name Input Function when Closed TempGard Input9 A None TempGard Alarm displays in Alarm Folder and Log File Alarms Name Sensor Sensor Default Report Log K1 K2 Code Threshold Hi Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 500 C Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 200C Yes Yes Yes No Hi Alarm Ch 2 Analog1 130 104 Grms Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 2 Analog1 130 0 Grms Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 10 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor
74. Off state of the Drier go to the Events Event Output folder and observe the LED indicator next to the Use Drier label The light is red when the drier is active gray when it is inactive To change the default dehumidification method for steady state operation go to the LEV1 folder under Setup L Values LEV1 and select the desired default method Drier or Dehumidify Coil LEV 2 LEV2 Logic Event 2 controls the vacuum device When enabled it activates the vacuum device even if OT17 is set to Purge You may select the LEV 2 method while the chamber is running in manual mode or programmatically from within the Add Step Wizard using the Setpoint step To monitor the On Off state of LEV 2 go to the Events Event Output folder and observe the LED light next to the LEV 2 label The light is red when the LEV 2 is activate gray when inactivate Note that the default LEV 2 setting is always off OT11 TPM The OT11 TPM feature is used to change the output 11 control mode The chamber defaults to On Off control mode When you select OT11 TPM the controller temporarily switches to the time proportioning mode Output OT11 TPM Time Proportioning Mode can be monitored from within the Events screen You may change the setting programmatically from within the Setpoint step To monitor the state of the OT11 TPM setting go to the Events Event Output folder and observe the LED indicator next to the OT11 TPM label The light is red when the time proportioni
75. PID ARG1 ARG1 OK 0 Don t Log LOG CAS CH PID 0 Don t Log 1 Log A Number from 1 to 6 ZLOG CAS CH1 PID HIGH OK 1 Log LOG HIGH 1 1 1 Logging On 1 Logging On Page 313 SYNERGY NANO Description Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Response Example Units Example Logging Commands LOG_LOW_ Set LOG_LOW_ ARG1 ANumber from 1 to 8ARG1 0 E LOG LOW 1 1 OK Logging Off 1 Logging On Log Low Resolution Analog Input LOG LOW Z Query LOG LOW D H A Number from 1 to 8 LOG LOW 1 1 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG UUTZ Set LOG UUT Z ARG1 4 Module Number from 1 to 8 LOG UUTIt 1 OK ARG1 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG UUT Z Query LOG UUT Z 4 Module Number from 1 to 8 LOG UUT1 1 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG DIO Set Log UUT Modules LOG DIO s ARG1 Digital Input Number from 1 to 16 LOG DIO 1 1 OK ARG 1 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG DIO Query LOG DIO 4 Digital Input Number from 1 to 16 LOG DIO 1 1 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG OUTPUTS Set LOG OUTPUTS ARG1 ARG1 LOG OUTPUTS 1 OK Log Outputs Enabled 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG OUTPUTS Query LOG OUTPUTS 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG OUTPUTS LOG CH HEAT PID Sete LOG CH HEAT PID ARG1 ARG 1 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On pean eae Hep LOG_CH _HEAT_PID LOG_CH _HEAT_PID 0 Logging Off 1 LoggingOn LOG_
76. PID folders are settings for pio Settings PID Ch 11PID Ch 1 Heati e Prop Band Heating Reset Channel n Heating Prop Band Ch 1 Heat AR e Rate Channel n Heating Reset Ch 1 Heat 0 020 e Cycle Time for Ch n Heating Rate Ch 1 Heat 0 000 Rate Band for Ch n Heating Cycle Time Ch 1 Heat 5 00 Rate Band Ch 1 Heat 0 000 These settings are discussed in greater detail on Description the following pages The Proportional Band Channel 1 Heat PB1H line displays the current value For Ehe n is the Channel of interest proportional band parameter Steady state 229C 00 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 49 SYNERGY NANO 2 59 18 PM Within the Dead Band folder is a Key Pad editor for modifying the Dead Band setting Setup Screen Dead Band ch 1 Temperature Valid Range 25 to This setting is discussed in greater detail on the following pages Present Value Hew Value You can monitor the performance of your PID settings using the Channel PIDs screen in the Maintenance directory EIS EREET Channel PIDs m Maintenance Screen Select each channel with the top buttons to view Channel 1 the following values Property Heat Cool Cascade E Pn Pn 0 0000 100 0000 in ii Jon ans d ri i i PID 0 0000 100 0000 ed Err 0 0000 17 9870 Em Setpoint 52 0000 52 0000 Last Err Actual 69 9870 69 9870 Delta Err P B 7 0000 5 0000 PB Reset 0 0200 0 0700 Reset Rate 0 0000 0 0000 e Rate
77. Selected Output displayed above reads 1 B12a Out 1 On Off On The output information is displayed in the following format A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 Where A1 The location of the output as displayed on the screen 1 31 moving up to down left to right A2 The output board the device is connected to The boards are referred to as 12a for the 12 output board 6a and 6b for sequential 6 output boards The terms 12a 6a 6b correspond to the traditional method of labeling these boards 1SM 2SM and 3SM respectively A3 The output the highlighted device uses on the board specified above E A4 The output type such as On Off or Time Proportioning A5 The current state of the output On Off or percent output for example 22 Chamber Output Mapping The Synergy Nano supports multiple chambers types Each chamber type has unique device output mappings For example Output 1 drives the chamber fan device on Temp Humidity and Temp Only chambers but in Temp Temp chambers Output 10 drives the fan device The output maps for each chamber type are listed in Section 6 9 Setup Chamber Setup Device Primitives and Logic Flow The following flow charts illustrate the function of each output and the logic that drives each output device Please note that some chambers may not have all the described devices For example Temp Only chambers will not have humidity related devices such as the Wick Pan These flow charts have extensive referenc
78. Synergy Nano page and are linked to under the Downloads section i VTV Simple Comm File About IEEE 488 DEG HE Connect Disconnect EE Ser List Address 2 rz Get settings from chamber Get Bm RE send settings ta chamber Send Stop Command Send Bie Response mo Installing SimpleComm Insert the setup disk in the CD drive of your PC Through your windows explorer find the D drive where D is your CD drive and double click on the setup exe file Alternatively you may select Start Run from your desktop Type D setup and hit Enter Follow the directions on the screen Connecting SimpleComm The method of connection depends on the desired mode of communications RS 485 and RS 232 use serial cables IEEE 488 uses a 488 cable and TCP IP used network cables such as CAT5 Obviously the PC running SimpleComm must be connected to the chamber Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 174 Sa RS 232 To communicate over RS 232 plug a serial cable into your PC and connect the other end to the serial port on the chamber Connect Disconnect Status Port Closed Address Port 1 11 13 45 AM e Comm Screen BAUD Rate 19200 BAUD Data Bits B Data Bits Par ity Mone Flow Control Mone Description The BALID Rate displays the baud rate at which communications occur on Ehe R5 z32 part Chamber Off 51C 0 0 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A On the SimpleComm s
79. Tidal Engineering Olympic Firmware Part TE1363 Olympic 0 0 35 JN OF 0647 Operating System WintE Build Part TE1860 Date 06 26 07 Version 5 0 L Visit WW TidalEng com For updates application nates and support ar call 973 328 1181 Available Memory 20578304 Available Storage 243089408 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Make sure the USB Flash Disk is in the Controller s USB port and press the Upgrade Software button It may take a minute or more to copy the files and then a message box will appear to tell you to Restart the controller to complete the upgrade Press the OK box and restart the controller Go to the Maintenance Screen and open the About folder to verify the appropriate Version number as shown at left Page 158 SYNERGY NANO Step 3 Configure the Controller When the chamber restarts the controller may indicate that the current chamber type differs from the last chamber type Press OK to acknowledge the message You will then be asked if you would like to discard the old settings and load the current settings Answer YES here as well Setup Screen 5 01 33 PM Then Go to the Setup Screen and open chamber Setup Hack Chamber Type Foren Temp Humidity Pressure Chamber Description Temperature 1 Humidity Pressure Chamber the Chamber Setup Folder Press Change and select the Chamber Option from the list Chamber Off Setup Screen 10 36 50 ANM Then press Acce
80. WAITFOR Hum Events X Time Setpoint s Hum Temp Temp Press Type ges CN CO set T fs 1 el Page 213 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A 9 5 Copying Editing and Deleting a Step A Copy Step Delete Step the Program screen The Edit Step Wizard will guide the user through each To Copy edit or delete a step first press the appropriate button at the top of E of these functions Copy Step Select the step you wish to copy The Wizard will ask whether you wish to copy this step at the end of the program or if you wish to insert this step somewhere within the program To insert the step within the program select the step that you want it inserted before Edit Step Select the step you wish to edit The Edit Step Wizard will guide through step editing Step editing is the same procedure used by the Add Step Wizard Delete Step The Wizard will ask you if you are sure you wish to delete the current step If you wish to delete a different step within the program answer No select the step and then press the Delete button again 9 6 Saving a Program To Save your program press the Save File button at the top of the Program screen The Save As function with a Drive List File List screen will appear eue File Press the Save File button at the top of the Program screen The Drive List File List screen will appear Select the Drive List from the drop down menu You can save
81. at the left select your export path storage media and press the Export bution The export process is monitored in the Export Screen Shot Status window like the Export History Status window The exported screen shot files are automatically named sequentially SS0001 bmp SS0002 bmp SSO0003 bmp Page 143 aS Sy Sc Vi M Maintenance Screen ALARM Alarms d The alarm screen displays any Synergy Nano alarm conditions Access this screen to view and clear a chamber alarm When an alarm e asm Ter To occurs the following attributes are listed 2 07 23 PM thiHigh 1164 2 F Time of Alarm Alarm Type Ack User acknowledgement of alarm Cleared Indicates if the alarm condition has cleared 9 9 9 The word ALARM will flash in the upper right Alarm CH1 High ili64 2F 48 0 corner of all screens while an alarm condition e exists Press the Ack Alarm button to acknowledge an alarm This will set the Ack column value to Yes When the Alarm condition clears the Cleared column will automatically be set to Yes When both the Ack and Cleared column read Yes When the user has acknowledged the alarm and the alarm condition has cleared the alarm is removed from the list Specific alarms are covered in greater detail in the following section 7 2 Alarm Functions This section contains information on Low Storage Alarms Low Memory Alarms and Alarm Actions Relays Alarm Indications and Output
82. between the product temperature and the air temperature for a cascade channel when the Actual process variable is pressed For more information see Section 14 0 Cascade Temperature Control Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 217 11 0 EVENTS SCREEN EVENTS SCREEN a UUT Temperatures D Digital Outputs a Digital Inputs Screen Editor Screen Editor Screen Editor D Event Outputs Screen Editor When the Synergy Nano is in Manual operation mode the following outputs can be controlled turned On and Off from this screen Event 1 thru 6 Use Drier LEV2 Output 11 mode In Program mode these outputs are under control of the program and can t be adjusted manually they are updated in real time according to the running profile In the Program mode the status of these outputs can be monitored The LED is Red when active On Output 11 TPM Time Proportioned Mode can also be monitored however this output is controlled from the Setup screen in Manual mode Events Screen Event Outputs Status Screen For UUT Temperature monitoring UUT 1 thru UUT 8 this screen shows actual temperature readings of Sensors 1 thru 8 for each UUT module Select UUT 1 thru UUT 8 with Next or Previous buttons 2 05 00 PM Digital Outputs Temperatures Digital Inputs Chamber Off High Res Analog Low Res Analag uibus c Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Status Screen The Syne
83. channel 2 select the Chan Off option Page 216 Alt ais 10 2 Turn the chamber On m m Press the MAIN Navigation Screen button Chan 1 Temp C i 4n 2 Humid RH e Press the on off button to toggle the ste og er Es Se 50 0 D chamber on or off The current state of the EN s chamber is indicated by the simulated LED Actual 1158 0F is above the on off button D Gray indicates that the chamber is Off ES Green indicates that the chamber is On Chamber OTT 156 0F 49 4 e 10 3 Main Screen Graph Setup The Main Screen displays a small qualitative graph of the process and set point data 3 37 08 PMI Press the MAIN Navigation Screen button To modify the data displayed on the graph press on the graph The graph settings window will open with the following graph data selection options Humid Chan 2 Actuals process data Temperature Actual Humidity Actual E Air Temperature Actual Cascade Sekpoints Temp Chan i Air Tem v L Setpoints Humid Chan 2 E Temperature Setpoint E Humidity Setpoint Air Temperature Setpoint Cascade A larger full screen version of the graph is available on the Graph Screen For more information on the graph screen see Section 12 0 Graph Screen Note Cascade enabled chambers provide additional options on the Main screen for viewing the two process variables associated with the Cascade controlled temperature channel The channel data toggles
84. etc For special applications the chamber manufacturer or retrofit installer can program an alarm relay to operate a system function This section explains the user alarm setup procedures using two examples The User Alarm screen operates as a wizard like the profile wizard screen This means that the setup instructions are provided along with the entry fields and the user enters information and presses next or back as required until the alarm is entered The result alarm can be programmed to appear in the Alarm window if required as shown below The diagram below right shows the electrical connection for the corresponding user alarm Maintenance Screen j Alarms i ack ALL B 55 36 AM oxygen sensor warning Yes Mo VIV OLYMPIC PROCESSOR BOARD OXYGEN SENSOR Le c4 1 CON AUX TEMPGARD INPUT 239C 0 0 There are 102 inputs variables that can be monitored for user alarm conditions see the table below The Input options are Module First Selection Second Sel Choices Olympic Board RTD1 amp 2 Analog 1 4 N A 6 UUT Module Inputs UUT Module Sensor 64 Machine Inputs Low Resolution Channels 1 thru 8 N A 8 Digital Inputs Inputs 1 thru 16 N A 16 Channels Channels 1 thru 4 N A 4 Setpoints Setpoints 1 thru 4 N A 4 There are four Comparison options available Comparison Application Input Open Digital Inputs only Input Closed Digital Inputs only Greater than Threshold All inputs except Digital Raw or Scaled
85. for the air temperature The label in the frame around Channel 1 will also change accordingly as shown below Unit Product Temperature Air Temperature 411 AM 47611 AM Chan 1 Unit Temp C Chan z Humid RH Chan 1 Air Temp C Chan 2 Humid 9 RH pert 1100 0C se 111 3 96 W 1200 0C e 111 3 Actual KZ Actual mr Actual S a G Actual 10 0 Alarm Cascade Sensor Alarm Cascade Sensor 14 3 4 Graph Screen Selecting Product Air Temperature Graphing The Graph Screen can chart the product temperature and the air temperature in cascade mode Press anywhere on the Graph The screen below will appear from either display Main Screen Air Temp Actuals Actual vw Temp Chan 1 w Air Temp Humid Chan Unit Temp a Actual SeFpoinbs Air Temp Setpoint Humid Chan 2 Unit Temp Setpoint Select Air Temp in the Actuals and Setpoints frames to graph the actual air temperature and air temperature setpoint The actual air temperature will appear as a light blue line and the air temperature setpoint will appear as a dark blue line Select Temperature within the Actuals and Setpoints frames to graph the actual Unit temperature and Unit Product temperature setpoint The actual unit temperature will appear as a light red line and the unit temperature setpoint will appear as a dark red line Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 241 14 3 5 Logging In Cascad
86. for use in a wide range of applications The following specific equipment is recommended for this application 1 Industrial Bar Code Area Imager Hand Held Products part number 4800SR051C 2 Hand Held Products part number 42206161 01 USB Type A Interface Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A DIES Page 251 16 4 Installation Installing the barcode scanner is straightforward Connecting the Barcode Scanner 1 Connect the USB cable to the handle of the ImageTeam 4800 and screw on the retainer clip 2 Connect the USB connector to the Synergy Nano For Synergy Nano the ImageTeam bar code scanner USB interface is used Once the barcode scanner is connected continue configuring the barcode scanner as follows Configuring the Barcode scanner Follow the steps below to configure the ImageTeam 4800 for use with the Synergy Nano and OCR A fonts If a different configuration or barcode scanner is used see Application note 4 for alternative settings for other devices Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 252 IERGY NANO 1 First the barcode scanner should be reset to factory defaults The subsequent steps adjust only those settings that differ from the factory defaults Scan the barcode below to reset Standard Product Default Settings 2 Scan the Control ASCII Mode On symbol To Enable Control ASCII mode on the barcode TIA Cont
87. is active as well as lagged into the history Cif selected next step Alarm loxygen sensor warning aE Rae lt Back lt Back Next lt gt 5 Cancel Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Define the comparison type and the scaling The Comparison choices are 1 Input Open 2 Input Closed 3 Greater than gt 4 Less than gt The Data Scaling choices are 1 Raw Value 2 Scaled Value Select the Alarm Threshold This step is not required for Digital Inputs Enter a name for the alarm This name appears in the alarm screen when the alarm occurs and in the alarm list Page 126 IERGY NANO SeldiATsEmtAE Srt Ne Select the desired alarm response The Options are Show Alarm Log Alarm Disable Chamber Activate Alarm Relay 1 Activate Alarm Relay 2 dif cu once mmn Confirm your choices and finish Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 127 SYNERGY NANO User Alarm Example 1 Create an alarm that senses Digital Input 5 and Displays Oxygen Sensor Warning when the input is Open VIV OLYMPIC VTV OLYMPIC PROCESSOR BOARD Oxygen Ge Sensor PROCESSOR BOARD Warning z Warning E RE z Alarm State 2 gg Ge m a P1 Z 1 SR 41 EN 1 CON AUX 23 24 1 CON AUX TEMPGARD INPUT TEMPGARD INPUT Open the User Alarm folder and press the
88. ke YPLFile 6 26 2008 7 09 PM product Cut is WPL File 1 1 2000 12 01 AM Other Places product s WPL File 6 20 2008 5 47 PM m ES product oi is WPL File 1 1 2000 12 01 AM i Internet Explorer C2 sab cfg B Microsoft Office Outlook C 5 29 2008 1 18 PM CH My Documents viv LR panama is VL File 1 1 2000 12 01 4M KA My Network Places vty 2 wt ss VPLFile 1 1 2000 12 13 AM intelz y Properties is WPL File 6 26 2008 8 10 PM Delete Details Then browse to the destination folder on the PC Right Click and select Paste as shown below SSC XOld Profiles File Edit View Favorites Tools Help T Osa zeg rodes gt Address CO CO Profiles be S Size Tvpe Date MadiFied File and Folder Tasks cJ Make a new Falder DG Publish this Folder to the web View E Share this Folder Arrange Icons By Refresh Other Places Customize This Folder Sere Paste Shortcut My Documents Undo Rename Chrl 2 ig My Computer amp J My Network Places l Mew Properties Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A pg Page 199 The copied file will appear in the folder on the PC as shown below 4 0ld Profiles File Edit View Favorites Tools Help pak PL Search Py Folders m Address c old Profiles zm a Name a Size Type Date Modified F
89. m UU em 234 14 2 Configuring Cascade Gottware nni 235 14 3 Using Cascad WOO PEE E Too 240 15 0 SPACE AND ALTITUDECHAMBERG 243 15 1 Space Chamber Geiunp nn 243 15 2 Altitude Chamber Setup ccccccccccccsssseeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseeseaeeeeeeeeeeseaeseeeceeeeesseeeeeeeeeesseeaasaeeeeeeeeessaaageses 249 16 0 SYNERGY NANO MACROS AND BAR CODE SCANNERS sse nennen nennen 251 Lo MEE ACU BE inea AGIOS eebe 251 16 2 Using a Bar Code Scanner with a Synergy Nam 251 UPS NE eUam D bisiguancduantbeuiatens 251 uoo 3i eT bisignancduuntheecthans 252 TOO Eelere e U MT 255 16 6 Testing and Troubleshooting EEN 258 17 0 INSTALLATION AND WIRING DIACGHAMG 261 17 1 Chamber Configuration Gelechon 261 Tie GOTON ear ne EE 262 RE OV ICTY Nano AT iae ERN 266 17 5 Synergy Nano Communications nennen nennen nnnai nnn n nsns s nna anis nre n sane sanis 272 ES DN UEP IGT COMMS CU ON aces sarees EE eem 273 EY Ge FOO eene UN p T omm 275 PESO C IB COMING eeiam 0 e 276 14 59 94 139299 UUT CODO en EE 277 176 Synergy Nano PIUS deme OST 278 17 6 9 Synergy Nano Plus GPIB RS 232 and RS 485 Communications Wiring 291 17 6 10 Synergy Nano Plus Retransmit Outputs nennen nennen nennen nnn nnns 292 17 6 11 Synergy Nano Plus Alarm Output 292 17 7 Synergy Nano Event Output Board Wiring nnne nnne nennen nnn nnns 293 EE GOOI UI e
90. nt mtd mtd mtd mtd mtd rs e cule e DA e Fede e Seale e 6t3je e crvdje e Cradle e Grade H TS8 e e posje e cdle e O34je el Scije el 8cije el ils el rede el Zeaje el rdje Ce Deet 6rHje Ze el Se eE el Sue e 62i el Ze el CEHje el Beale Trae vide Se e De Ce el cH el Ece C Te Oe ev Ele eC Hie eC ii ev Zi eC ie ev 83 e C Ge DU ie ie Cele 5 1 2 3 4 5 amp SR B 7 8 g 10 in 12 2 n amp TP amp IS H amp eMM amp SU TPIT Te Tl hk TET t PAL IS 6 Pe amp Te yTl t Te c e ee ee ee ee oe e ee 9 e oe g n3 e e 9 9 e 9 9 9 e e e 9 e e 9 e e 4 0000 Bridge l CO zen Provisions for stacking two 6 Channel Triac boards P N TE1151 6 on the 12 Channel unit are provided These two boards are the 2SM and 3SM boards from the 6 10 chamber configuration list The eight holes in the figure below for this purpose are indicated in red el T
91. port or an Ethernet Switch or Hub A crossover CAT5 Cable P N TE1776 06C can also be used to connect directly from the Synergy Nano to the Ethernet port on a PC or Laptop Crossover TE1776 06C Patch Cable TE1775 06C Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A ES SYNERGY NANO USB Device Olympic Cable Connector to D oD o ot N Se oss i x e UI t voir HE d IPPLPAIPAAHIPAHTHIE m ca Lk T La Le hk Le T T dM EE Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A IERGY NANO 17 5 2 RS 232 Connection The Synergy Nano s RS 232 Serial communications port is on the X8 connector Note that the X8 connector is also used for the Olympic board connection for the Synergy Nano Plus configuration which is described later in this technical manual User RS 232 communications go thru the Olympic board in the Synergy Nano Plus configuration The TE1608 1 Cable in the figure below is supplied with the Nano for RS 232 communications Note that this cable includes the required Null Modem adapter X6 10 100 Ethernet X7 USB Device SE JA IHHHHBHHHBBHHBH DER SS 133 X8 TEN Eza Connection ES nae LES T RR T ke RS ECO X5 NN EE uw UUT Interface RS 485 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Ke UN aa ER RS EE mme 17 5 3 GPIB Connection The Synergy Nano s optional GPIB feature uses the Syn
92. the chamber one command at a time until it has gone Version 1 4 10 through the entire list After each query is sent to the chamber SimpleComm will wait until it receives a response before moving on to the next query As each response arrives it is placed in the corresponding cell in the Value column When the entire list has been transferred a popup window will state that the transfer is complete Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 179 Sending Data To send a saved configuration of a chamber load a Settings List that contains a ser commands and their corresponding values Once loaded clear the Value Send Settings Example and Set Response columns if necessary Make sure you are connected and press the Send button SimpleComm will send the chamber one command and Serial Number 06 0201 value at a time until it has gone through the entire list After each set command Wersion 1 4 10 is sent to the chamber SimpleComm will wait until it receives an OK response CF 0 before trying to send the next value As each OK response arrives it is placed CAL1 0 00 in the corresponding cell in the Set Response column When the entire list has A1L 200 00 been transferred a popup window will state that the transfer is complete If you need to stop the data transfer process while it is actively sending and receiving data press the Stop button Important Note Make sure that you always have the chamber set to the same tempera
93. the program to the Storage the Floppy Drive or USB Hard Disk Floppy option is available on Synergy Compact and Synergy V units To enter a new file name press the File entry text box at the bottom of the screen The T9 alohanumeric keypad appears Enter the desired program name and press the OK button 9 7 Running a Program 11 17 33 AM li Jg RUN Press the RUN Screen button to open Dun Edit en the Run screen From the Run screen you can CH Actual CHI SetPoint CH Ackual CHz SetPoint Start Stop and Pause a program eoc EE or P dli Any file loaded in the Program screen will appear in SE juni pe ee s Ei ie the Run screen when the Run screen is opened 0 0 00 00 03 et 3 a 00 00 03 JumpLp 1 3 et 10 0 Off 00 00 03 Chamber Off 25 0C 50 0 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 214 SYNERGY NANO Open File Press this button to load a file from the Storage Card USB Hard Disk or Floppy Pad ee Drive The procedure is identical to the one described in Section 9 1 Programming the Synergy Loading a File Simply select the desired file from the Drive List File List screen that appears Run Press the Run button to start the loaded program at the first step Run From Use this button to start the program from a step other than the first step Click on the desired step to select it and press the Run From button Run Off Use this button to run your program with the chamber outputs OFF You ca
94. units OUT1_HIGHEU 500 0 OUT LOWEU ARG 1 is 1 for Retransmit 1 2 for Retransmit 2 OUT1 LOWEU 100 ARG1 500 5000 units OUT LOWEU Query OUT _LOWEU 500 5000 units OUT1 LOWEU OUT HIGHV ARG1 is 1 for Retransmit 1 2 for Retransmit 2 OUT HIGHV 5 ARG1 0 0 5 250 Volts Retransmit High Volts Retransmit Low Engineering Units OUT _HIGHV Query OUT _HIGHV HIGHV 0 0 5 250 Volts OUTI Ho _HIGHV 5 000 000 OUT LOWV Set I1 ac LOWV ARG1 is 1 for Retransmit 1 2 for Retransmit DTE 0 2ARG 1 0 0 5 250 Volts OUT LOWV Query OUT LOWV 0 0 5 250 Volts OUT1 LOWV 0 000 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 310 SYNERGY NANO Description Retransmit Source Low Resolution Analog Input Gain Low Resolution Analog Input Offset Low Resolution Analog Input High Engineering Units Low Res Analog Input Low Engineering Units Low Resolution Analog Input High Volts Scale Command Example Command Usages Command Syntax Range Units Response Example Calibration Commands is 1 for Retransmit 1 2 for Retransmit 22 OUT 420 1 1 ARG1 0 Off 1 Ch 1 Actual 2 CH 2 Actual 3 CH 3 Actual 4 CH 1 Setpoint 5 CH 2 Setpoint 6 CH 3 Setpoint 7 CH 1 Heat PID 8 CH 1 Cool PID 9 CH 2 Heat PID OUT 420 5st Set OUT 420 ARG1 10 CH 2 Cool PID 11 CH 3 Heat PID 12 CH 3 Cool PID 13 CH 1 Cascade Air 14 CH 2 Cascade Air 15
95. 0 00 Set High Eng Scale to 10 Volts High volts Scale G 000 Set Low Eng Scale to 0 Volts Cow tale Scale deii Set High Volts Scale to 5 Volts Set Low Volts Scale to 0 Volts Description Help is nat available For this item Alarm Internal Comm 0 0 0 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 244 Setup Screen ALARM Step 4 Select the channel sensor iCalbration Calibration Channel 21 SETUPA Calibration Calibration Channel 2 CH2 Sensor Select 130 Select Analog 1 for sensor Pressure Calibration 0 00 Humidity Gain timi 100 00 Low Alarm Channel 2 10 00 High Alarm Channel 2 104 00 CH2 Sensor Select code 130 Description Help is not available For this item Dac DUT Step 5 Setup the Altitude calibration A Registration Key may be required to access this feature Contact the factory em Calibration Calibration Calibration Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 s e dy SS Calibration thee Guaranteed Soak Alarm Internal Comm 00c 1 0e 10 aetup Screen ARegistration Key may be required to access this feature Contact the factory Register Altitude Your serial number needed to register Altitude is 02 0105 You must provide this number to get your registration kev Registration Kev Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 245 Step 5 Setup the Altitude calibration constant based on the Granville Philips ION gauge emission setting as follows n 12 for 10 mA n
96. 03 4 20 mA Transmitter Two are included with TE1858 4 pw wmm ERR i i 2 WH 3 Le c zm mmm Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A p Page 336 NANO TE1299 16 UUT Module 16 Channel T Type TE1803 4 20 mA Transmitter Thermocouple Monitor TE1908 Single Channel Thermocouple Signal TE1988 Single Channel RTD Signal Conditioner Conditioner TE1151 12 Triac Output Board 12 Channel Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A pg Page 337 NANO TE1708 6 Relay Output Board 6 Channel TE1608 RS 232 RS 485 Communications Cable annel Triac Board Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 338 TE1972 Fiber Optic Extension kit for Explosion Proof Applications Item 5 Duplex W Multimode Fiber an b TE2076 Synergy Nano VersaTenn Ill Panel Adapter with 1 16 DIN Knockout 9 25 X 6 50 Black Powder Coat 6 500 90 186 5 000 6 000 4 825 5 075 SYNERGY NANO CUTOUT E 1 16 DIN 60 201 LE o 1 425 1 175 0 500 d 0 000 RO 500 0 000 3 o o d 8 S P g BS o o D ei Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A EL TE2132 USB to RS 232 Converter TE2094 1 and TE2094 2 Synergy Nano VersaTenn Panel Adapter 1 16 DIN Knockout 6 00 X 9 00 6 875 8 625 9 000 Page 339 Notes Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 340 SS ea as e Me Vi M Declaration of Conformity S
97. 1 2000 12 13 AM 4 Klick Gudke D ilz nne LO A Ka sab cfg 1z D KB Microsoft Office Outlook C S 29 2008 1 18 PM bradbb vpl 175 bytes VPL File 6 20 2008 5 52 PM is Dim d VD tot Des ur le z MERR A blinkb vol 453 bytes VPL File 5 8 2008 8 44 PM malo OC FED YT z i LEE ILI rr iv mnntervp 7 Des VE IE DleDlello L 3 History Log intel2 vpl 537 bytes PL File 6 26 2008 7 11 PM zl blinks E e B ilE we es 4 pm E History Et 361 KE Text Document 6 27 2008 10 50 AM Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A DIES Page 198 RGY NANO Using the FTP server to transfer VPL files from the controller to the PC The FTP server can be used to copy VPL files from the controller to another computer on the network To copy VPL files Click on the file of interest in the FTP client with the right mouse The file menu will appear Select Copy as shown below File Edit View Favorites Tools Help 3 pak A search Ey Folders E Address L ftp 172 16 10 118 v Go A Mame 4 Size Type Modified Folder Tasks MEJAPPMOTEMACRO csy 112 bytes Microsoft Office Excel Co 1 1 2000 12 01 AM si EE blink pl 212 bytes VDL File 5 23 2008 10 01 AM m blinka vp 464 bytes YPL File 6 7 2008 9 17 AM dy Move this item EISE 53hutes WPL File 6 9 2008 8 44 PM IP Copy this item bradbb OPen is WPL File 6 20 2008 5 52 PM x Delete this iter B exphstE Copy Ta Folder ID Text Document 6 20 2008 5 48 PM intel vpl
98. 1 33 28 PM Events Screen Chan 1 Unit Temp _ Chan z Press T Torr a EE B a 56 0 T See 250C AGRO 210T 5 x Low O WMentBC is None HAL D Cascade Vacuum None PIDH Mone Eventi None BoostH Mone D Evert 3 Mone LowcCmp Mone D Eyvent3 D None Hicomp Mone O Event 4 Mone PIDE None H EventS Event 23 amp Full O None Event 9 Event 24 Selected Output 1 B 12a Gut 1 On Off On Steady State 220C ZzLU T Steady State ARAE ZLU T Channels Inputs Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Type Temperature Pressure N A N A Sensor RTD1 Analog 1 N A N A High Volt Scale N A 5VDC N A N A Low Volt Scale N A OVDC N A N A High Eng Scale N A 1000 Torr N A N A Low Eng Scale N A O Torr N A N A Digital Inputs Name Input Function when Closed Ambient Lock Out Input 1 Disables Ambient Coil when Dehumidify Coil is on Drier Logic Input 2 Enables Drier when LEV1 Use Drier is active Compressor Cut in Logic Input 3 Boost Heat High Artificial Load High Stage Compressor Cascade Condenser See Section 6 7 Device Primitives etc Burn in Logic Input 4 Enables Low Stage Compressor and Full Cool with LEV1 AGREE Chamber Logic Input 5 Locks out Low Stage Compressor and enables High Stage Compressor and Full Cool with LEV1 TempGard Input 9 None TempGard Alarm displays in Alarm Folder and Log File Alarms Name Sensor Sensor Default Report Log K1 K2 Code Threshold Hi Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 500 C Yes
99. 12 Free 1048576 To determine the amount of data that is logged use the following table and formulas The table below lists the information that can be logged Each data type requires a specific amount of storage space on the Storage Card In addition there are a number of overhead bytes per sample for time and other housekeeping data For example assume that we want to record CH1 Actual Temperature and CH2 Actual Humidity readings Capacity can be calculated as follows Samples X Y Z Z Z3 Where X 2 MBytes available on Storage Card Available Storage Card capacity Y 21 Bytes Number of bytes of overhead per sample Z Number of bytes required for n samples Thus the number of samples that can be stored are calculated Samples X Y Z Zo Samples 2 097 152 21 6 6 Samples 63 550 If we record 60 samples per hour we will have the capacity to record for 1 059 hours Hours Samples Sample Rate Hours 63 550 60 Hours 1 059 The actual time may be less than this since other data stored on the machine including profiles will reduce the number of available bytes In addition existing data stored in the history file will reduce the number of samples that can be saved Other data recorded in the file are alarm events and header information saved when the Synergy Nano is restarted Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 114 SS ea as e Me Vi M Log Data Size Dep Max Size Description
100. 175 bytes 175 bytes 194 bytes 12 0 kB 145 bytes 205 bytes 537 bytes Type Microsoft Office Excel Ca VDL File VDL File FPL File VDL File Text Document VDL File VDL File VDL File VDL File Microsoft Office Outlook C PL File PL File PL File Modified 1 1 2000 12 01 4M 6 23 2008 10 01 AM 6 7 2008 9 17 AM 6 9 2008 8 44 PM 6 20 2008 5 52 PM 6 20 2008 5 48 PM 6 26 2008 7 09 PM 1 1 2000 12 01 AM 6 20 2008 5 47 PM 1 1 2000 12 01 4M mzaren a 1 18 PM 1172000 12 01 4M 1172000 12 13 AM 6 26 2008 8 10 PM This Synergy Controller features an FTP server With the FTP server feature chamber profiles or recipes VPL files can be copied to and from the controller deleted from the controller or renamed all over the network In addition the history log file can be retrieved from the controller over the network FTP is a file transfer protocol for exchanging and manipulating files over any TCP based computer network A FTP client may connect to a FTP server to manipulate files on that server Note that the Synergy Controller FTP feature described here may not be available on all controllers Contact the factory to find out if your controller supports this feature Controller upgrades are available Accessing the Synergy Controllers FTP Server The FTP server can be accessed both using an FTP client such as Internet Explorer IE or programmatically The examples below use the first method Accessing the con
101. 2 Mone wickPan None D Event 3 Mone Hicomp Mone O Event4 D Mone pIDC O None O Event5 9 Event 23 D Full None D Evert Event 24 Selected Gutput i Bi2a Outi On OffoiOn Steady State 220e 20 0 Die Steady State zc SOO Die Channels Inputs Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Type Temperature Humidity N A N A Sensor RTD1 Analog 1 N A N A High Volt Scale N A 5VDC N A N A Low Volt Scale N A OVDC N A N A High Eng Scale N A 100 N A N A Low Eng Scale N A 0 N A N A Digital Inputs Name Input Function when Closed Ambient Lock Out Input 1 Disables Ambient Coil when Dehumidify Coil is on Drier Logic Input 2 Enables Drier when LEV1 Use Drier is active Compressor Cut in Logic Input3 Boost Heat High Artificial Load High Stage Compressor Cascade Condenser See Section 6 7 Device Primitives etc Burn in Logic Input 4 Enables Low Stage Compressor and Full Cool with LEV1 AGREE Chamber Logic Input5 Locke out Low Stage Compressor and enables High Stage Compressor and Full Cool with LEV1 TempGard Input9 None TempGard Alarm displays in Alarm Folder and Log File Alarms Name Sensor Sensor Default Report Log K1 K2 Code Threshold Hi Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 500 C Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 200C Yes Yes Yes No Hi Alarm Ch 2 Analog1 130 104 Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 2 Analog1 130 10 Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 10 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 330 Ohm Yes Yes Ye
102. 32 2 RS485 3 IEEE488 4 EthernetARG2 Timeout 0 604800 Seconds ARG3 Action Bit 1 No Action Bit 2 Stop Chamber Bit 3 Restart Comms Watchdog Timer Bit 4 Goto Watchdog Setpoints WDTIMER Query WDTIMER ARG1 Shows Watchdog Timer Status WDTIMER 0 WDTIMER 0 60 4 0 0 0 ARG1 Comm Port Returns 5 Values First Comm Port Second WD Timeout in Seconds Third Action 0 8 Fourth State 0 normal 1 2 WD Alarm Fifth Current Idle Timer in Seconds DO Returns DO 1 1 M20 O 0 Output Number Mode 0 On Off 1 Time Proportioning Output If On Off Mode 0 Off Digital Output Query 1 On If Time Proportioning 0 10096 100 20095 Inverse another output 200 300 Mirrored another output Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 304 SYNERGY NANO Description Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Response Example Units Example DISPLAYSNSR ARG1 ARG2 ARG1 DISPLAYSNSR 1 1 120 OK 1 First Display Channel 2 Second Display Channel ARG2 0 Disabled 1 Enabled ARG3 ID of the Sensor 100 999 DISPLAYSNSR Set Display Sensor Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 305 SYNERGY NANO Description Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Response Example Units Example Data Acquisition Commands UUT ARG1 ARG2 ARG1 UUT 1 8 UUT 1 1 OK ARG2 0 1 Enable Disable mm UUT ARG1 TT Response t Enabled Disabled ARG1 UUT
103. 4 10 Low Resolution Analog Input 4 P4 4 P4 10 Low Resolution Analog Input 5 P4 5 P4 10 Low Resolution Analog Input 6 P4 6 P4 10 Low Resolution Analog Input 7 P4 7 P4 10 Low Resolution Analog Input 8 P4 8 P4 10 When monitoring refrigeration pressures refrigeration pressure transducers should be connected to P4 as follows see P4 in the Olympic Board photo below A typical transducer configuration for a cascade refrigeration system is listed in the table below Note that the Low Resolution inputs are not limited to pressure measurement and can be used for any transducer compatible with the 5VDC full scale or 4 20 mA signal conditioners Sensor Function Range Voltage Range Connection COM Low stage Discharge Pressure 0 600PSI 0 5 VDC P4 pin 1 P4 Pin 10 Low stage Suction Pressure 0 200PSI 0 5 VDC P4 pin 2 P4 Pin 10 Low stage Oil Pressure 0 200PSI 0 5 VDC P4 pin 3 P4 Pin 10 High stage Discharge Pressure 0 600PSI 0 5 VDC P4 pin 4 P4 Pin 10 High stage Suction Pressure 0 200PSI 0 5 VDC P4 pin 5 P4 Pin 10 High stage Oil Pressure 0 200PSI 0 5 VDC P4 pin 6 P4 Pin 10 Pressure scaling is setup in the Low Res Input Calibration Setup screen as shown below Setup Screen Calibration Input Low ResiAnalag 11 Back 600 00 0 00 5 000 0 000 Other Example 1 In this example the low stage compressor discharge pressure is monitored on Input 1 The high i i le i f PSI High Er Scale igh engineering scale is set to 600 for
104. 4 00d dll 1 095 KB Application Extension 4 5 2007 4 31 AM WEB Syvnh_loader exe amp KB Application 1 1 2003 8 30 PM E v 04 05 00 Cart Touch Cal exe 12 KB Application nz 2 40 PM LC Zoom amp tennrte dll GO KE Application Extension 8 15 2007 6 39 AM E e apps on 172 16 10 7 M maa vt EXE 1 075 KB Application B 1S 2007 6 39 AM E z Tidal on Tomegadrive T ES wEvres dli 78 KB Application Extension amp 15 2007 6 24 AM 3 09 MB d My Computer Maintenance Screen Place the USB Flash disk in the Synergy Micro s USB port and browse to the Maintenance Screen Machine Inputs Alarms Channel PID s About File Utilities Date and Time 477 00 0 0 fo ALARM Open the File Utilities Folder and press the Upgrade Software folder rie Utilities dc Profile Utilities History Utilities Export ScreenShots Upgrade Software anFig Utilities Macro Utilities 470 00 UD fe Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 157 Maintenance Screen rie Utilities Upgrade Software Use this screen to upgrade the controller software Copy the upgrade Files to a LISB Flash Disk and plug the disk into the controllers USB port To begin the upgrade process click the Upgrade Software button below Otherwise to cancel the upgrade press the Maintenance Screen The Upgrade datafiles have copied Restart the controller to complete the upgrade Upgrade Software Restore last version Maintenance Screen Copyright 2007
105. 4144 0 889657 0 002452 1 19506 1 085817 44 730 80 60 1 53646 0 034144 0 889657 0 002452 1 19506 1 085817 66 447 80 80 1 53646 0 034144 0 889657 0 002452 1 19506 1 085817 88 163 80 100 1 53646 0 034144 0 889657 0 002452 1 19506 1 085817 109 879 85 60 1 53646 0 034144 0 889657 0 002452 1 36578 1 098077 67 384 85 80 1 53646 0 034144 0 889657 0 002452 1 36578 1 098077 89 346 100 60 1 53646 0 034144 0 889657 0 002452 1 87794 1 134857 70 223 100 80 1 53646 0 034144 0 889657 0 002452 1 87794 1 134857 92 920 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 44 SYNERGY NANO 6 3 PID The Synergy Nano implements multiple PID algorithms PID is the abbreviation for Proportional Integral and Derivative The Synergy Nano PID algorithms are designed to automatically adjust the output variables to hold the process variable at the setpoint with a minimum of oscillation and error PID SETUP DIRECTORY SUB FOLDERS O PID Channel 1 O PID Channel 2 O PID Channel 3 Sub folders Sub folders Sub folders A dek ir m a PID is bid io numis H PID Ch3 Pressure Dead s annel 1 Temp d Gg Ge Sie 2 Humidity 0 Dead Band Channel 3 Pressure Ch1 Coo a Ch2 Dehumidity Q PID Ch3 Vacuum Cascade a PID Ch1 Heating QO PID Ch2 Humidify QO PID Ch3 Pressure Screen Editor Screen Editor Screen E
106. 50C 901090F 50t050 CA 10 00 o n SO os E 3 GAN Query GAIN 50 150 Range ARG1 80 to 120 Range m 1 thru 8 Module UUTms_GAIN Set UUTms_GAIN ARG1 UUT Sensor Calibration Gain Range s 1 thru 8 Sensor UUTms_GAIN Query UUTms_ GAIN Same as Set Command UUT88 GAIN 100 0 UUTms OFFSET ARG1 C Range ARG1 100 to 100 C UUT88 OFFSET2 0 OK F Range ARG1 180 to 180 F Range m 1 thru 8 Module Range s 1 thru 8 Sensor UUTms OFFSET Query UUTms OFFSET Same as Set Command UUT88 OFFSET UUT Sensor Calibration Offset HIGH _ GAIN Set HIGH GAIN ARG1 HIGH1 GAIN 105 OK High Res Input number 1 6 ARG1 High Res Analog Calibration Gain g g 25 200 Gain HIGH _GAIN Query HIGH _GAIN High Res Input number 1 6 HIGH1 GAIN 105 HIGH _OFF Set HIGH _OFF ARG1 HIGH1 OFF 5 High Res Input number 1 6 ARG1 100 to 100 units HIGH2 OFF HIGH OFF Query Hong OFF OFF High Res Input number 1 6 hien OFF _OFF iei aic MU oet Lo CA ARG1 25 M 5 High Res Analog Calibration Offset High Res Analog Input number 3 6 ARG High Res Analog High Voltage Range Upper Volt range of the attached sensor 0 5 25V HIGH2 HIGHVOLTS HIGH HIGHVOLTS High Res Analog Input number 3 6 HIGH3 HIGHVOLTS i Query Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 307 Description High Resolution Analog Low Vol
107. 600 PS Low Eng Scale High Volts Scale Low Volts Scale Description Help is nok available For this item Alarm Internal Comm ae Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 285 Setup Screen Example 2 calibrationtinputiLon ResiAnalag 21 Back In this example the low stage compressor suction inh pressure is monitored on Input 2 The high PIE ERE eae ERR engineering scale is set to 200 for 200 PSI Low Eng Scale 0 00 High Volts Scale 3 000 Low Volts Scale 0 000 Other Description Help is nok available For this item Al eo L The Low Resolution inputs can be viewed in the Events Low Res screen These inputs can be used as the input for a programmable alarm in addition to be used as the sensor for a control channel Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 286 N 17 6 6 Synergy Nano Plus Triac Output Boards Synergy Triac output boards are multi channel Triac controlled solid state relays designed to control the environmental test chamber s heaters compressors blowers and solenoids These outputs handle small to medium current AC loads directly In addition the Synergy output boards are also designed to drive external Triacs for larger outputs such as compressors and heaters To drive larger loads the Triac outputs can operate intermediary mechanical and solid state relays The figure below shows three output configurations for the Synergy Triac boards These are 1 Driving an external Tri
108. 9m T Screen Editor Sub folders Enable Disable Logging Channel Readings Logging Interval sec Keypad Editor Channel Setpoints Log File Size MB Keypad Editor Channel PIDs Machine Values SEEK ERES Values o Skies B Screen editors 000000000 folders amp Screen Editors D Channel Readings o E Editor v puni Enabiei Diede O n Actual Enable Disable Q 0 Channel Setpoints 0 Channel Setpoints a Editor CHn e CHnSetpoint Enabe Disae Enable Disable d Geer d Gaseade Screen Editor O Editor e CHn Actual Enable Disable e CH n Setpoint Enable Disable Cascade PID CHn Enable Disable a D Channel PIDS D Channel PIDS E folders Q PID n Heat Cool Enable Disable O MachineVales Values Maes ee Editor e thru 8 Enable Disable m O UVhes Values PAET aora a Editor A UUTithus Enable Disable 1 thru 8 Enable Disable Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 108 6 12 1 Logging Setup This section describes the Log system setup options and steps Note Before starting a test that requires logging you may want to export and then clear the data already stored in memory to minimize the possibility that the Storage Card will fill during the test Export the history using the Export History folder and then use the Clear History folder in either the MaintenancelFile Utilities directory or at Se
109. A GPIB to Serial Interface and Tidal Engineering s Synergy488 Module except for Synergy Nanos which offer built in support GPIB communications Ethernet support for VT3 P1460 W942 and WF4 provided by Tidal Engineering s Synergy488 Module ASCII Supported Controllers Table Controller Communication Type Method Flow Control RS232 Xon Xoff LS ae IEEE 488 GPIB Po Synergy 488 TCP IP TCP IP as ee ee S lEEE48 GPIB podus UU Synergy IlEEE48 OPB VersaTenn V EtemetTCPIP CPAP ENEBA ME W942 RS232 Xon Xoff IEEE 488 GPIB mallow soe Synergy488 TCP IP TCP IP E wer RS232 IEEE 488 GPIB Watlow F4 Synergy488 TCP IP TCP IP a a E o Thermotron 4800 T4800 RS232 RTS Hardware Handshaking ll R9405 Modbus RS485 Partlow 1460 1462 UEFA GPIB Synergy488 TCPIP TCP IP p NENNEN NN Yokogawa 550 750 RS465 PC Link No Checksum Synergy488 GPIB IEEE 488 GER 0 Synrgyd8TCPIP OPE y O e Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 190 SYNERGY NANO Feature Matrix The Feature Matrix chart lists the controller features supported by Synergy Manager Synergy Manager has two modes of operation Monitor Only and Normal Full Feature Please see sections Synergy Manager Monitor Only and Synergy Manager Normal Mode The highlighted rows in the table are not supported b
110. AL OUTPUTS 19 TO 24 E DIGITAL OUTPUTS 25 TO 32 EVENTS SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS E e L1 E K2 ccM RELAY 2 KL L 10 Wl v Acht 11 DIGITAL 19 X 10 CIGITAL Is Lt GE M DIGITAL 17 B x1 ccM RELAY 1 P10 GPIB AE che ee Sl pierra 16 a PIO GPIB IEEE 488 COMMUNICATIONS SEE NOTE 2 F I egenen t We DIGITAL 15 G DIGITAL us f N IEEE 488 DIGITAL 14 5 WI DIGITAL 115 ES COMMUNICATIONS a GI CIGITAL 114 init 3 cn 113 4 a 0150 Fe o e oma 112 saco D Sic DIGITAL COMMON Notes S amp 1 High Resolution Analog 1 P2 Pin 1 should always be connected to a sensor or shorted to Analog Common otherwlse the open sensor detectlon clrcultry on Analog 1 only will effect the accuracy of the other Inputs 2 Relay Contacts shown In Power Off Alarm condition Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A COPYRIGHT TIDAL ENGINEERING lt C gt e001 e00 NM TIDAL ENGINEERING WW W TIDALENG CUM LL d EMERY AVE RANDOLPH NJ 07869 E LL SYNERGY CONTROLLER p OLYMPIC PUB ASSY Lv nx 0155 C BORAX ul d drowing no rev no 1155 C 20 DEC 200e ecole MT sheet 1 of 1 Page 281 N IIR pu DeL EH r Sc Vi M 17 6 2 RTD Sensor Wiring The Synergy Nano Plus supports two 3 wire RTD inputs directly Four RTD types are supported DIN 100 DIN 500 JIS 100 and JIS 500 These sensors connect to the Olympic board P2 connector according to the table shown below These sensors can be used for air temp
111. ANO 2 cccccccccccsseeessseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeessseeeeeeeeeessseessaaaaaeeesees 207 9 1 Loading a File From Storage Card USB Hard Disk or Flop 207 9 2 Creating a New Program Add Step Wizard Feature nennen 208 9 3 Step Type DescripliOris oor eoa torte Rer Done axtu e res auaina cas tun cr a Deus ont edocs deua u Ursus Eege ee Seet oe 211 9 4 Synergy Nano Program Gheet 213 9 5 Copying Editing and Deleting a Gienp ENEE 214 J0 I II ne M uolo Kc UU ERN Rmo 214 9 7 Running a EE M EE 214 10 0 STEADY oA OP EA TON EE 216 Ni SCP CE c E TE E E E EEE EE ET 216 102 Enteng asel OIA MMC a a ERa RA 216 102 FURR ie e inn eh P E 217 10 3 Main Screen Graph Setup ccccccccssssseeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeceeeseeeceeseeseeeeseeeeeeeessseeeseeeeeesseeaasseeeeeeeeessaaegsses 217 TLO EVENT CREEN preen A E E 218 II Gg OUUU ES ea a mmm 219 11 2 UUT Temperature Module Unit Under Test lessen 223 TES Dinta ei 223 TA DIOL HERDU assent aces M 225 LS MoN Ee Ee Bn eeler E 226 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 4 11 6 Low Resolution Analog Inputs AAA 226 OEC uas e zur m 227 12 1 Temperature Humidity Air Temperature 227 13 0 UUT MODULE UNIT UNDER TEST DATA ACQUISITION eene 228 131 UG OSI GY e 228 13 2 Setup D aite s 0 E 230 140 CASCADE TEMPERATURE CONTROL eegene 233 141 Cascade Reder e RR
112. ARG17 Alarm Classification 20680 User Generated Critical Alarm 20681 User Generated Warning 20682 User Generated Information ARG18 Alarm String to display and log ALMINIT Set ALMINIT Initialized the Alarm system This ALMINIT OK Alarm System Initialization command should be sent after adding additional user alarms Set ALMREMOVE ARG1 ARG2 ARG1 Sensor ID 100 1000 ALMREMOVE 110501 OK Remove User Alarm ARG2 Alarm Order Number la Set ACKALM ARG1 ARG1 Always 1 to reset the alarms ACKALM 1 0 00000001 Acknowledge All Alarms Number of active alarms 32 bit hex number representing types of alarms SHOWACTALM Query SHOWACTALM Shows all active alarms SHOWACTALM 0 00000001 Show Active Alarms Number of active alarms 32 bit hex number representing types of alarms Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 321 Description Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Response Example Units Example Alarm Commands ALM Query ALM Shows alarm states ALM 0 0 00000000 Returns 3 values i i 8 8X First Number of Alarms both active amp inactive Second Number of active alarms Third 32 bit hex number with each bit representing a different alarm Bit 1 Comm Port Olympic board unavailable Bit 2 Bad Sensor connect 1 Bit 3 Bad Sensor connect 2 Bit 4 Bad Sensor connect 3 Bit 5 Bad Sensor connect 4 Bit 6 Bad Sensor connect 5 Show Alarm Status Bit 7 Bad Sensor connect
113. Band Ch2 Cooling Reset Ch2 Cooling Rate Ch2 Cooling Cycle Time Ch2 Cooling Rate Band Ch2 Cooling Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Command Value CAL1 A1L A1H CAL2 A2L A2H ALT GS PB1H RS1H RT1H CT1H RB1H DB PB1C RS1C RT1C CT1C RB1C PB2H RS2H RT2H CT2H RB2H DB2 PB2C RS2C RT2C CT2C RB2C Page 62 Description Special Functions Celsius Fahrenheit Output 11 Control Type Output 17 Control Type Output 18 Control Type Chi Low Range Chi High Range Ch2 Low Range Ch2 High Range Ch 1 RTD Type Vaisala Compensation Enabled Analog Retransmit 1 Analog Retransmit 2 L Values 1L1 Ch1 Main Cooling Turn On 1L2 Ch1 Main Cooling Turn Off 1L3 Ch1 Setpoint Transfer Setting 1CTY Ch1 Chamber Type 2L1 Ch2 Main Cooling Turn On 2L2 Ch2 Main Cooling Turn Off 2L3 Ch2 Setpoint Transfer Setting 2CTY Ch2 Chamber Type L3 Ch1 Main Cooling Turn On L4 Ch1 Main Cooling Turn Off L6 Ch1 Full Cooling Switch Over L7 Ambient Cooling Turn On L8 Heat Ambient Cooling Turn Off L9 Ramp Up Cooling L11 Dehumidify Vent On L12 Dehumidify Vent Off L14 Time Delay Boost Cool L15 Compressor Turn Off Delay LEV1 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Command Value CF OT11 OT17 OT18 RIL R1H R2L R2H RTD VCMP OUT_420_1 OUT 420 2 1L1 1L2 1L3 1CTY 2L 1 2L2 2L3 2CTY L3 L4 L6 L7 L8 L9 L11 L12 L14 L15 LEV1 Page 63 UERQGY NANO 6 7 Device Primitives and L
114. CH 3 Cascade Air OUT 420 Query OUT 420 1 LOW1 GAIN 105 LOW _GAIN Set TOWE GAIN ARG1 is Low Res Analog Input 1 8 e ARG1 25 0 200 0 96 LOW _GAIN LOW GAN Query PLOW amp GAIN GAIN 25 0 200 0 200 0 LOW1_GAIN 10500 00 minora MN OFF Set aa OFF ARG1 Eege Low Res Analog Input 1 8 LOW1_OFF 25 ARG1 100 0 100 0 Volts LOW _OFF LOW _OFF Query LOW _OFF OFF 100 100 100 100 Volts Loun OFF OFF 0250 250 a HIGHEU Set gege HIGHEU ARG 1 is oss NR Res Analog Input 1 car ae _HIGHEU 100 ARG1 9999 0 9999 0 pe LOW _HIGHEU Query LOW _HIGHEU 9999 0 9999 0units 0 9999 0 units PLOW1_HIGHEU _HIGHEU 100 00 00 LOW _LOWEU Set LOW _LOWEU ARG1 is Low Res a Input 1 BEEN 100 E ARG1 9999 0 9999 0 e LOW _LOWEU Query LOWW LOWEU 9999 0 9999 0 units LOW1 LOWEU 100 00 LOW _HIGHVOLTS Set LOW _HIGHVOLTS ARG1 is Low Res Analog Input 1 8 LOW1 HIGHVOLTS A SO ARG1 0 000 5 250 Volts Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A LOW amp HIGHVOLTS LOW _HIGHVOLTS 0 000 5 250 Volts LOW1 HIGHVOLTS _ 4 500 Query Page 311 SYNERGY NANO Description Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Response Example Units Example Calibration Commands LOW LOWVOLTS Set LOW LOWVOLTS ARG1 t is Low Res Analog Input 1 8 LOW1 LOWVOLTS1 OK Low Resolution Analog Input psp reso VONS Low Volts Scale NN
115. CH1_HEAT PID i Query LOG CH HEAT PN Set E LOG_CH _HEAT_PN ARG1 ARGI LOG CH1 HEAT PN 1 OK 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On Log PID Channel Heat PN LOG CH HEAT PN LOG CH HEAT PN 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH1 HEAT PN f Query LOG CH HEAT IN Set LOG CH HEAT IN ARG1 ARG 1 LOG CH1 HEAT IN1 OK 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On Log PID Channel Heat IN LOG CH HEAT IN LOG CH HEAT IN 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH1 HEAT IN 1 Query OK LOG CH HEAT DN Set LOG CH HEAT DN ARG1 ARG1 LOG CH1 HEAT DN 1 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On cog PID Cnannel Feat DN LOG CH HEAT DN P LOG CH HEAT DN 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On P LOG CH1 HEAT DN Query LOG CH1 HEAT PID 10K Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 314 Description Log PID Channel Heat Error Log PID Channel Heat Cycle Time Log PID Channel Heat Proportional Band Log PID Channel Heat Rate Band Log PID Channel Heat Reset Log PID Channel Heat Rate Log PID Channel Cool PID Log PID Channel Cool PN Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Command Example Command Syntax Range Units Command Usages Response Example Logging Commands LOG CH HEAT ERR ELOG CH HEAT ERR ARG1 LOG CH1 HEAT ERR OK Set ARG1 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On 1 LOGD CH HEAT ERR LOG CH HEAT ERR 0 Logging Off 1 LoggingOn LOG CH1 HEAT ERR Query LOG CH HEAT CT Set LOG CH
116. Cool This output specifies to use either Vent or Boost Cool ent AND Boost Channel 1 On Cool OT18 is Boost Cool m On Off 5 Channel 1 PID Cool 100 D Turn On Timer gt L14 gt Channel 2 On EN AND E Chanel2On e Channel 2 is Pressure a AND 5 Channel 2 PID Heat L11 Channel 2 PID Cool gt L12 AND Output is On Off WE E OT18 Selects the Control logic for the Vent Boost Cool device L14 Time Delay Boost Cool Time delay in seconds required before Boost Cool is enabled Turn On Timer is reset when Channel 1 PID Cool lt 100 PID Humidify This output energizes the humidity generator and controls water vapor injection into the chamber Channel 2 On Li L L Channel 2 PID Heat gt 0 Channel 2 Prop Band Humidify Default Value 4296 Range 0 to50 Reset for Channel 2 Humidify Default Value 0 02 Range 0 9 9 Repeats minute Rate for Channel 2 Humidif Default Value 0 0 Range 0 9 9 Cycle Time for Channel 2 Humidif Default Value 1 Range 1 60 Seconds Rate Band for Channel 2 Humidify Default Value 0 Range 0 7 Seconds Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 73 UERQGY NANO Ambient Device This output is used when cooling is required with humidity control Channel 2 On AND Channel 2 PID Cool gt L7 AND p On On Off OTT is Ono Node Mi emm Channel 2 PID Heat gt L8 O Fi eee OE Setpoint Direction is Posit
117. D Sensor type from the list Description Help is not available Far this item Chamber Off 459 77 DOT Setup Screen 1 10 30 PM RTD Calibration iCalbrationtinput High ReslRTD 1 Type Sensor Type EE This screen is used to select the RTD Type from the following list RTD JIS 500 RTD JIS 100 RTD DIN 500 RTD DIN 100 7 Note In early software versions the RTD curves Gong Suus were set globally so one RTD curve was used Chamber Off 450 Cc OFT for both sensors 6 2 4 2 Analog Voltage Calibration Each of the controller s analog inputs is calibrated and scaled from this folder The Raw Calibration parameter is used to calibrate the physical voltage measurement The voltage scale and engineering scale are used to scale the value to engineering units These inputs can be scaled to select a wide range of signal conditioners with 0 5VDC and 4 20mA outputs In addition when set to the Temperature Type the Synergy Nano converts inputs from C to F and vice versa Setup Screen 23 43 PM Calibration Hi Res Analog 1 thru 4 iCalbration Input High ReslAnalog 1 This screen is used to enter Raw Back Calibration data Voltage and Engineering Raw Calibration im B 100 00 0 scales High Eng Scale 1000 00 lect R libration then pr han Low Eng Scale nod select Raw Calibration then press Change button High Volts Scale 5 000 Low Volts Scale 0 000 Description Help is nat available For this iter Chamber Off 469
118. D2 4 Vaisala Compensate w Analog 1 5 Vaisala Compensate w Analog 2 6 Vaisala Compensate w Analog 3 7 Vaisala Compensate w Analog 4 8 Vaisala Compensate w Channel 1 9 Vaisala Compensate w Channel 2 10 Vaisala Compenate w Channel 3 11 Vaisala Compensate w Channel 4 12 Other 13 Altitude Kft 14 Altitude Torr HIGH _TYPE Query HIGH _TYPE A High Res Input 1 HIGH1_TYPE oo 5 CF Set CF ARG1 ARG1 CFO Celsius Fahrenheit Display 0 Celsius 1 Fahrenheit oey POR oes wet POR DRYE_SENID Set F DAYE_SEND ARGI ARGH I ofthe Sensor 100 989 F DRYE SEND T0 pK Dry Bulb Sensor Select ID DRYB_SENID Query DRYB_SENID ID of the Sensor 100 999 DRYB_SENID 110 WBDB ALT Set WBDB ALT ARG 1 ARG1 WBDR_ALT 760 OK Wet Bulb Dry Bulb Altitude O 5000 Torr Compensation in Torr WBDB_ALT Query WBDB_ALT 0 5000 Torr WBDB_ALT Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 309 SYNERGY NANO Description Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Response Example Units Example Calibration Commands TC FILTER Set TC FILTER ARG1 ARG1 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 1 Enabled clue __ ie thee TYPE Set i cu EE TYPE ARG1 Du ug TYPE 6 Thermocouple Filtering Enable cM ARG1 4 is 1 for Retransmit 1 2 for Retransmit 2 eege 500 Retransmit High Engineering ARG1 500 5000 units Units OUT HIGHEU Set OUT HIGHEU Query OUT _HIGHEU 500 5000
119. E Alarm Multiple Alarms Then select either the Storage Card or the USB Hard Disk from the Drive List and Then press the File Text Box Select Source File Drive List Storage 4 File List T9 Pad Enter the File Name using the T9 Pad Then press OK File Mame th zd Bk Sp Alpha a Ee e Numeric TUY wxYz nc Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 153 Confirm the file name that appears in the Backup File text box and then press Backup rie Utilities Config Utilities Backup Settings Back Backup File Storage Cardivphth 23 cFg el Alarm Multiple Alarms CT C ID AT ALARM The controller will confirm that the settings were backed up successfully as shown at the left Acknowledge the window by pressing OK OK a Successfully backed up settings to Storage Cardivalith 23 ctg Alarm Multiple Alarms Off c 108 4T Step 2 Install the New Software Copy the zip file to a temporary directory on your PC Te e EE C lempynerey Micro Upgrade Seles File Edit wiew Favorites Tools 2 Address ICH Ci TempliSynergy Micro Upgrade hal E an a OH Back Ki Jo Search gt Folders Ze Size Type Date Modified File and Folder Tasks 2 6 1 151KB PKZIF File 8 17 2007 8 48 AM Li Rename this File ty Move this File B Copy this File PKZIP amp Compressed Archive Contains 32 File s and or Falder s E My Computer Synergy Nano Technical
120. E Si Close Mew Open Save Saveds Ramp Hold Loop Start Stop Add Delete Graph Setup Step Mum Step Type Jump To Jump Count Events Waithor Event Start 01 06 00 dd hh mm H am n e 01 10 00 hh mm ss 111000 3 Hamp 250 100 00 20 00 hh mm ss DOO 4 Hold 250 100 00 00 00 hh mm ss Open a Loop H p b Stop On On Setpoints Channel 1 Channel 2 Apply f Control f Control C Don t Control Cancel Setpoint E F Setpoint E F Tou must save the profile before you can download it to a chamber Add Step Mode With Synergy Manager users can create test profiles directly on their PC LED based controllers are often difficult to use for test profile creation Their limited display capabilities lead to cryptic labels and confusing navigation Using the Synergy Manager s graphic windows interface simplifies the test profile creation process Every step is clearly displayed in one window Step creation and data editing is one mouse click away Profiles are generic and may be downloaded to any of the supported chambers The Synergy Nano can load profiles created by Synergy Manager via any supported communications method or through the USB Hard Disk After creating a test profile in the Profile Editor you can view it in graph format by pressing the Graph button The resulting graph displays the entire test run including jump loops With graphical analysis you can more clearly see exactly what your profile will do w Profile Editor T3 HEAT HEAT
121. EEE 488 Di ee Funcions PIDs ES profile E Operating Screen oo w Small LCD File Utilities Web banal Hi ae Graphic Settings ae Display Chamber Date amp TCP IP 2 Res Setup Time Server 2 Logging Macro Utilities Panel Lock lana cells highlight new folders in this Synergy Nano software release Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 23 Sa 4 3 Touch Screen The Synergy Nano offers the latest touch screen technology By incorporating Soft Keys and state of the art multi tasking capabilities of Windows CE the Synergy Nano provides a unique friendly and powerful user interface Note See the Maintenance section regarding touch screen calibration 4 4 LCD Screen Synergy Nano incorporates a 320 x 240 color LCD with a touch screen Windows graphical user interface The screen shot shown below identifies the common elements of the Synergy Nano display The title bar at the top and the status bar at the bottom of the window are found on most screens Alarm Indicator Will Appear Here Screen Title E l Setup Screen 4 54 48 PM from Main Folder Special Functions Directory dE Celsius Fahrenheit 12 24 Hour Time Output 11 Control lt Scroll Bar Type Output 17 Control Output 18 Control Low Limit Channel Ta m T im 1 Actual Values of both gt Steacly State 158 2F 49 4 9s Chamber Channels an Alarm Descriptions Will Appear Here System Program Keypad S
122. ERGY 130 172 16 10 130 5000 a ecce 116 172 16 10 116 5000 What do you want to d b View and edit propertie EP resource e pending changes ate a new resource F Enter the TCP IP address of your VISA network resource in the Form of sx sx xxx eee the hostname of the device or a computertsome domain 1 Successfully opened a VISA session to TCPIP 172 16 10 110 5000 SOCKET OK For more information concerning the LabVIEW driver download the technical manual from our website Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A p Page 334 19 0 APPENDIX A RESOURCES Web Site Resources The following documents are available at Tidal Engineering s web site www tidaleng com synergy htm Synergy Nano Frequently Asked Questions Synergy Nano Version Changes Synergy Nano Application Notes Detailed chamber specific retrofit installation instructions are available for some chambers 9 9 9 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 335 NANO 20 0 APPENDIXB REPLACEMENT PARTS AND ACCESORIES TE1588 1 Synergy Nano GPIB Serial TE1378 Synergy Nano RS 232 Cable Mi Lut HA EEE J so o x 6000 TE1155 Olympic Board Included with TE1378 Connector Kit Included with TE1858 4 TE1858 4 i T i ATIAN LLLI d FI repremi a nan T panada 8 fei J ag Karel ee a um mtm 1 p es HI Pub SULT per E LX TE2111 Synergy Nano 12V Power Supply TE18
123. Event 2 OQ MltiFric Mone Mone Event 3 E Fan D None None Event 4 O None None None Event 5 Event 23 None None Event6 Event 24 Selected Output bh Onloff off Steady State Steady State 25 00 Channels Inputs Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Type Temperature N A N A N A Sensor RTD1 N A N A N A High Volt Scale N A N A N A N A Low Volt Scale N A N A N A N A High Eng Scale N A N A N A N A Low Eng Scale N A N A N A N A Digital Inputs Name Input Function when Closed TempGard Input9 A None TempGard Alarm displays in Alarm Folder and Log File Alarms Name Sensor Sensor Default Report Log K1 K2 Code Threshold Hi Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 500 C Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 200C Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 10 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 330 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No TempGard Digital Input 9 409 Open Yes Yes No No This Retro Temp Only configuration supports VersaTenn retrofits Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 107 SYNERGY NANO 6 12 Logging The Synergy Nano s logging system periodically captures and stores user selected data at a user specified interval to the Storage Card the on board non volatile Flash memory In addition the logging system also records alarm activity and other abnormal events to the Storage Card The log data or history can be exported to removable memory for use as test documentation LOGGING SETUP DIRECTORY SUB FOLDERS 9
124. Graph channel actual and setpoint values over time Control Features E Access the Graph Setup Screen py touching the graph You can individually enable and disable the plotting of the setpoint and actual values for each of the chamber variables Chamber Off 158 0F 0 6 Details are in Section 12 0 Graph Screen Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 30 gm 2 07 48 PM MAIN Screen than 1 Temp Chan 2 Humid 9 RH pont L25 6F Cor 50 0 Actual 1458 0F Actual LES The Main screen is the first screen that appears after power up Use this screen to operate the chamber in steady state mode Screen Information Actual values for each chamk vs time Product and Air Temperature in Cascade Setpoint values for each chamber channel vs time Control Features Chamber Off 158 D0F 0 6 95 You can turn the chamber on and off by pressing the On Off button in the center of the screen You can adjust the steady state manual setpoint for each channel by pressing on the Setpoint field and entering the value in the keypad that appears Chan 1 Temp C Setpoint 8 0 Temp Actual Chan 2 Humid RH Setpoint Details are in Section 10 0 Steady State Operation 76 HH Actual Alarm Internal Comm 437 4 DD Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 31 SYNERGY nano Comm Screen 10 41 34 Ah Key Pad Screen
125. H COOL RS 0 Logging Off 1 LoggingOn LOG CH1 COOL RS Query LOG CH COOL RT Set LOG CH COOL RT ARG1 ARG1 LOG CH1 COOL RT 1 OK LOG CH COOL CT ARG1 ARG1 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH COOL CT LOG CH COOL CT 0 Logging Off Query 1 Logging On LOG CH COOL PB Set LOG CH COOL PB ARG 1 ARG1 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH COOL RT PLOG CH COOL RT 0 Logging Off 1 LoggingOn LOG CH1 COOL RT a Query CLEARHIST 0 0 DontClea 1 Clear Clear 1 Clear Mun a ARG1 ue m 0 Don t Copy 1 COPY CLEARHIST EMT 1 Re Page 316 SYNERGY NANO Description Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Response Example Units Example Profile Commands Run Query RUN Returns 0 0 Stop 1 Run 2 Pause 3 Steady State Run From RUNFROM Set RUNFROM ARG 1 Range Step 1 Last Step RUNFROM 5 OK Create a New File a New File FILENEW FILENEW Set FILENEW No No Arguments FILENEW pe ee E Set FILESAVE eege Filename to save to ee MyProfile Save a downloaded file FILEOPEN Set FILEOPEN 1 file name ARG1 Filename to save to FILEOPEN MyProfile Open a downloaded file VTVINFO ARG1 ARG2 ARG1 Major Version of file Is 1 VIVINFO 1000 Set information regarding the ARG3 ARG4 ARG2 Minor Version of file Is 0 profile being downloaded his is only for use in saved ARGS
126. ID Cool Affected By Default Value Channel 1 Proportional Band Cooling 0 50 Degrees C Heset for Channel 1 Cooling 0 07 0 9 9 Repeats minute Rate for Channel 1 Cooling 0 9 9 Minutes 0 9 9Minues Cycle Time for Channel 1 Cooling 1 60 Seconds Rate Band for Channel 1 Cooling 0 7 Seconds High Artificial Load High Stage Compressor On Output follows the High Stage Compressor Output Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 68 UERQGY NANO Compressor This output controls a compressor for Temperature Only and Thermal Shock Chambers Channel Enabled FID Cool gt xL1 PID Heat gt xL2 ON TurnOff Timer gt L15 Compressor Setpoint Direction is Positive Actual gt L9 xL1 Channel x Main Cooling Turn On Default Value 10 Cooling output percentage that turns on channel x compressor xL2 Channel x Main Cooling Turn Off Default Value 5096 Heat output percentage that turns off channel x compressor L9 Ramp Up Cooling Default Value 50 C Range 100 C to 100 C Temperature at which the cooling compressor shuts off while heating L15 Compressor Turn Off Delay Default Value 1 Range 0 to 5 Minutes Number of minutes after Main Cooling Turn off before compressor turns off This value is used to limit compressor cycling Notes Setpoint direction is Positive only when ramping a setpoint in a profile Denotes that the ON input signal has priority if both ON and OFF are t
127. IERGY NANO The public directory contains the following file types de File Controller Profiles These use the VPL file extension for example product1 vpl The Controller Profiles are the programs or recipes that control the chamber s process variables such as temperature vs time profile Configuration files These use the CFG filename extension for example sab cfg A Configuration file is a database of the chamber s setup and calibration that can be backed up and restored using the appropriate folders in MAINTenance screen History Log file This uses the TXT filename extension for example History txt The History Log file is a CSV formatted ASCII file that contains the log data specified in the Log Setup folder as well as Alarm and Profile event history Macro file This file uses the CSV extension for example APPNOTEMACRO CSV The Macro file is a CSV formatted ASCII file that contains the controllers MACRO definitions which can be triggered using the controller s Bar Code Reader feature Seles ar Edit View Favorites Tools Help 3 Gp pack CO CP Search Folders E Address tn 1H72 18 10 118 v Go 4 Macro File ESLIAPPMOTEMACRO csv 112 bytes Microsoft Office Excel Co 1 1 2000 12 01 AM zl prodgucri vp VF UI A Internet Explorer product2 vpl 194 bytes WPL File 1 1 2000 12 01 AM vEv 1 vpl 145 bytes PL File 1 1 2000 12 01 AM 2 Config File vEv 3 vil 205 bytes VPL File 1
128. K 10 00 0 070 O A A 1 000 O A AAI O O 4 000 O A OK 120 OK 200 00 OK 100 00 A O A 1 000 CRT H Set TORTH ARGI 0 09 99 Minutes CRHH1 SEKR CRT H Query ORTH 0 09 99 Minutes CRTIH 1 000 CRB H Set CRB H ARG1 Ch Cascade Rate Band CRB H Query 2 PCRB H H 0 09 99 Minutes C HMAXDELTA Set MSIE ARG1 ARG1 Ch Cascade Pos Deviation 0 50C 0 90F Limit C HMAXDELTA Query C HMAXDELTA 0 50C 0 90F C LMAXDELTA Set C LMAXDELTA ARG1 ARG1 Ch Cascade Neg Deviation 0 50C 0 90F Limit C LMAXDELTA Query Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A e pd CNN CRB1H Eo 0 C1HMAXDELTA 10 OK 10 0 C LMAXDELTA 0 50C 0 90F C1ILMAXDELTA R000 Page 299 SYNERGY NANO Ch Heat PID PID H Query PID H 0 100 96 PID1H 0 0 Description Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Response Example Units Example Control Commands 7 Guaranteed Soak GS Query GS 0 to 50 C 0 to 90 F GS 10 00 OT11 Set OT11 ARG1 ARG1 OT110 OK 0 On Off Control Mode Output 11 Control Type 1 Time Prop Control Mode OT11 Query OT11 0 On Off Control Mode OT11 1 Time Prop Control Mode OT17 Set OT17 ARG1 ARG1 O Vacuum 1 OT17 1 OK OT17 Query OT17 0 Vacuum 1 Purge OT17 OT18 Set OT18 ARG1 ARG1 OT18 1 OK Output 18 Control Type 0 Vent 1 Boost Cool OT18 Query OT18 O Vent 1 BoostCool OT18 1L1 Ch1 Main Cooling Turn
129. LOWVOLTS pe LOWVOLTS 0 000 5 250 Volts LOW1 LOWVOLTS 1 000 NN LOW _ TYPE Set MEE TYPE ARG1 is Low Res Analog Input 1 8 LOW1_TYPE 8 ARG1 0 Temperature 1 Vaisala Compensated 2 Vaisala Compensate RTD1 3 Vaisala Compensate RTD2 4 Vaisala Compensate Analog 1 5 Vaisala Compensate Analog 2 Low Resolution Analog Input 6 Vaisala Compensate Analog 3 Type 7 Vaisala Compensate Analog 4 8 Vaisala Compensate Channel 1 9 Vaisala Compensate Channel 2 10 Vaisala Compenate Channel 3 11 Vaisala Compensate Channel 4 12 Other 13 Altitude Kft 14 Altitude Torr LOW amp TYPE LOW _TYPE Query PLOW amp TYPE TYPE 0 1 LOW1_TYPE Bo nae RM Set H is eegenen Junction 1 or Cold Junction 2 OK Cold Junction Gain CJTC GAIN ARG1 ART ASe 200 CJTC1 GAIN 105 CJTCZ2 GAIN Query 2 CJTC4 amp GAIN 25 20096 2 CJTC1 GAIN 105 00 CJTC Z OFF Set t is Cold Junction 1 or Cold Junction 2 OK Cold Junction Offset CJTC OFF ARG ARG1 0 100 0 100 mV CJTC1_OFF 0 1 Logging Commands LOGGING ENABLED Ger LOGGING __ ARG1 LOGGING_ OK ENABLED ARG1 0 Disabled 1 Enabled ENABLED 1 LOGGING_ENABLED LOGGING_ 0 Disabled 1 Enabled LOGGING_ 1 Query ENABLED ENABLED Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 312 SYNERGY NANO Description Command Usages Command Syntax Range Units Logging Commands 0 to 3600 Seconds LOGGING INTERVAL LOGGING Set INTERVAL ARG1 LOGGING INTER
130. Manual Revision A Page 154 IERGY NANO Place a USB Flash Disk key in the USB port on your PC Double click the zip file note that your screen may look different than the screen below if you have a different zip program installed on your PC SE Ant Zon 2 B643 Upsrade zip PRZIP File Edit View Window Help Bele Actions Favorites Tools ed Mew Open Favorites Add Extract Wizard E les WER Encrypt Mame Size Type Modified we Attribu Folder SECHAMBERS Folder 8 17 2007 8 48 AM DAC Upgrade Upgrade Falder gi7iz007 8 48 AM DAC DATA Folder D L ZZ00 8 48 AM DAC Upgrade LANG Folder B17 e007 8 48 AM DAC Upgrade VPL Folder B17 f2007 8 48 AM DAC Upgrade C WEE Falder Bni7 2007 8 48 AM DAC Upgrade Gk SPLASH BMP FOKB BMP File S1S 2007 6 46 AM AC Upgrade DATas lsh BOTTOM GIF 12KB GIF File 5 15 2007 6 46 AM AC lipgrade wEB E 2 6 2 Build 643 Eet OB Text Document B1S 2007 6 46 AM AC Upgrade E THPLOCKB CDF 5 682B Channel File 5 15 2007 6 41 AM AC Upgrade CHAMBERS E THROCKA CDF 2 7096 Channel File ani5 2007 6 40 AM AC Upgrade CHAMBERS P vtv exe 1 075 KB Application B1S 2007 6 39 AM AC Upgrades i tennrte dll 68 KD Application Extension 8 15 2007 6 39 AM AC Upgrade E commdll dl 22 KB Application Extension 8 15 2007 6 39 AM AC Upgrade i9 execdil dii 138 KB Application Extension 8 15 2007 6 39 AM AC Upgrades KEN datadll dll 256 KB Application Extension 8 15 2007 6 39 AM AC Upgrade ES vEvres dll
131. N Log PID Channel Cool DN Log PID Channel Cool Error Log PID Channel Cool Cycle Time Log PID Channel Cool Proportional Band Log PID Channel Cool Rate Band Log PID Channel Cool Reset Log PID Channel Cool Rate Cleary History Database CLEARHIST Copy History Database to FTP Directory Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Response Example Units Example Logging Commands LOG CH COOL IN Set LOG CH COOL IN ARG1 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH COOL IN LOG CH COOL IN 0 Logging Off Query 1 Logging On LOG CH COOL DN Sete LOG CH COOL DN ARG1 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH COOL DN LOG CH COOL DN 0 Logging Off Query LOG CH1 COOL IN 1 OK 1 CH1 COOL DN 1 Logging On LOG CH COOL ERR LOG CH COOL ERR 0 Logging Off hainbini _CH1_COOL_ERR OK Set ARG1 1 Logging On LOG_CH _COOL_ERR LOG CH COOL ERR 0 Logging Off Query 1 Logging On LOG CH COOL CT Set LOG CH COOL PB LOG CH COOL PB 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH1 COOL PB 1 Query LOG CH COOL RB Set LOG CH COOL RB ARG1 JARG1 LOG CH1 COOL RB 1 OK 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On 1 LOG CH COOL RB LOG CH COOL RB 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH1 COOL RB Query LOG CH COOL RS Set LOG CH COOL RS ARG1 ARG1 LOG CH1 COOL D I Ok 0 Logging Off 1 Logging On LOG CH COOL RS LOG C
132. NANO 2 1 Synergy Nano Block Diagram Continued Input Channel 1 pou E cut 18 Digital Calibration Channel 1 PIDs Outputs and Scaling Calibration Channel 2 Channel 2 Calibration Set Points Touch Screen Profile Remote 2 Analog Outputs Logging Database Selectable Log Interval Log File Size Etc wee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee LL LL LL rr rr dd zs H Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 16 2 2 Synergy Nano Plus Block Diagram 10 100 BaseT LabVIEW Ethernet Driver Color Touch Screen Solenoids Heaters Compressors etc Process Temperature Humidity Vibration Pressure Etc USB Data Logger 12 12 VDC POWER 16 Digital Inputs 4 0 5 VDC process inputs Control Loads Pressure LN2 2 0 5 VDC process outputs OUTPUTS Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 17 SYNERGY Au N Sa aa EE Input Channel 1 Calibration Channel 1 PIDs and Scaling Calibration Channel 2 Channel 2 PIDs Calibration T Channel 3 Channel 3 PIDs Charnes Calibration Primitives Ee Channel Channel 4 Channel 4 Primitives Calibration Ed PIDs 2 Alarm VIUERE T RENE RU GERE Relay User Alarm Systen en Set Points Touch Screen Profile Remote 30 Digital Channel Outputs Primitives Channel Primitives Channel Primitives 2 Analog Outputs Synergy Nano T
133. OOUR BOARD a ae rU UNA Chamber CT 23 9C OOT KEN 24 L CON AUX TEMPGARD INPUT The Alarm Screen in the Maintenance folder Indicates the alarm condition when the Input is open as shown in the figure below Maintenance Screen VIV OLYMPIC IRE Bam PROCESSOR BOARD i Ack alarm Ack ALL me aem e eere ON Oo B 52 43 AM oxygen sensor warning CL O P1 Z INPUT S E o Oo OXYGEN SENSOR ea C OOT ESCH C 4 1 CON AUX TEMPGARD INPUT User alarms in the Maintenance Alarm screen are cleared and acknowledged like built in High and Low limit alarms The alarm entry indicates Yes in the Ack column after an alarm is acknowledged The alarm indicates Yes in the Cleared column after it has been cleared i e the alarm condition is no longer present As with built in alarms user alarms can be acknowledged before or after they have cleared but the alarm is removed from the list only after the alarm condition has cleared and it has been acknowledged by the operator Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 132 SS EL ae SYNERGY Au For example in the screenshot below the Alarm has been acknowledged but the alarm condition still exists Maintenance Screen VIV OLYMPIC Alarms PILLESoU DUAR fe T IE EE z B 525 36 AM oxygen sensor warning Yes A A O P1 e 3s 09 Bag E SENOR ea9C UOT Le C 4 1 CON AUX TEMPGARD INPUT
134. Outputs The Synergy Nano Plus s K1 Alarm Relay operates when a standard alarm occurs The K1 alarm should be wired to disable the main contactor when the relay operates In addition the K2 Alarm relay can be programmed to operate from the User Programmable alarm system See the Setup section for more information concerning the User Programmable Alarm System Alarm Connection Table Siga Connector amp Pin Number K1 NC P3 Pin 7 P3 Pin 8 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A pg Page 292 SS ea as e Me Vi M 17 7 Synergy Nano Event Output Board Wiring The Synergy event board provides six user programmable outputs and connects directly to the Synergy Nano or interchangeably to two of Synergy Nano Plus 20 pin output connectors P6 on the Olympic board or J5 connector on the 1SM 12 channel output boards There are three different event board configurations available Triacs Relays and Output modules to cover different applications and these are described in the next section X2 Digital HO X3 Analog I O X6 10 100 Ethernet X1 Power and Main Outputs X7 USB Device kikit laide alag E L iudici imi mE e CACIT ICICI LI C CE ol a ENER AH niin E a EH A DNR ia ZR A ELA N MSN NM E al e 1 Yl a a X4 Event Board Optional To connect the event board to the Syner
135. P Note The Web Server is enabled separately from the TCP IP Server To enable the Web Server please review Section 8 1 7 Communications Operator Interface Web earlier in this manual Description The TCPIIP Server is used to enable Ethernet communication with Ehe chamber Chamber tff fO 4C 00S Communicating over TCP IP Your Synergy Nano is now networked To connect over TCP IP you can use a Web Browser a communications program such as Tidal Engineering s Synergy Manager or SimpleComm or a third party telnet program See Section 8 3 Communications Software Applications regarding these utilities If you are having troubles connecting to you Synergy Nano please review the Trouble Shooting entries earlier in this section Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 195 File Edit view 3 pack CH 3 Search 5 Folders WERGY NANO 8 3 4 Synergy FTP Server Help EZ Address Ftos172 16 10 118 hc fo Folder Tasks m Rename this item E Move this item A Copy this item A Delete this item Other Places E Internet Explorer Ej My Documents amp J My Network Places Details Introduction Mame ELI APPNIOTEMACRO csv blink pl blinka pl blinkb pl bradbb vpl s exphstOd txt producti vpl producki ren vpl praductkz ypl ra sab cfg vty 1 vpl vty z vpl intel vpl Size 112 bytes 217 bytes 464 bytes 453 bytes 175 bytes 1 74 MB 453 bytes
136. Philips exponential scaling A Registration Key may be required to access this feature See additional details in the Altitude Space Chamber Setup section 6 2 3 Guaranteed Soak O Guaranteed Soak The Guaranteed Soak feature stops a program from advancing until the process variable is within the guaranteed soak limits Range for this is 0 to 50 degrees This value applies to each setpoint in the program As an example for a setpoint of 100 degrees with a guaranteed soak of 1 degree the program will wait until a temperature between 99 and 101 degrees is reached before advancing regardless of the step time When enabled the Guaranteed Soak feature will affect all Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 38 SYNERGY NANO setpoint steps in any profile run on the chamber An alternative to the system wide Guaranteed Soak setting is the Wait For step which provides soaking on specific steps of the profile For example to guarantee a soak at 100C add a Ramp step to 100C then add a Wait For step that waits for 100C See the Program section of the manual for more information 6 2 4 Input Calibration Q Input Calibration Each controller input is calibrated and scaled from this folder and its sub folders The Raw calibration is used to calibrate the physical measurement either Volts or Ohms The voltage and scale and engineering scale are set for each sensor The input type is selected from the list a For RTD n Refer to the Sectio
137. Product1 vpl run 1 for column B This will make sure the chamber is stopped then load and run the profile Note Obviously the profiles that we specify in the fileopen command should already be loaded on the Synergy Nano when the macro is executed FA Microsoft Excel Barcode Sample xls File Edit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help PDF Dc ASR Appen HE ES 1 123455 78 off fileopen 1 FProducti vpl run 1 2 labcdefgh off fileopen 1 Product2 vpl run 1 3 Sample Excel Macro spreadsheet We can create as many barcode entries in the file as we need as long as they are unique however we can only load one csv file into the controller at a time so all the barcode identifiers we need should be in that file Once you have completed your macro file in Excel click on File Save As enter a file name and set the Save As type to CSV Comma Delimited csv and save the file Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 255 File name Barcode Sample coy Save as type aautaemuuegzmem Importing the Macro File The Synergy Nano can import the csv macro file from a USB Hard Disk Copy the macro file in csv form from the PC to the root directory of a USB Hard Disk Note The controller only supports one macro file so when we import the file it does not add the contents of the file to the file loaded into the controller it replaces the internal macro file wit
138. Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 165 SYNERGY NANO 8 1 1 RS 232 m Comm screen 3 04 25 Pi ez BAUD Rate 19200 BAUD Data Bits B Data Bits Parity Mone Flow Control Mone Description The BAUD Rate displays Ehe baud rate ak which communications occur an Ehe R5 z32 port Chamber OTT 156 0F 49 4 De 8 1 2 RS 485 m Comm screen 3 04 48 HM fiRs 485 BS 485 Mode UUT Sensors Station Address 1 Number of LILITs B Description The RS 485 Mode Feature is used to choose the communications made Chamber Off 156 0F 49 4 De 8 1 3 IEEE 488 GPIB m Comm Screen oer ag IEEE 488 Address 1 05 07 PM Description The IEEE 488 Address displays the address of the IEEE 4888 communications port Chamber Off 158 0F 49 4 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A HS 232 RS 232 communications are standard on all Synergy Nano configurations The settings shown at left are read only and cannot be changed The RS 232 port may be used with third party test and measurement software such as LabVIEW Tidal Engineering s Synergy Manager or Tidal Engineering s SimpleComm The Synergy Manager PC based monitor and control software and SimpleComm are discussed in Section 8 3 Communications Software Applications HS 485 The Synergy Nano s RS 485 port monitors Synergy UUT thermocouple modules UUT Modules are discussed in detail in Section 13 0 UUT Module IEEE 488 GPIB T
139. Synergy Nano unit The MAC address of the unit tested for this manual is 00 E0 4C 80 28 97 as shown below Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 192 SYNERGY NANO C5 C WINNT sy sEem32 cmd exe C WINNTSs ystem325ping 172 16 18H 118 Pinging 172 116 168 118 with 32 bytes of data 172 16 18 118 bytes 32 time lt iflms TIL 128 172 16 18 118 bytes 32 time lt iflms TIL 128 172 16 18 118 bytes 32 time lt ilms TIL 128 172 16 1H8 118 bytes 32 time lt iflms TTL 128 Ping statistics for 172 16 18 118 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost CH loss gt Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum Hms Maximum Ams Average Bms iC WINNT system32 gt arp a 172 16 18 118 Interface 172 16 18 34 on Interface Hx1HHHHBH3 Internet Address Physical Address Type 172 16 18 118 Hid el 4c 8H 28 9 7 dynamic ul O f Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 193 Connecting the Synergy Nano to Your Network Plug a network patch cable into your Synergy Nano and the other end into your hub or router Make sure it is powered on then boot your Synergy Nano If your Synergy Nano is set to DHCP it should be assigned an address automatically Verify DHCP IP Addressing Comm Screen 459 V 4 gheme 700 To confirm that the Synergy Nano was assigned an Back address press the COMM button on the controller touch screen and select the Ethernet folder icon You should see a screen simi
140. VAL LOGGING Query INTERVAL LOG_WHILE_OFF ARG1 LOG_WHILE_OFF Set 0 Disabled Enable Logging when Chamber is 1 Enabled Off LOG WHILE OFF Query LOG WHILE OFF 0 Disabled 1 Enabled LOG CH ACT Set LOG CH ACT ARG1 ARG1 0 Don t Log LOG CH ACT Query LOG CH ACT 0 Don t Log LOG CH SP Set LOG CH SP ARG1 ARG1 0 Don t Log 0 Don t Log Log Ch Actual Log Ch Setpoint LOG CH SP LOG CH SP Query Log CH Cascade Act LOG CAS CH ACT Query LOG CAS CH SP Set LOG CAS CH ACT 0 Don t Log Log CH Cascade SP LOG CAS CH SP Query LOG CAS CH SP Log CH Cascade PID LOG CAS CH PID Query LOG HIGH SZ Set LOG HIGH 8 ARG1 ARG1 LOG_HIGH_ Query LOG_HIGH_ Log High Resolution Analog Input Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A O to 3600 Seconds LOGGING INTERVAL ARG1 LOG FILE SIZE Set LOG FILE SIZE ARG1 0 25 5 MB LOG FILE SIZE 1 4 LOG FILE SIZE Query LOG FILE SIZE 0 25 5 MB LOG FILE SIZE LOG CAS CH ACT Set LOG CAS CH ACT ARG1 ARG 1 0 Don t Log LOG CAS CH SP ARG1 ARGt 0 Don t Log 0 Logging Off A Number from 1 to 6 0 Logging Off Command Example Response Example LOGGING OK INTERVAL 60 LOG CH1 ACT 1 OK 1 Log LOG CH1 SP 1 1 Log 1 Log eie ERN LOG CH1 SP 1 LOG CAS CH1 ACT 1 1 Log 1 Log 1 Log LOG CAS CH PID Set LOG CAS CH
141. X2 Digital I O X3 Analog I O X6 10 100 Ethernet X1 Power and Main Outputs X7 USB Device TE X8 23 ES RS 232 EE es ix Serial Event an _ Board Seel Optional Outputs 1 6 3 None D Event None H Event 3 Gi O Event4 None O Events None Event 23 X2 Aux Evento 2 None S Event 24 Output 1 2 i gut 1 Onforr on Steady State echt 2L0T Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 78 N Synergy Nano Plus Chamber Output Mapping The Synergy Nano can be configured for many chamber types Each chamber type has a unique device output mapping For example the fan is driven by Output 1 on Temp Humidity and Temp Only chambers and by Output 10 for Temp Temp chambers The following tables list the output mappings for the supported chamber types including retrofit configurations i e when the Synergy Nano is installed on a chamber with a VersaTenn VersaTenn ll or VersaTenn Ill Output Map Abbreviations SM Switching Module SSR Solid State Relay P Olympic Board Connector Labels J Output Board Connector Labels 9 9 9 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 79 UIERGY NANO Switching Module Configuration 25M The Olympic board drives all of the outputs for the chamber thru solid state switches called Switching Modules SM In some cases there i
142. Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 200C Yes Yes Yes No Hi Alarm Ch 2 Analog1 130 1010T Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 2 Analog1 130 10T Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 10 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 330 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 Analog1 130 lt 1 Vdc Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 Analog1 130 gt 5 25 Vdc Yes Yes Yes No TempGard Digital Input 9 409 Open Yes Yes No No See Section 15 0 Space and Altitude Chambers for additional setup information Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 89 SYNERGY NANO 6 10 5 Synergy Nano Temperature Vibration HALT HASS Nano Temperature Vibration Main Outputs X1 UI Il ell TUE CU ole LES e le all Channel Digital Device Output RS 1 Pin1 Pin2 1 Heat 2 Pin3 Pin4 2 Cool E 3 Pin5 Pin6 3 Boost Cool 1 4 Pin7 Pin8 4 Dryer GN2 EE 5 Pin9 Pin10 5 Fan 6 Pin11 Pin12 6 Not Used ee a T LT LI des Ex mh Aux Outputs X2 Channel Digital Device Output 1 Pin11 Pin1 7 Heat 2 Pin11 Pin2 8 Cool 3 Pin11 Pin3 9 Boost Cool 4 Pin11 Pin4 10 Dryer GN2 5 Pin11 Pin5 11 Fan 6 Pin11 Pin6 12 Not Used mm mm jim im m ei ed ke el ed ed ke minimi mm a alala lal ld X2 Pin 11 can provide the 5VDC source for these outputs Event Outputs X8
143. a EIL G a G TTI G Telli G Te Th G Tef G Teji G Teji G Tey G Teji G Te c 9 Ge e e e e e e e e e e e e e e zl D GD oe Ge e ee e ee e e e e e e e o e Q 6000 4 6000 E E A i LO I ND ED Heel Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 289 Ne 17 6 8 Channel Triac Board Mounting for Retrofit Installations The Synergy Nano is designed to be a drop in replacement for several generations of VersaTenn controllers The 5 Channel triac board P N TE1151 5 emulates the VersaTenn s SSR outputs to simplify this process This output board mounts to the Olympic board on the back of the controller in the same arrangement as the SSR outputs on the back of the VersaTenn III controller The figure below shows the 5 Channel board Note that the SSR outputs listed in the Chamber Configuration Section 6 10 are the outputs available on this 5 Channel Triac board TE bi Bie eet Ag g Five Channel Triac Board TE1151 5 Mounting Screw s for SSR wiring Harness from VersaTenn wm ES ke EE EN a Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A pg Page 290 RG SW Y In 17 6 9 Synergy Nano Plus GPIB RS 232 and RS 485 Communications Wiring The Synergy Nano Plus supports GPIB IEEE 488 RS 232 and RS 485 communications through the Olympic board The figure below shows the connectors and cable wiring for these For information on the communications protocol supported by these por
144. ac to control an AC motor load Note When an external Triac is driven an additional QuenchArc snubber resistor capacitor network is required across the Triac input to prevent nuisance firing as a result dV dT switching noise 2 Driving a small solenoid load directly 3 Driving a Solid State Relay SSR module When driving an SSR an additional load resistor is required across the SSR input to prevent nuisance firing as a result of leakage current Remove On Board Triac when driving external one Ces SC CF H Bes LS L t CH OB 4400 llc AG 30v WS dE Ch H External Triac Neutral wey Snubber ul TE HOCZIZIN H Solenoid Load eRe Output Heater SSR SSR SSRI Contral HOCZIZIN Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 287 SYNERGY NANO Typical Synergy Controller Trial Output Board Wiring Arrangement E Tgem com r i 6 Channel ZEIT p KE Output Board n P N TE1151 6 PENERE ETE i 12 Channel Output Board e ki P N TE1151 12 B speszrsenegegeg ag Iu M Mo Wa m M C3 n ee Ch D E e mellt f MIN E Internal Comm D a ET RLEAN e to Nano X8 l Connector Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 288 SYNERGY NANO 17 6 7 12 Channel Triac Board Mounting The 12 Channel Triac board P N TE1151 12 should be mounted to a panel inside the electronics enclosure The figure below identifies the mounting hole locations for the 12 Channel board in blue
145. ainless Steel Finish Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 264 YNERGY NANO 6 500 0 186 6 000 d F 3 70 SYNERGY NANO CUTOUT 1 16 DIN 3 250 KNOCKOUT 1 425 0 500 0 000 T R0 500 co O 35 S a SC x D N N o o TE2076 Synergy Nano VersaTenn III Panel Adapter with 1 16 DIN Knockout 9 25 X 6 50 Black Power Coat Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 265 SYNERGY NANO 17 3 Synergy Nano Wiring This part of the technical manual describes the Synergy Nano wiring including sensors RTD TC Process current and voltage AC power AC outputs retransmit outputs Analog Outputs and communications All connections for the controller are made on the back cover as shown bellow x2 Digital UO X3 Analog I O X6 10 100 Ethernet X7 USB Device X1 Power and Main GEESS Est EN e Outputs i Ex x EHE lex RS 232 rri ES Serial X4 Event Board Optional 17 3 1 AC Power Wiring AC Input Power is connected to the X1 connector as shown above 85 to 264 VAC 47 to 63 Hz 39 VA Max X1 Power and Main Outputs Pin TE1858 1 2 3 and 4 13 Not Used 14 Line 15 Neutral Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 266 h N Langer Ei 7 Mp ar qd YNERGY NANO 17 3 2 Main Output Wiring The Synergy Nano is available with three types of main outputs These are s
146. ait on Input 1 16 NOTE ARG 4 thru ARG 12 are X10 ARGA AutoStart Day ARG5 AutoStart Hour ARG6 AutoStart Minute AARG7 AutoStart Month ARG8 AutoStart Year NOTE ARG 4 thru ARG 8 are X10 ARGA 0 Outputs Off 10 Outputs On CH2 60 0 Deg 10 1 0 Hours 225 22 5 Minutes O 0 Seconds 10 000100 on off off off on off O O Not Used 10000 CH3 Off 10000 CH4 Off 0000000000 Not Used O LEV1 Off 10 LEV2 On 10 OT11 Time Prop 200 Jump to Line 20 150 Jump 15 times 10 CH1 1 0 Deg OK 600 CH2 60 0 Deg 10 1 0 Hours 225 22 5 Minutes Don t Wait 10000 CH3 Don t Wait 10000 CH4 Don t Wait 110 11 Seconds 100100000000 Wait for Input 1 and Input 3 30 Day 3 210 Hour 21 220 Minute 22 60 Month 6 June 20090 Year 2009 Page 318 SYNERGY NANO Description Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Response Example Units Example Alarm Commands Ale rk A L ARG1 200 to 500 C 326 to 932 F A1L 200 OK A H Query A H 200 to 500 C 326 to 932 F A2H IGNORE CH ALM Set E IGNORE CH ALM ARG1 ARGI IGNORE CH1 ALM1 Ok 0 Outputs Off 1 Outputs On IGNORE CH ALM IGNORE CH ALM ARG1 0 Outputs Off 1 Outputs On IGNORE CH1 ALM Query Ch Deviation High Alarm ARG1 0 500C A DH Query A DH 0 500C A1DH 200 ADL Set Z A DL ARGI eessen ZAID Ch Deviation Low Alarm 5 A DE Set A DE ARG1 ARG1
147. al Act temperature in yellow shows significant fluctuations 120 100 80 40 20 eo iL A d go ys NR ufa yo Ee a ON ere we em EE E O ab 00 0 05 1 0 i60 50 0 0 P Smooth Response Smooth Response Abrupt Response Response L sid J CH i A um SR UI SS uf AN e Cool s Heat 4 Act Set On the other hand the heating control loop is unstable in the following chart This was correcting by increasing the Heat Proportional band for 7 to 14 Oscillating CH1 Actual CH1 Setpoint CH Heat PID CH1 Cool PID Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 48 Maintenance Screen Description The PID Settings screen is used to edit the constants that control the PID algorithms In general PID adjustment should only be performed by a qualified technician If you would like to know more about PIDs we have included a brief tutorial below For more information on PID control refer to a resource book dedicated to the subject To modify your PID settings navigate to Setup PID Settings Then select the desired channels PID folder Setup Screen PIO Ch 1 PID Ch z PID Ch 3 Steady State 23 4 00 Select the Heat PID Cool PID or Dead Band folder Setup Screen PID Chi Heat Dead Band chi PID Ch 1 Cool Temperature Cascade Steady State 23 8C 0 0 Setup Screen HSG GN Within the Heat or Cool
148. al Cable Gender chamber for serial cable Voltage source 4 0 1 0 volts optional the Olympic board s DAC 1 output may be used to provide a source voltage 9 9 99 9 Tidal Engineering offers a Calibration Kit PN TE1677 to assist with Synergy Nano calibration The kit contains several hardware calibration connectors and communication cables as indicated above by an asterisk The kit also contains a calibration cable for easy serial communications and a DAC connector pre wired for calibration without a voltage source TE1G67 2 Lo Vali TE 7 1 Hi Valor TEIGI DAC TE1677 4 Calibration Gable Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 151 7 5 Synergy Nano Software Upgrade Procedures Tidal Engineering periodically releases software upgrades for the Synergy Nano s operating system and application These upgrades are available from Tidal Engineering www tidaleng com This section describes procedures for upgrading the Synergy Nano s software There are two procedures the first one is for Synergy Micro configurations and the second one is for Synergy Compact and Synergy V configurations Warning The Synergy Micro software upgrade process can disable a Synergy V or Synergy Compact unit If this occurs contact the factory for a utility to correct this The Synergy Micro upgrade is delivered in a compressed format and is installed using a USB Flash Disk The delivered file name contains the Version and Bu
149. ally assign an available IP Address for you controller If you do not have a DHCP server or want to manually set the IP Address of your controller set the IP Address Selection setting to Static IP Then enter the Ethernet Address your Subnet Mask and Gateway addresses You network administrator should be able to provide you with these addresses Note The numbers shown at left are examples and may not work on your network TCP IP Server The TCP IP Server supports remote control over TCP IP using a simple terminal emulator such as HyperTerminal or the Synergy Nano s companion Synergy Manager Chamber control and monitoring software Web Server The web server allows you to remotely control monitor and run diagnostics on chambers over the web using Microsoft s Internet Explorer web browser See the following section Synergy Nano Web Server for more information on communicating over the Web See Section 8 3 Communications Software Applications For more information on communication over Ethernet TCP IP Note The numbers shown are examples only Page 167 NANO 8 2 Web Touch Remote Synergy Nano Web Server The Synergy Nano can be monitored and controlled over the Internet using a standard web browser such as Microsoft s Internet Explorer See screenshot below Each controller has a built in web server that uses Tidal Engineering s Web Touch Remote technology Pat Pending This technology provides a web brows
150. alog Out 2 g V Retransmit 2 GND Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 270 17 3 5 Auxiliary Outputs and Digital Input Wiring _ X2 Aux Outputs and Digital Inputs X2 is not used on TE1858 4 expanded _Pin __TE1858 1 2 3 _TE1858 1 2 3 Signal Common Common for lo gic input 2 5 Volt Source For Solid State Relays 5 VDC 50 mA Digital Input 3 Digital Input 5 Aux Out 6 Open Collector X2 2 can provide 5Volt source 7 g Aux Out 5 Open Collector X2 2 can provide 5Volt source 9 Aux Out 4 Open Collector X2 2 can provide 5Volt source 10 Aux Out 3 Open Collector X2 2 can provide 5Volt source 11 Aux Out 2 Open Collector X2 2 can provide 5Volt source 12 Aux Out 1 Open Collector X2 2 can provide 5Volt source The Synergy Nano TE1858 1 2 and 3 configurations feature 6 Auxiliary transistor Open Collector 24VDC 50 mA outputs These outputs can drive Solid State Relays SSR units from Opto22 Grayhill etc and other small DC loads A wiring example of the SSR connection is shown below The Synergy Nano TE1858 1 2 and 3 configurations feature 4 Digital Inputs that can be wired to a dry contact or a 0 5 Volt source Digital Digital Digital Digital Input 2 Input 3 Input 4 Input 5 O o 31 6 1 _ Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 271 SYNERGY NANO 17 5 Synergy Nano Communications The Synergy Nano includes Ethernet and RS 232 Communication capabilities T
151. alue UUT Gain m 12 for Granville Philips exponential Low Alarm scaling Channel 1 High Alarm Channel 1 Ignore Alarm when Off Deviation High Alarm Deviation Low Alarm Deviation Alarm Enable Setup Screen 3 16 16 PM Channel Calibration This screen is used to select the Channel Sensor set the Channel specific CU Sensor Select 110 calibration use Input calibration for normal Temperature Offset b nod calibration and set channel alarms Temperature Gain tim 100 00 Low Alarm Channel 1 200 00 High Alarm Channel 1 500 00 Description Help is nok available For this item Program Paused End ot Program 474 2C L Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 35 SYNERGY NANO 3 16 16 P Calibration Calibration Channel 11 Back CH1 Sensor Select 110 Temperature Offset ib 0 00 Temperature Gain tim 100 00 Low Alarm Channel 1 200 00 High Alarm Channel 1 DO CO Setup Screen Description Help is nok available For this item Program Paused End af Program 473 20 1L8T 11 00 32 AM Setup Screen CH1 Sensor Select Module Sensor Olympic WLIT s Machine Digital In Channels RTO 2 Analog 1 Analog 2 Analog 3 Chamber Off 459 00 20 0 T 11 05 37 AM setup Screen CH1 Sensor Select Module UJT Module LILIT Sensor Module 1 Module 2 Module 3 Module 4 Module 5 Chamber Off 450 1C 20 0 T Olympic Sensor 1 WLIT s Machine Digital In Ch
152. alues Chamber Off 158 0F 49 4 e 22620 Dh Step 3 Select the Channel Setpoints Folder Use this screen to enable setpoint logging for each channel Select the channel press the CH1 Setpoint Enable Change button CH2 Setpoint Enable CH3 Setpoint Disable Description The CH1 Setpoint Feature is used to enable data logging For channel 1 setpoint temperature values Chamber Off 158 0F 49 496 Setup Screen 3 7 Step 4 Select the Channel PIDs Folder Control the logging of the Heat and Cool PIDs for Channel n from this screen These values can be viewed in the Channel PIDs screen of the Disable Maintenance directory Disable After selecting the Channel PIDs folder another screen appears that has three folders labeled PID CH1 PID CH2 and CH3 PID oe COSS Select the desired channel folder The screen at ds SE ae ed i es logging of the left appears Select Heat or Cool press the SE GE Change button Return to the Logging Data Chamber Off 158 0F 49 4 directory by pressing the Back button Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 110 SYNERGY NANO m Setup Screen Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable Sensor 1 Sensor 2 Sensor 3 Sensor 4 Sensor 9 Description Enable or Disable Logging Low Stage Compressor Low Pressure values Chamber Off log UF 49 4 ois 49 PM fiLogaingtbataluuT Values Disable Disable Disable Disable Setup Screen Disable Descrip
153. amber to a pre configured state If you have multiple chambers and would like them all set to the same state you can configure one chamber and get all its parameter values and save them to a Settings List You can then use this list to send these values up to the other chambers quickly setting them all to the same configuration Settings Lists are simple text files and can be edited in notepad if desired Commented lines must be preceded by a double back slash When loaded the comments will be displayed in the Memo field Note that the Config Save and Restore feature in the Synergy Nano Maintenance File Utility folder can produce a settings list as well See the Maintenance folder for more information Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 178 im YTY Simple Comm YTY Send Temp Humidity txt E E Ioj x File About R5 232 IEEE 488 TCPIP 1 Settings List Connect Disconnect Status Socket Connected Get settings from chamber Address 205 15 10 48 EN Send settings to chamber 1 Part 5000 n Sto Command p CAL 0 00 Send JC Loop Log Response GE settings List Load List Save List Clear List Add Row Del Raw Serial Number 0170208 VTV Send Temp Humidity tat Clear Col Clear Col Version 1 4 70 Build 423 8 PAS x Response Chamber Type Temp Humidity AIL 200 00 OF AIH 500 00 OF CAL 0 00 OF ES 10 00 AH 100 00 CALS 0 00 Be PET n nn Loading Editing and Saving Lists
154. an Event 6 Evenk 24 Selected Output 1 B 12a Out 1 On Off On Steady State 25 0C 50 0 Steady State 25 0C 50 0 Channels Inputs Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Type Temperature Humidity N A N A Sensor RTD1 Analog 1 N A N A High Volt Scale N A 5VDC N A N A Low Volt Scale N A OVDC N A N A High Eng Scale N A 100 N A N A Low Eng Scale N A 096 N A N A Digital Inputs Name Input Function when Closed Ambient Lock Out Input 1 Disables Ambient Coil when Dehumidify Coil is on Drier Logic Input 2 Enables Drier when LEV1 Use Drier is active Compressor Cut in Logic Input 3 Boost Heat High Artificial Load High Stage Compressor Cascade Condenser See Section 6 7 Device Primitives etc Burn in Logic Input 4 Enables Low Stage Compressor and Full Cool with LEV1 AGREE Chamber Logic Input5 Locke out Low Stage Compressor and enables High Stage Compressor and Full Cool with LEV1 TempGard Input9 A None TempGard Alarm displays in Alarm Folder and Log File Alarms Name Sensor Sensor Default Report Log K1 K2 Code Threshold Hi Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 500 C Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 200C Yes Yes Yes No Hi Alarm Ch 2 Analog1 130 104 Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 2 Analog1 130 10 Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 10 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 330 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 Analog1 130 lt 1 Vdc Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 Analog1 130 gt 5 25 Vdc Y
155. annels Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Channels Sensor Selection Sensor Select This parameter determines which controller input is used for channel feedback Select CHn Sensor Select parameter and press change where n is the channel number Channels Sensor Selection E To select the Channel Sensor first select the Module from the list at the left Next select the particular sensor on the Module Channels Sensor Selection For UUT modules Select the UUT Module and then the Sensor Page 36 SYNERGY NANO 11 08 55 GM Calibration Calibration Channel 11 M Back CH1 Sensor Select Temperature Offset ib 0 00 Temperature Gain tim Setup Screen 100 00 200 00 700 00 Low Alarm Channel 1 High Alarm Channel 1 Description The Temperature Calibration Feature offsets the Chamber e temperature readings Chamber Off 458 20 20 0 T 11 15 24 AMI amp Calibration Calibration Channel 11 ack Low Alarm Channel 1 Setup Screen High Alarm Channel 1 7 Ignore Alarm when Off Enabled Deviation High Alarm 20 00 Deviation Low Alarm 20 00 Description M The Ignore Alarm when OFF disables the Temperature alarms on Channel 1 when Channel 1 is OFF Chamber Off 459 30 20 0 T Setup Screen 11 18 24 AM ficalibrationi Calibration Channel 11 Hack Ignore Alarm hen Off Enabled I Deviation High Alarm 20 00 Deviation Low Alarm 20 00 Deviation Alarms Enabled Disabled
156. ano employs a color LCD touch screen control panel with LED Backlight These LED backlights are not replaceable The LCD s are available form the factory if the LED backlight should fail Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 164 SYNERGY NANO 8 0 COMMUNICATIONS DIRECTORY 8 1 Operator Interface COMMUNICATIONS DIRECTORY COMM FOLDERS Screen Editor Screen Editor Screen Editor BAD Rd RS 485 Mode IEEE Address Data Bits Station Address Parity Number of UUTs Flow Control Note These parameters are Read Only Screen Editor Screen Editor IP Address Selection Web Server On Off D TCP IP Server Screen Editor e TCP IP Server On Off Ethernet Address Ethernet Subnet Mask Ethernet Gateway Web Server Login Name Web Server Password Web Server Address Web Server Key The Synergy Nano supports an extensive command set for complete control and monitor capabilities For Example to query the temperature of the chamber send the query C1 The chamber will respond with 25 0 C if the chamber is at room temperature To view the Synergy Nano s complete command set go to Appendix C Synergy Nano Communications Command Set Comm Screen 3 03 18 PM Communications Director Select the following communication functions HS 232 RS 485 IEEE 488 Ethernet Web Server Optional TCP IP Server 9 9 9 9 9 Web Server TCP IP Server LGE 48 4 95 chamber Bi
157. arms Enabled and Deviation Alarm Delay parameters Page 37 Chan 1 Temp Set Ire Point Q C Point Actual C Alarm CH1 High Chan 1 Temp Chan Ser Ire Ser Point A B Paint actua 459 40 Alarm CH1 High 6 2 2 Altitude Calibration of 428 435 20 0 T om 459 4C 20 0 T Channel Alarm Notification When any channel alarm limit or deviation limit is exceeded the Synergy Nano s conditioning outputs shut down and the following indications are present ALARM flashes in the upper right corner of the touch screen Alarm status is displayed in the lower left hand corner of the touch screen Alarms are listed in the Alarm folder in the Maintenance Screen Alarms are logged in the History File Log File See the Maintenance Screen Section of this manual for additional information Channel Alarm Notification When any Channel alarm limit or deviation is reached the Synergy Nano s conditioning outputs shut down and the following indications are activated ALARM flashes in the upper right corner of the touch screen Alarm status is displayed in the lower left hand corner of the touch screen Alarms are listed in the Alarm folder in the Maintenance Screen Alarms are logged in the History File Log File See the Maintenance Screen Section of this manual for additional information Q Altitude Value The altitude value is set to 0 for normal scaling or 10 11 or 12 for Granville
158. ation if your controller software version is earlier than 2 0 0 Low Storage Alarm The Synergy Nano monitors the space remaining on the Storage Card Flash memory device and generates an alarm condition when the space remaining is less than 160K When this occurs you can clear the log file export screenshots or remove programs from the Storage Card to free up Storage Memory to correct this condition A Low Storage Alarm can occur when the log file has grown too large When your chamber is properly setup the Synergy Nano will log until the file gets to a specified maximum size and then begin overwriting the oldest records thus limiting it to the specified size The maximum size specified for the log file should be less then the physical space available Step by step instructions for clearing the alarm and adjusting the chamber settings to prevent this alarm from reoccurring are illustrated below Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 145 ee eU RN SYNERGY Au Removing a Low Storage Alarm Condition Maintenance Screen ALARMI ng 1 31 20 PM Low Storage Alarm Low Storage Setup Screen LCD Settings m Languages Chamber Setup Alarm Low Storage Setup Screen Export History Alarm Low Storage 220c 30 0 De ALARMI Logging 220c 50 0 9 220c 50 0 De Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A When an alarm occurs the word Alarm flashes in the title bar of the Synergy Nano c
159. ature inside the chamber Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 227 SYNERGY NANO 13 0 UUT MODULE UNIT UNDER TEST DATA ACQUISITION 13 1 UUT Overview The UUT Module Unit Under Test is a 16 channel thermocouple data acquisition unit Developed to expand the input capabilities of the Synergy Nano each UUT module allows system operators to capture and log temperature data from the unit under test and other pertinent test temperatures Up to four modules can be attached to the Synergy Nano providing up to 64 T Type thermocouple inputs The UUT data can optionally be logged and the log file may be used for analysis graphing and reporting UUT Module Uses The UUT module can be used to monitor and record multiple air temperatures and multiple product temperatures and can control from any one of these UUT modules are particularly useful when testing products with a large thermal mass whose temperature is slow to change When used in conjunction with the Synergy Nano s Cascade control feature the user can program the chamber to ramp to temperature setpoints and Waitfor product temperature instead of the chambers air temperature UUT Module Event Outputs JUTUT 11 1g l Hext Sensor Temp Sensor 1 Bad Sensor Reading Select UUT 1 thru UUT 8 with Next or Previous Sensor 2 Bad Sensor Reading buttons Sensor 3 Bad Sensor Reading Sensor 4 Bad Sensor Reading iE Bad Sensor Reading These values may be logged See Sec
160. available for 140 and 280 VAC and 3 5 Amps DC Output modules are available for 60 VDC and 3 5 Amps 20 Pin Cable P N TE1722 20 6ft 34 Pin Cable P N TE1722 34 6ft Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 221 KR amma IER QGY NANO Synergy Nano Event Setup Instructions There are several ways to control the events on the Synergy Nano You can control them locally through the touch panel through remote software such as the Synergy Manager software or within a chamber profile The instructions that follow describe how to test the event output board by operating the Synergy Nano locally from the touch screen in Manual Mode First press the On button on the right navigation panel of the Synergy Nano ON OO Next press the Events button on the lower navigation panel on the Synergy Nano Events Screen Events Folder Select the Events Output folder on the touch screen Digital Outputs Temperatures Digital Inputs High Res Analog Low Res Analog Chamber Off 469 80 7AT Events Screen 8 10 11 PM Example 1 Event Outputs This screen allows you bo turn an and off external outputs Check any outputs that vau want an Al All Event 1 ES Event 4 Gi Use Drier E La Event 2 CO Event 5 WW LEV 2 CO Event 3 QD D Event 6 E or11 Tem Check the desired outputs to turn on and press the Apply button Example 1 Turn on Events 2 4 and 6 Steady State 25 C DU o Events
161. cale N A OVDC N A N A High Eng Scale N A 100 Grms N A N A Low Eng Scale N A 0 Grms N A N A Digital Inputs Name Input Function when Closed TempGard Input9 A None TempGard Alarm displays in Alarm Folder and Log File Alarms Name Sensor Sensor Default Report Log K1 K2 Code Threshold Hi Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 500 C Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 200C Yes Yes Yes No Hi Alarm Ch 2 Analog1 130 104 Grms Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 2 Analog1 130 0 Grms Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 10 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 330 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 Analog1 130 lt 1 Vdc Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 Analog1 130 gt 5 25 Vdc Yes Yes Yes No TempGard Digital Input 9 409 Open Yes Yes No No This Generic Temperature Vibration configuration supports QualMark HALT HASS Chamber retrofits Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 91 IERGY NANO 6 11 Synergy Nano Plus Output Mappings by Chamber Type The following sections identify the output mappings for each chamber configuration 6 11 1 Generic Temperature Only Generic Temperature Only 25M Outputs TE1151 6 SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 16 Not Used 5 15 Not Used 4 14 Not Used 3 13 Not Used 2 12 Not Used 1 11 Not Used 3SM Event Outputs SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 24 Event 6 5 23 Event 5 4 22 Event 4 3 21 Event 3 2 20 Event 2 1 19 Event 1 1SM Outputs TE1151 12 SM Digital Device Channel Outp
162. ccurs and power is removed from heaters compressor etc when standard alarm limits user programmable alarm limits and secondary controller limits are reached No complex software or hardware system is perfect Defects are always present in a software system of any size In order to prevent danger to life or property it is the responsibility of the system designer to incorporate redundant protective mechanisms appropriate to the risk involved All Tidal Engineering products are 100 percent functionally tested Additional testing may include visual inspections Specifications are based on characterization of tested sample units each production unit isn t tested over temperature and voltage Additional testing or burn in of a system is available by special order Tidal Engineering reserves the right to make changes and improvements to its products without providing notice Make sure you completely understand the operation and function of the Synergy Controller before you begin using your test chamber and tag circuit out before servicing or replacing components Do not use the Synergy Controller in any manner not specified in this manual Improper use may impair the safety features employed and may void your test chamber and controller warranty Failure to follow the proper operating procedures listed throughout any of the information provided could cause damage to your equipment personal injury or death A Dangerous voltages are present in t
163. columns show values for the following parameters Pn In Dn PID Err Setpoint Actual P B Reset and Rate Maintenance Screen The Setpoint and Actual numbers in the cascade column are the desired setpoint and actual temperature of the product inside the chamber Property Heat l Cool Cascade Pri 100 0000 0 0000 100 0000 In 0 0000 D DIEI 0 0000 Dn O 0000 0 0000 O 0000 PID 100 0000 0 0000 100 0000 Err 174 4923 D DIDIT 1100 0000 Setpoint 200 0000 ZU p 100 0000 Actual eo aoa 1000 0000 F B ERR DL ERE Reset 0 0200 0 0700 0 0200 Rate 0 0000 D D 0 0000 Setpoint amp Actual values under Heating and Cooling is the air temperature Setpoint value under Heating and Cooling is the calculated air temperature setpoint from the Cascade PID loop Cascade PID parameters Pn In Dn PID values range from 100 to 100 Note 100 corresponds to the Cascade Low Limit temperature Note 100 corresponds to the Cascade High Limit temperature The values in the Heating amp Cooling columns range from 0 to 100 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 240 14 3 3 Main Screen Product Air Temperature Display In the cascade mode you can alternately display the setpoint actual values of the product and air temperature Press the Actual temperature display box to toggle between the two modes When you switch modes the color of the text in the Actual box will change from Red for the product to light blue
164. covered in Sections 17 3 Wiring details for the expanded Synergy Nano Plus configuration TE1858 4 is covered in Section 17 4 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 261 SYNERGY NANO 17 2 Controller Mounting The Synergy Nano is 1 4 DIN form factor and adapter panels are available for many popular test chamber controllers to make the retrofit process is fast and easy 17 2 1 Controller Mounting The Synergy Nano is mounted from the front of the panel as shown in the figure below Two clamps P N TE2047 are installed on the top and bottom of the controller to secure it in the panel The panel cutout is shown in the figure below Synergy Nano Mounting Clamp P N TE2046 2 Reauired Synergy Nano Mounting Clamp P N TE2046 2 Reauired Tighten with 3 32 Allen Wrench Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 262 SS Sy F S M M Synergy Nano Panel Cutout _ gt 0 7 5 0 75 NI 3 65 See the following pages for Synergy Nano mounting panel options for VersaTenn and VersaTenn III Retrofit installations Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 263 UERQGY NANO O00 0 GC 000 E GCH Y 0009 0 000 SCH 1 175 4 825 6 875 Nam EN 9 000 TE2094 1 Synergy Nano Panel Adapter for VersaTenn Black Power Coat 1 4 DIN and 1 16 DIN Knockout 6 00 X 9 00 TE2094 2 Same as TE2094 1 with Brushed St
165. creen Example The screenshot below shows a typical keypad for numerical data entry Setup Screen 11 59 31 AM Prop Band ch 1 Heat Valid Range 0 Present Value New Value Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 24 4 5 Function Keys Help Key Press the Help key and then press a location on the touch screen a small Help window like the one The Run From Button runs the T displayed program starting froma shown will appear with information to assist you selected line anywhere in the program To use this feature first select a starting line It will become Press OK to close the Help screen highlighted blue Then press the Run From button The program will then begin running from that line Screen Capture Key Press this key to capture a bitmap image of the F Fe current screen and store it to a USB Hard Disk VersaTenn W OK D After pressing the key the window at the left will An LCD screen bitmap was appear The picture will be saved in memory To captured Please make sure a export the bitmap to your storage media go to the floppy disk is in the drive Maintenance screen and press the Export Screen shots button Press OK to close the Capture screen ON OFF Keys ON These keys are used to turn the chamber On and Off Ez Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 25 NERGY NANO Screen Navigation Keys The eight keys below the LCD are the Screen Navigation
166. ditor Prop Band Heating Prop Band for Ch2 Humidify Prop Band for Ch3 Pressure Reset Channel 1 Heating Reset for Channel 2 Humidify Reset for Channel 3 Pressure Rate Channel 1 Heating Rate for Channel 2 Humidify Rate for Channel 3 Pressure Cycle Time for Ch1 Heating Cycle Time for Ch2 Humidify Cycle Time for Ch3 Pressure Rate Band for Ch1 Heating Rate Band for Ch2 Humidify Rate Band for Ch3 Pressure D Dead Band Ch Temp O Dead Band Ch2 Humidity D Dead Band Ch3 Pressure Screen Editor Screen Editor Screen Editor itor itor Keypad Editor Keypad Editor Keypad Editor Select value Select value Select value QO PID Ch1 Cooling O PID Ch2 Dehumidify QO PID Ch3 Vacuum Screen Editor Screen Editor Screen Editor Proportional Band for Channel 1 Prop Band for Ch2 Dehumidify Prop Band for Ch3 Vacuum Reset Channel 1 Cooling Reset for Channel 2 Dehumidify Reset for Channel 3 Vacuum Rate Channel 1 Cooling Rate for Channel 2 Dehumidify Rate for Channel 3 Vacuum Cycle Time for Chan 1 Cooling Cycle Time for Ch2 Dehumidify Cycle Time for Ch3 Vacuum Rate Band for Chan 1 Cooling Rate Band for Ch2 Dehumidify Rate Band for Ch3 Vacuum O Cascade Sub folders O Enabled O Settings O PIDs See following table for Cascade subfolders Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 45 6 3 1 PID Tuning Synergy Nano utilizes high performance and flexible PID algorithms for up to 4 channels The control system can provide preci
167. e 9 conductor cable Only one power supply is needed for up to 4 modules 3 In some instances module power may be obtained from the Olympic Board Connector P9 1 Gnd and P9 2 V RS 485 COMM CONNECTION TABLE P6 CONNECTOR TERMINAL DESIGNATION COMM RX COMM TX COMM TX NO CONN GND NO CONN NO CONN POWER COMM RX NL CMM RSR Page 232 SYNERGY NANO 14 0 CASCADE TEMPERATURE CONTROL Cascade is a control method that uses two control loops and sensors to provide better performance than can be achieved with one loop One control loop provides the setpoint for a second loop With this method the product temperature reaches its setpoint more quickly than with single loop control while minimizing overshoot Single loop control compares the temperature of the discharge air of the conditioning section to a temperature setpoint and adjusts the heating cooling systems accordingly In Cascade control the outer loop is dedicated to the unit under test The inner loop controls the air temperature The outer loop monitors the unit under test temperature and compares it to the unit under test setpoint An error signal is generated and then adjusted by the PID set up for the outer loop An output power level signal is produced ranging from 100 to 100 which is converted linearly to a temperature setpoint using the set point low limit and set point high limit temperature settings This temperature setpoint is
168. e Removable Disk F wl ed Ei B d My Computer A 345 Floppy A E Local Disk C Ld DVDICD RW Drive D e DISKS_VOL1 E Remov vable Disk F i 4 5 Synergy Ee CEO 7 fe FOUND 000 My Documents Eo Ge C5 Misc BE TRS j BE v 04 05 00 P i EE Zoom y Computer LO anne an 172 16 10 7 rM 5 All Files 32 FiletsyFalder s a Selected Files 3 047 282 Bytes My Network Extract Filter Wo Filter Y Places choose an option For after extracting Files wi Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A pg Page 156 IERGY NANO After the files are extracted you will see the Upgrade directory on your USB key as shown below le F Wperade di mj fx File Edit view Favorites Tools CS Address en F Upgrade Bak GE E D Search Folders E Folders X Mame Type Date Modified O E S Removable Disk F A CHAMBERS Folder 8 17 2007 8 48 AM E B Synergy nt Folder 8 17 2007 8 48 AM amp GS ceo Lan Folder 8 17 2007 8 48 AM 3 FOUND Op yet Folder 8 17 2007 8 48 AM Misc wee Folder 8 17 2007 8 48 AM amp E TPs E 2 6 2 Build 643 bxt OKE Text Document 8 15 2007 6 46 AM zc Upgrade S commall dll 23KB Application Extension 6 15 2007 6 39 AM 2 CHAMBERS Va datadll dl 257 KB Application Extension 6 15 2007 6 39 AM DATA B execdll dll 138 KB Application Extension 8 15 2007 6 59 AM LC LANG K mnfece4 00 dll 425 KB Application Extension 4 5 2007 4 31 AM Ey vPL nfcce
169. e mode you can log the Product Setpoints and Actual values the Air Temperature Setpoint and Actual values and the Cascade PID values When you are in cascade mode logging the Channel 1 Actual and Channel 1 Setpoint values will log the product readings To log actual air temperature open the Setup screen and go to the Logging Data Cascade folder Enable logging for CH1 Actual and CH1 Setpoint Cascade PID CH1 in that folder is the Cascade loop PID value Setup Screen Logging Data Cascade Back CH1 Actual Enable CH1 Setpoint Enable Cascade PID CH1 Enable Description Enable the Cascade CH1 Actual parameter iF you want bo log Ehe air temperature while in cascade mode Chamber Off 23 60 0 0 14 3 6 Chamber Operation All Synergy Nano features are available with Cascade mode enabled Test programs are unaffected except in cascade mode the temperatures setpoint is used as the product setpoint as opposed to the air temperature Steady state setpoints also work with Cascade enabled 14 3 7 Safety WARNING Careful consideration should be paid to the Cascade Control setup since the air temperature will go the limits if the product sensor isn t connected properly A secondary limit controller set appropriately should always be used to prevent damage to the chamber or to the unit under test in the event of controller or primary sensor failure Cascade High Limit should be always be set the maximum allowable air temperature
170. e time in hours minutes and seconds are specified in the Waitfor step then the controller will hold on the step for that time after all other conditions are met The timer will not start counting down until all of the specified channel values are reached and any specified digital inputs are reached Once the conditions are met the Waitfor time will count down and then the controller will continue to the next step As mentioned above Waitfor steps can also wait for any of the controller s sixteen digital inputs Digital inputs can be wired to the Synergy Nano to indicate one or more user states such as a unit under test power up during a test The controller can be set to ignore the input Don t care or to wait for the input to be on or off closed or open Only digital inputs that are not ignored are checked By default all inputs are ignored unless specified Auto Start The Auto Start step is used to automatically start the chamber The profile can either Start in a relative time i e ten hours and five minutes from when the program is started or at an absolute day and time i e Tuesday November 4th 2003 at 7 30 AM When you add an Auto Start step to a profile you specify a relative or absolute time Stop The Stop step is used at the end of a profile to specify what to do at the end of a profile The chamber can either shut down and turn off all the outputs the chamber will gradually return to ambient conditions or the chamber ca
171. echnical Manual Revision A Page 250 16 0 SYNERGY NANO MACROS AND BAR CODE SCANNERS 16 1 Synergy Nano Macros The Synergy Nano features a powerful macro capability A macro is a list of Synergy communication commands in a user look up table that the controller executes when the code for the macro is typed on a keyboard or received from a barcode scanner Though commands can be entered thru the keyboard interface the full power of the macro capability is realized when a bar code scanner is used to enter the commands 16 2 Using a Bar Code Scanner with a Synergy Nano Kit A E ie A AC KENNS M Synergy Controller with Hand Held Products Bar Code Scanner Labeled Part The value of the ubiquitous Bar Code Scanner for speeding data entry and improving accuracy is obvious to anyone that shops at a grocery store Synergy Nano offers the advantages of bar code scanning to environmental test engineers operators and managers The Synergy Nano s powerful macro capability automatically selects and starts an environmental test profile simply by scanning the OCR Optical Character Recognition plain text label on the part The Hand Held Products IT4800 OCR Barcode Scanner is used in this application with OCR A text however virtually any bar code reader can be used 16 3 Equipment The Hand Help Products ImageTeam 4800 OCR scanner can be used with a USB interface In addition this scanner supports OCR text as well as conventional bar codes
172. echnical Manual Revision A Page 18 SYNERGY NANO TIET Input Channel 1 _ 30 Digital 2 RTD Calibration Channel 1 PIDs Channel Outputs 2 3 1 l s and Scaling Calibration Primitives i P Process 1 T pa om Inputs Channel 2 PIDs Beet E Calibr ation no ETT SR Primiti E Channel 3 d SE o 3 o r Calibration Primitives 2 3 5 Cal 3 TT mE Channel Channel nput Cal and EE nm primitives anr np Calibration nm i Primitives Scaling L L P di I H LO orba UserAlarmSvstem i Relay ser Alarm ystem i Outputs r L d User Alarm 1 i D User Alarm 2 L H r L alog Inputs Touch Screen Profile Remote 2 3 3 Channel Calibration pore ere ee ee eee Os ws cat ee ce ee ee ees is ne es ce ee ee gt nis es me ne es ete cs ts emcee cee as Gs awe um cn al ce cent clue Gaus mes See ence le see ces Gs ces a em ee cae ae Un ee ce ee Gl me ee we ee en oo ee b a E Bn a E a a a ao ab a a eee a a a a o a aa a a a on a a a a a U on a a o a o a a a Oa eee a o a am E E a a a a a a 2 3 1 Process Inputs The Synergy Nano has multiple process input
173. ed 9 Output 5 Output 5 Not Used 10 5V Output 5 Not Used 11 Output 6 Output 6 Not Used 12 5V Output 6 Not Used x2 Digital 1 0 X3 Analog I O X6 X1 TT 10 100 Power Ethernet and Main Outputs X7 USB Device X8 RS 232 Serial allel EL E BE a o arr IT a ee ei EXE E E E Ed Ff X4 Event Board Optional Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 268 SYN T Vi 17 3 2 Input Sensor Wiring The Synergy Nano supports four types of RTDs seven Thermocouple types B E JK R S I process voltage and 4 20 mA current inputs These sensors connect to the Synergy Nano X3 connector according to the tables shown below X3 Analog I O X3 is not used on TE1858 4 expanded controller Pin TE1858 1 2 3 Analog In 1 RTD1 Red Analog in 3 RTD1 White RTD1 White Analog In 2 RTD2 Red Analog in 4 RTD2 White RTD2 White Analog Out 1 Analog Out 2 Not Used Not Used RTD1 2 Hed GV O White RTD1 TC1 11 4 20mA LD CON On Un SS D NO ta A kA k NF OR Signal Precision 0 to 5 Volt DC process input 100 or 500 Ohm RTD or 4 20mA Analog In 3 100 or 500 Ohm RTD Analog Common Precision 0 to 5Volts process input 100 or 500 Ohm RTD or 4 20mA Analog In 4 100 or 500 Ohm RTD Analog Common 0 5 VDC Retransmit 1 0 5 VDC Retransmit 2 Not Used Not Used TC1 OR ANALOG IN 3 4 a 4 20 mA
174. ed to the chamber as we did in Example 1 then performed the following steps 1 Type SP1 SP1 55 3 SP1 C1 in the Command field Note the spaces between parameters and the semicolons between commands 2 Press the Send button and note the Response field The controller replies with the response from each command separated by a semicolon i e the first response is the temperature setpoint Page 324 IERGY NANO w Tidal Engineering SimpleComm Example 4 File View About This example demonstrates the command and response for the IDN query The response IEEE 460 TCPAIP 1 TEP AP 2 contains controller information Connect Disconnect ENTE Ee To setup this example we connected to the chamber as we did in Example 1 then Address 172 15 10 116 performed the following steps Fort 5000 1 Type IDN in the Command field Note that there are NO SPACES in this Command command E DN 2 Press the Send button and note the Response field Syst Em DN Loop l ELE LUE d Note This query is universal for GPIB equipped Response instruments in accordance with the IEEE 488 Ss standard This command is also supported by Lunaire v ersalenn WY Serial 10 0444 Version 2 0 8 the Synergy Nano for the TCP IP and Serial RS 232 and RS 485 communication Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 325 18 3 Profile Creation and Control Commands The Synergy Nano supports over 160 co
175. efault settings for Cascade algorithm PID Parameter Option Chart Parameter Recommended Default Cascade Enabled Cascade Sensor Select Cascade High Limit Temp Cascade Low Limit Temp Cascade Proportional Band Enabled Disabled 200 100 f A ege Rae um o Cascade Paesana 000 o In order to view and change the Cascade PID Parameter settings press the SETUP Screen Navigation key and go to the screen below For Inner Loop settings go to the P D Settings PID Ch1 Heat or Cool folder Setup Screen 9123139 AM IPIC SettingslPID Ch Cascade Enabled Settings Chamber CES EG Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Cascade Setup Folder PID Folder Cascade PID loop settings Sect 3 2 Settings Folder High and Low Air Temperature Limits and the Sensor Selection Enabled Folder Enable and disable the cascade feature Page 235 SYNERGY NANO 14 2 2 Select Cascade PIDs 9 25 36 AM Setup Screen E SettingsiPID Ch 11CascadeYPID s ZU 0 020 D OD 0 000 Prop Band Reset Rate Rate Band Description The Cascade Proportional Band CPB1H line Change displays Ehe current value For the proportional band Chamber Off 25 66 00 14 2 3 Select Air Temperature Limits Sensor Select Cascade High Limit Cascade Low Limit Pos Deviation Limit Meg Deviation Limit 200 00 100 00 0 00 0 00 Description Use the Sensor Select parameter to choo
176. efficients Where a0 a1 bO b1 are constants with the values as determined in the table below Vaisala Constants 40 20 0 104980 0 060009 20 15 0 469374 0 031292 15 45 0 000000 0 00000 45 180 1 536460 0 034144 Temp Range C 40 20 0 947370 0 008510 20 15 1 050385 0 003359 15 45 1 000000 0 000000 45 100 0 889657 0 002452 100 180 0 551922 0 005829 And Where Offset compensation A a0 al T Gain compensation B b0 b1 T The compensated RH value is RH Compensated RH Raw A B Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 43 SS ea as e Me Vi M The following is a table of example temperature readings T and uncompensated raw relative humidity readings RH raw The last column displays the compensated relative humidity reading Vaisala RH Corrected Vaisala Temperature Compensation lw 8 m M ITT IS Corrected 60 70 1 53646 0 034144 0 889657 0 002452 0 51218 1 036777 73 105 60 80 1 53646 0 034144 0 889657 0 002452 0 51218 1 096777 83 473 60 100 1 53646 0 034144 0 889657 0 002452 0 51218 1 036777 104 209 70 60 1 53646 0 034144 0 889657 0 002452 0 85362 1 061297 64 584 70 80 1 53646 0 034144 0 889657 0 002452 0 85362 1 061297 85 810 80 30 1 53646 0 034144 0 889657 0 002452 1 19506 1 085817 33 872 80 40 1 53646 0 03
177. elect the RS 232 tab and set the port number to the same port number specified on your PC To determine the port settings on the PC go to Start Settings System select the hardware tab select Device Manager and expand the Ports icon The Synergy Nano s RS 232 port settings are hard coded to 19200 baud rate no parity 8 data bits and 1 stop bit RS 232 does not need address settings Once the settings are complete press the SimpleComm s Connect button The status label will read port open Page 175 IEEE 488 IERGY NANO The Synergy Nano Plus supports IEEE 488 directly the other Synerbgy Nano configurations require the option Synergy488 adapter The following screens and setup information pertain to the Synergy Nano Plus To communicate over IEEE 488 you will need an IEEE 488 communications card installed in your PC Plug a 488 cable into the PC s port and connect the other end to the IEEE 488 port on the chamber Properties Address 3 Timeout ms 1500 Part E 1 06 03 PN UEEE 4881 Comm Screen IEEE 488 Address Description The TEEE 488 Address displays the address of the IEEE 4888 communications port 0 0 LU Fort Address GPIB al GPIBO 3 GPIBO gt Test Initial Address GPIBI GPIB2 GPIB Setup GPIB Address 3 Cancel Apply Help T amp MW Instrument 1 0 Control Properties E X Address Timeout msec P Dm Output Command KEE Outpu
178. en the calculations are causing troughs The derivative acts like a large mass it doesn t want to move A higher Rate increases this mass and makes the program run slow and smooth A low Rate allows the temperature to change faster but causes more instability Cycle Time Constant Cycle Time controls the time period of the proportional cycle The output goes through one on and off cycle each period Faster Cycle times reduce the size of steps on the output but may put more strain on the output devices such as valves Slow cycle times may increase the size of steps but can also increase the life span of certain chamber hardware Hate Band Constant Rate Band is not currently used Cascade Control CASCADE PID SETUP DIRECTORY Screen Editor Screen Editor Screen Editor e Enabled Sensor Select Prop Band Disabled Cascade High Limit Reset Cascade Low Limit Rate Cascade High Deviation Cycle Time Cascade Low Deviation Rate Band Cascade control is a control system method in which the temperature setpoint and actual readings are taken from the both the air temperature and the unit under test These settings and readings are combined in the PID calculations and offer the user greater soeed and more accurate UUT temperature control during the test Using the Cascade feature allows the operator to control the chambers processes to bring the Unit Under Test to the desired temperature rather than just the air temperature Cascade contro
179. en you will see is the Internet Explorer Network Password screen Enter Network Password 29 This secure Web Site at 172 15 10 48 requires you to log an Please type the User Mame and Password that vau use For Godhead User Mame esmae sl Password pem v Save this password in your password list Cancel Enter the user name and password you specified in the Web Server Folder on the controller You may want to check the Save Box to save the name and password in your computers password list If you don t save the password you will be prompted for a password each time you open a new session After you have successfully logged in you will see the web interface exactly as it appears on the controller Note If you enter the incorrect password shutdown the Internet Explorer window and re start it Otherwise Internet Explorer will not ask for the password again Using the Web Interface The Synergy Nano Web Interface virtually identical to the Synergy Nano Touch Screen interface It displays the same buttons as on the physical controller and the main screen is identical to the touch screen on the Synergy Nano Use the mouse pointer as you would use your finger on the touch screen At each click the screen accepts your command and automatically refreshes If you want to refresh the screen without initiating any action click on the blue title bar which is neutral area and will have no effect on the operation of the chamber Synerg
180. enu Welcome to the calibration wizard of the Olympic board for the VersaT enn NV and Synergy Controller Select the steps below and the wizard will guide vou through the operations Setup v View Equipment view a list of equipment required for calibration Set Default Values set default communications part and resistor values Hardware Setup configure hardware cable connections for calibration h Communications Setup establish communications with the Olympic board To install the software on your PC double click on the setup exe file The utility is Wizard Based so calibration is a simple step by step process and the operator simply follows the instructions on the screen Calibrate Range Signal P2 Connector Fins Read Value M RTD1 17 328 ohms Platinum 2 white 3 white 4 red W ATO2 17 328 ohms Platinum S white 3 white 10 red VIN 5 volts 16 bit 1 ta 2 and W VIN 3 O0 50 volts 16 bit 5 to A and kW VIN3S O0 50 volts 16 bit b to 2 gnd kW VIN A O0 5 0 volts 16 bit 11 to 2 gnd W DACI O0O 5 0 volts 12 bit P4 11 to P4 10 gnd W DACZ OO S50 volts 12 bit P49 to P4 10 and Set DAC Update Clear All Steps View Imaae ear c Back Next gt Exit Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A pg Page 150 Required hardware list Windows based PC Voltmeter or digital multimeter preferably 6 digits High value resistor 255 ohm nominal and Lo value resistor 62 ohm nominal Seri
181. ep L Cmd Jeu Leg time ac 1 Sept 500 50 0 00 00 00 2 Gem 50 0 50 0 00 05 00 3 om Off off Runtime 0 05 00 Alarm Internal comm 2500 31 895 Example Profile Product vpl Program praduct2 vpl Save File Edit Step add Step Copy Step Delete Step L Cmd CHi CH2 Time LIC 1 SetFt 20 0 3L 00 00 00 z watr 50 0 3t 00 03 00 3 om of otf Runtime 0 05 00 Alarm Internal comm 2500 31 895 Example Profile Product2 vpl Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 258 SS Sy r Sc Vi M Testing the OCR scanner Having followed the steps above everything is ready and the barcode scanner should be ready to go Printed below are two example OCR A Test Labels that can be scanned to test the configuration Scan each label to load and run the appropriate profile in the controller When we scan 123456 78 the controller will load product1 vpl and start running it When we scan ABCDEF GH the controller will load product2 vpl and start running it 123555 74 Test Label 1 ABCDEF GH Test Label 2 Test the Bar Code scanner with Log File entries Alternatively create a list of part numbers employee names etc and print it This can be attached near the operator s station Date J 4 Application Employee Name Employee RICHARD LAURENCE S N 01 0634 Serial Number P N TE1299 04 S N 01 0639 Part Number and Serial NumberTCweb16 Slave W O leid080 L1289 8 U Work Order
182. equires it Please enter the next Floppy disk into the Floppy drive IE will be automatically detected This may take a Exporting History Ea disk 2 Export History Status eee ie Synergy Nano will indicate when the export history file is complete Press the OK button to acknowledge completion of the transfer to return to Floppy Detected the Export History window Exporting History to disk 2 Please enter the next Floppy disk into Ehe Floppy drive IE will be automatically detected This may take a Export History Skatus Exporting History to disk 3 The history export is complete Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 113 Synergy Nano Data Logging Capacity Calculations As described above the Synergy Nano records process data setpoints and machine diagnostics to its Storage Card This information can be exported at a later time to a USB Hard Disk and used in a test report or for system troubleshooting as explained in the previous section Calculations below estimate the Synergy Nano s logging capacity i e the number of history samples that can be recorded on the Storage Card The number of samples depends on the number of bytes available on the internal Storage Card and the amount of data that is logged per sample SCINFO can be used to determine the number of bytes available on the Storage Card thru the TCP IP RS 232 or IEEE communications interface Command Format SCINFO Response example Total 81285
183. er user interface that is identical to the local touch screen interface on the environmental chamber Operators can use this feature to remotely monitor chamber settings and readings Technicians can use this feature for remote troubleshooting This section describes how to setup the chamber and your web browser for remote control over the World Wide Web A WebTouch Remote tm Environmental Control across the Web b elt File Edit wiew Favorites Tools Help ae xg SES b ala f C3 Back kJ x EN Sa Search gt Favorites fe 3 ei LN e Address 48 httpy 172 16 10 120 webtouch htm v Edo jue A3 9 21 49 PM Chan 1 Temp C _ pthan 2 Press T Torr nri L Internet Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A pg Page 168 SYNERGY NANO Configuring the Synergy Nano Web Server To use the web server you must perform a one time set up This setup includes registering the server enabling the server providing a user name and password for the server and establishing a TCP IP connection using the Synergy Nano s Ethernet port Every controller has a built in web server To access this server however you must first enter a Registration Key Contact Tidal Engineering Corporation to obtain your Registration Key Establishing a TCP IP connection The Synergy Nano Web Server can be used on an office or factory network to provide remote access and control The Synergy Nano can also be accessed through t
184. erature or product temperature P2 Red Red e 10 e i RTD1 E RID2 OG guus Guu ee RTD Sensor Connection Table Signal Value Olympic Board Connector Pins White White Red RTD1 100 500 Ohm pt P2 2 P2 3 P2 4 RTD2 100 500 Ohm pt P2 8 P2 9 P2 10 17 6 3 Process Input Voltage and Current Wiring The Synergy Nano Plus supports four high resolution 0 5VDC process inputs These can be Temperature inputs scaled to F or C Vaisala temperature compensated inputs RH or Vaisala un compensated humidity inputs RH and various other types including Vibration GRMS and Pressure Altitude Voltage sensors connect to the Olympic board P2 connector according to the table shown below Precision 250 ohm resistors are provided MR106 250 0 1 to convert 4 20 mA sensor outputs to these voltage inputs For more information see the 4 20mA Sensor Wiring Section 17 6 4 below High Resolution Analog Input Table 0 5 VDC Max Signal Connector Pin Analog Common High Resolution Analog Input 1 P2 1 P2 7 High Resolution Analog Input 2 P2 5 P2 7 High Resolution Analog Input 3 P2 6 P2 7 High Resolution Analog Input 4 P2 11 P2 7 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 282 SS Sy F So M M High Resolution Analog Input 1 Pin Signal Signal 1 V 0 5VDC 7 V GND o GND High Resolution Analog Input 2 Pin Signal Signal 5 V 0 5VDC 7 V GND High Resolution Analog Input 3 Pin Signal Signal g V 0 5VDC 7 V GND High Resol
185. ergy488 TE1588 1 card See the unit in the figure below P N TE1588 1 P1 DC Power GPIB Address Switch Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A ES EL P SIR SYNERGY WNANO 17 5 4 RS 485 UUT Connection In addition to the Synergy Nano s built in temperature and process inputs the Synergy Nano provides the capacity to log up to 64 additional T type thermocouples Up to four UUT Modules P N TE1299 16 may be connected to the Synergy Nano thru it s RS 485 port on connector X5 The power supply cabling and connectors required for the TE1299 16 are included with the option X6 10 100 Ethernet X7 USB Device E ES X8 i RS 232 E E Is Connection er ae LEE ES ES CR ER SYNERGY Gs m SEI ger Gel UUT Interface RS 485 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A SYNERGY NANO 17 6 Synergy Nano Plus Wiring 17 6 1 Olympic Board Mounting The Synergy Nano Plus is designed to work in split systems where the Synergy Nano is mounted on the front of the equipment within reach of the operator and the Olympic I O controller is in the control box in close proximity to the sensor and power controller wiring One ribbon cable connection is required between the Synergy Nano and the Olympic board this is a serial communications cable A 12 VDC power supply is also supplied for the Olympic board as identified in the fig
186. es Yes Yes No TempGard Digital Input 9 409 Open Yes Yes No No This Generic Temperature Humidity configuration supports VersaTenn retrofits Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 97 JERGY NANO 6 11 4 Generic Temperature Humidity Single Stage Generic Temperature Humidity Single Stage 25M Outputs TE1151 6 SM Channel Digital Output Device e 6 30 Not Used 5 29 Not Used 4 28 Not Used 3 27 Not Used 2 26 Not Used 1 25 Not Used 3SM Event Outputs TE1151 6 SM Channel Digital Output Device T 6 24 Event 6 5 23 Event 5 4 22 Event 4 d 21 Event 3 2 20 Event 2 1 19 Event 1 1SM Outputs TE1151 12 SM Channel Digital Output Device ei 12 18 Drier 11 17 Dehumidify Coil 10 10 PID Humidity 9 9 Ambient 8 8 Full Cool 7 7 PID Cool 6 6 High Compressor 5 5 Wickpan 4 4 Boost Heat 3 3 PID Heat 2 2 High Artificial Load 1 1 Fan SSR Outputs TE1151 5 SSR Channel Digital Output Device 6 30 Not Used 5 29 Not Used 4 28 Not Used 3 27 Not Used 2 26 Not Used 1 25 Not Used Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A E Page 98 Generic Temperature Humidity Single Stage Main Screen Main Screen Digital Output Screen Main S 11 26 41 DM Events Screen 11 27 21 PM Chan 1 Unit Temp C _ chan z Humid RH Set E Set i Digital Gutputst e Lh 156 0 Ex SUE AGRO 50 0 95 a S Ambient pHmcCoil is None HiAL C PIDHumd Drier Mone PIDH Mone Eventi Mone amp BoostH Mone D Event
187. es its Heat and Cool outputs The PID variables can be logged for documentation and tuning purposes 2 3 5 Channel Primitives The channel primitives are the algorithms that control each output device such as fans compressors heaters etc The Synergy Controller supports multiple instances of the same primitive For example in the thermal shock application there are two hot chambers and one cold chamber and thus uses two Heat output primitives Each primitive output is displayed in the Events Digital Outputs folder EE 30 Digital Input Il Channel 1 H Calibration Channel 1 PIDs Channel Outputs and Scaling Calibr ation Primitives U TEE mE Channel Channel 2 Primitives Channel 2 PIDs Calibr ation ane TT EN Primitives U Channel 3 Calibr ation Primitives i RR Channel Channel 4 Channel 4 Primitives Calibr ation 2 Alarm Relay Outputs 2 1 7 User Program Alarm System Touch Screen l L Remote 2 1 6 m H H ser Alarm System Sonos MEN etpoints l p Analog Inputs poe eee ee eee eee 2 1 9 ELA Analog Hetransmit 2 1 8 Logging oystem Le om wm em vm mm vm e a a Ua o wr a a a u E eee ae eee ao eww eee a eee ewe aon eee wee ee wee woe wee n eee eee ewe eee eee eee eee ewe eee oe on a a a o e o a o e a a a
188. es to L Values For more information on L Values see Section 6 5 Setup L Values Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 224 SYNERGY NANO 11 4 Digital Inputs Digital Inputs ES LEDs show status of the controllers 16 Digital Inputs Input 1 Input 9 e Grey LED Input Off Input 2 Input 10 E Red LED Input On Input 11 Input 1z Input 1 3 Input 14 Input 15 Input 16 Input 3 Input 4 Input 5 Input 6 Input 7 Input 8 Description Digital inputs are used to monitor on off signals from outside devices such as test units or chamber machinery The Synergy Nano displays the on off state of an input in the Digital Inputs window Waitfor steps can be programmed to wait for a digital input state to change before it continues the program The Digital Inputs are located on connectors P1 and P3 on the Olympic board See Section 17 0 Pin 1 on P7 is ground Pins 3 12 correspond to Digital Inputs 1 to 10 Digital Input 9 Pin 11 is a TempGard Alarm on chambers that have a TempGard alarm If the chamber does not have a TempGard alarm Input 9 must be shorted to ground pin 1 Use the Olympic Board Diagram in Section 17 0 as a reference guide Example Digital Input Application To turn on a test device in the middle of a test the test engineer wants to wait for the device to finish powering up before continuing with the chamber program To achieve this he uses both Events and Digital Inputs First he uses Event 1 to drive the test
189. esseaeeeeessaaeeeeseessageeeees 124 70 MAINTENANCE DIRECTORY gege 138 re Operor MMC AC EE Ee 139 T Ap cunbsi eio MNT E 144 LOS HR Ee Te SCMECI CIID QUOI RR 149 7 4 Olympic Board Calibration Utility i ccceceeeccceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeesaaeeseeeeeeeeseeseseceeeeessssaaaeeeeeeees 150 7 5 Synergy Nano Software Upgrade Procedures ccccsesseeccceeeecaeeeeeeeeeeesaaeeseeeeeeeeeseueeseeeeeeeeesauaaaeeeeeees 152 De TSU AE A c 163 7 7 LCD Backlight Lamp Heplacement 164 8 0 COMMUNICATIONS DIRECTOR 165 GN NN Oe Ee le ere 165 Zi ES MR E 166 Me TT c RET TT E 166 mE laSCul m 166 XN cii ER T 167 SEINE I e 167 Beds Eeer RENO TM T H 167 8 2 Web Touch Remote Synergy Nano Web Genver 168 8 3 Software Applications and Networks itecto sesee oce det hau uoce esas ee bnc dese OP e Ree uice Fes bea usc ss ev E add aie cue 174 8 3 1 SimpleComm Communications Software eene enne nennen essen nnn 174 8 3 2 Synergy Manager PC Based Chamber Control Software n0aannneneannnnonennnnesennnensnnrnnnnrnrrnesenrrrresnnne 184 8 3 3 Ethernet MA Address E 192 834 Synergy FIP SENE AE EO ULT EP 196 9 0 PROGRAMMING THE SYNERGY N
190. feedback on the Synergy Controller and this document and appreciate suggestions for improvements and new features Thank you for choosing the Synergy Nano Controller Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 7 SYNERGY NANO Controller Configurations There are four Synergy Nano configurations With them and the previous four other configurations there are a total of eight Synergy Controller configurations This technical manual covers the Synergy Nano Configurations The Synergy V Synergy Compact Synergy Micro and Synergy Micro V are covered in the Synergy Controller technical manual however images of these other configurations are shown in the table on the page after next for reference The Synergy Nano N1 N2 N3 are virtually identical the only difference between them is in the output configuration transistor SSR relay of their six main outputs The fourth configuration Nano Plus is significantly different than the other three in that it utilizes the Synergy Olympic board for input and output and thus can support more chamber functions than the three stand alone models More significantly however is that the Nano Plus can easily retrofit into VersaTenn applications since it supports the same output wiring scheme The unique features of each Nano configuration are listed in the table below along with an icon for each Features that aren t supported by all four configurations are identified in this document with the icons in the marg
191. finding the common antilogarithm may be programmed to calculate pressure from the voltage output The equation is p ign Where V analog output voltage n 12 for the 10 mA emission current range n 11 for the 1 mA emission current range n 10 for the 0 1 mA emission current range For example if emission current is set to the 1 mA range and the analog output voltage is 3 25 volts the pressure in units selected may be determined by raising 10 to the power V 11 or P 10251 1 8 x 10 Torr for example ss 2 5 Series 307 Vacuum Gauge Controller Movember 200 P Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A p Page 247 YNERGY NANO The Pressure display on Channel 2 is in scientific notation as shown below Note that the Pressure Set Point has no effect on Thermal Vacuum chambers since pressure is not controlled Chan 1 Temp C Ge 25 0 C Actual D50C Main Screen Chamber Off Pressure is recorded in the log file in Torr in scientific notation To verify setup and calibration verify the values in the following table Output in Torr is 10 Vhires 2 n n Altitude Setting 12 11 10 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A V hi res Volts DC Chan 2 Press T Torr Set Point Display 1 0e 2 1 0e 1 1 0e 0 1 0e 12 1 0e 11 1 0e 10 1 6e 8 1 6e 7 1 6e 6 Page 248 15 2 Altitude Chamber Setup For conventional Altitude chambers
192. fy the password for each user level Specify the user level for each of the 8 Screens Set the Panel On Off Keys as required Set Unlock Duration time in units of minutes Set Panel Lock to Locked MEM ES Once locked access to your controller is now restricted Any user touch on a password protected screen whether locally through the touch screen or via a web browser will pop up a password entry dialog box The user can enter the password to unlock that screen or press Cancel and return to the Main screen The Panel Lock feature setup is done from the Setup screen s Panel Lock Folder Setup Screen e Logging Panel Lock Languages User Alarms L Chamber Off 409 70 0 0 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 118 SYNERGY NANO In the Panel Lock folder there are two subfolders Admin Settings and Screen Settings as shown below Setup Screen ALARMI Pane Lock Screen Settings Alarm TempGard 24 0 C 0 0 95 The Panel Lock Admin Settings folder is used to enable the Panel Lock feature and control Panel Lock options and passwords The panel lock options control the function of Panel Lock in two ways 1 Panel On Off Keys Enable Disable 2 Unlock Timer Duration Setup Screen Panel Lock Admin Settings Panel Lack Unlocked Panel On Off Keys Enable Unlock Duration E Administrator Password Maintenance Password el Description The touch screen can be locked bo prevent Change unauthori
193. g Drier WickPan The information bar at the bottom indicates the PIDC Mone Event 5 Event 23 output designation and the status of the selected Full None Event 6 Event 24 output Selected Output fi B 1Za Qut 1 On Off On Steady State 158 0F 49 4 HiAL PIDH BoostH Low mp Hicamp Loan Vacuum Cascade VentBc Mone Event 1 Mone D Event 2 Mone D Event 3 Mone C Event d m D oio ooi e G COOC G G e LI D D D n The Digital Outputs window displays the on off time proportioning states of the controller s digital outputs These outputs control the chamber s mechanical devices such as compressors and heaters This screen also displays the event states alarm states and the percent heating and cooling requested from the heating and cooling devices Percentage output values between 101 and 199 indicate that an output is set to instantaneously mirror the indicated output For example say Output 3 s time proportioning value is 11296 Output 3 is actually mirroring output 12 Percentage outputs between 201 and 199 indicate that an output is the complement of the indicated output For example Output 3 s time proportioning value is 21896 Output 3 is thus instantaneously the opposite of output 18 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 223 Information on the Selected Output is displayed in the text box at the bottom of the screen Highlight an item Fan HiAl PIDH by pressing the associated label The
194. g the 4 coordinates again The mouse cursor should follow the cursor touch more closely on this pass To exit the touch calibration program open the File menu and select Exit from the menu The new touch screen calibration data will be saved Page 149 ERGY ANO 7 4 Olympic Board Calibration Utility The Synergy Nano s Olympic board is the interface to the environmental test chamber s hardware including Output devices such as compressors and input devices such as temperature sensors The Olympic Board Calibration Utility is used to perform a software calibration of the Olympic board s analog inputs and outputs to Known values The current Synergy Nano software version also provides gain and offset calibration for each input The Olympic Calibration Utility is available from Tidal Engineering You will receive the software installation file on a CD To install the software on your PC insert the CD and double click on the setup exe file The utility is Wizard Based so calibration is a simple step by step process and the operator simply follows the instructions on the screen The Olympic Calibration Utility is available at no charge from Tidal Engineering The Synergy Nano s Olympic board SN Y LL d rnt C Lu EN ee 5 LC L 1 ET fe m Tidal Engineering Olympic Board Calibration Wizard fel The Olympic Board Calibration Utilities Main Menu is displayed on the left Main M
195. general only a qualified technician should adjust PID settings If you would like to Know more about Synergy Nano PIDs we have included a brief discussion in Section 6 3 Setup PID Settings Maintenance Screen 11 36 21 AM About teg 000 This screen displays information regarding the ck d versions of software firmware and hardware on Synergy Controller Copyright 2007 Tidal Engineering your Synergy Nano Application Olympic Firmware version 2 6 8 Build 652 Part TE1363 Help Version 2 6 2d Olympic VO D 36 Runtime 96 59 thh mm SIN 0210449 Operating System Support WinCE Build visit www TidalEng com Part TE136 For updates application Date 05 26104 notes and support or call Version 4 2 0 973 328 1181 Available Memory 15278080 Available Storage 4855808 The Application frame displays the Synergy Nano software version We recommend you periodically check with Tidal Engineering for software upgrade information The Help Version refers to the context sensitive help available from the touch panel The Operating System frame contains Tidal Engineering s part number build date and version number of the Windows CE operating system running on your controller The Olympic Firmware frame identifies the serial number of your controller The serial number is in the format xx YYWW for example 02 0105 Tidal Engineering s part number for the Olympic Board firmware is also displayed The Olympic board is the Synergy Nano s In
196. gy Nano 1 Connect one end of the 20 pin cable to the 20 pin connector J2 on the event output board 2 Connect the other end of the 20 pin cable to the 20 pin connector on the back of the Synergy Nano X4 See the figure below To connect the event board to the Synergy Nano via the 12 channel 1SM output board 1 Connect one end of the 20 pin cable to the 20 pin connector J2 on the event output board 2 Connect the other end of the cable to the 20 pin connector J5 on 12 channel 1SM output board 17 7 1 Synergy Event board options TE1151 6 Triac Output Board Schematic TE1616 6 Universal Event Board Schematic TE1708 6 Relay Board Schematic Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 293 zi E SV ET Ee DES E Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A RE Res m m al GEET E ke Je aan E ua MOCSD2LN R35 R34 GU OBL Au E 4 MOCSD2LN Fa R37 Y UHHIOBL 4 400 M US MOCS0C1H m X m e ul UE MOCSDELN Ji i T Igoal Te Ji EBET 4 T Je ap2Vu amp TE sG iT Aie cd ja Te aj Ji C4 Tl NEE A30 v dg Te G Ji TL ee a5 T Ji 14 G 46 TL ee 5 30 v n dg TE HF G Page 294 Kaal AARE Krk KE AAR neh TE1616 6 Universal Event Board Schematic
197. gy Nano will display a message box indicating that the web server key was successfully registered Press OK to proceed to the Web Server Settings page Once you have successfully registered the web server you can now enable the Web Server You should also set a Login Name and set a Password before you connect to the Synergy Nano First change the Web Server On Off value to Enabled Press the Back button to return to the settings window Network Security In today s Internet environment network security is often a concern The Synergy WebTouch Remote web server requires a username and password that is managed from the touch screen To set the user name and password select Web Server Login Name and press the Change button Enter your desired Login Name on the keypad Press OK to return to the settings window Repeat the process for the Web Server Password You will use this name and password when you access the Synergy Nano remotely via your web browser The unit s web server is now ready for use Page 171 SYNERGY NANO Configuring Internet Explorer The web server works seamlessly with Microsoft Internet Explorer version 5 0 and higher You must however adjust the default settings in Internet Explorer Open Internet Explorer and from the Tools menu select Internet Options Internet Options El x General Security Content Connections Programs Advanced Home page A You can change which page to use fo
198. h the one being imported Maintenance Screen ALARM To Import the macro file click on Maintenance on the front panel scroll down and click on Macro Utilities About File Utilities Date and Time Macro Utilities Alarm Internal comm 2500 31 895 Click on the Import Macros folder Macro Lltilikiest Back Export Macros Import Macros Alarm Internal Com 2500 31 895 The import screen will appear Click on Browse and then select the file you want to import and then click the Select button Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 256 IERGY NANO Select Source File ALARM Select the drive and the file name loppvDisk a barcode P see a Maintenance Screen ALARM Then click the Import button Mmport Macros Floppy Diski barcode csv CASE E A message box will then let us know if the import Maintenance Screen Import Macros YersaTenn was successful or not Ea eene Now that the file is imported we can now use the barcode scanner Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 257 SYNERGY NANO 16 6 Testing and Troubleshooting Creating Test Profiles To create the profiles either create the example profiles as shown below or rename your own profiles as product 1 and product2 As long as the programs are named product1 vpl and product2 vpl with this example macro file Program producti vpl Save File Edit Step Add Step Copy Step Delete St
199. h1 Main Cooling Turn On Cooling output required to turn on channel 1 cooling 0 to 100 1L2 Ch1 Main Cooling Turn Off Heat output required to turn off channel 1 main cooling 100 to 100 1L3 Ch1 Setpoint Transfer Setting Temperature threshold that enables artificial load device 100 to 100C 148 to 212F 1CTY Ch1 Chamber Type Defines the controlling logic for channel 1 CAP Tube System Agree Logic Burn in Logic XV Sys Logic 2L1 Ch2 Main Cooling Turn On Cooling output required to turn on channel 2 cooling 0 to 100 2L2 Ch2 Main Cooling Turn Off Heat output required to turn off channel 2 main cooling 0 to 100 2L3 Ch2 Setpoint Transfer Setting Temperature value that enables artificial load device 100 to 100C 148 to 212F 2CTY Ch2 Chamber Type Defines the controlling logic for channel 1 CAP Tube System Agree Logic Burn in Logic XV Sys Logic L3 Ch1 Main Cooling Turn On Percent cooling value that turns on the low stage compressor 0 to 100 L4 Ch1 Main Cooling Turn Off Percent heat required before turning off low stage compressor 0 to 100 L6 Full Cooling Switch Over Full cooling is switched on at this temperature 100 to 100C 148 to 212F L7 Ambient Cooling Turn On Percent cooling required that turns on the compressor 0 to 100 L8 Heat Ambient Cooling Turn Off Percent heat required to turn off the compressor 0 to 10096 L9 Ramp up Cooling The temperature value that turns off the cooli
200. he Enter Password dialog appears the user must enter the password and then press OK to unlock the panel Once unlocked the touch panel will allow access to any screens assigned that access level or any lower level screens In addition the panel will automatically re lock after a period of inactivity The unlock duration setting specifies that period in minutes The user can go to the Panel Lock Admin Setup folder to clear the password without waiting for the Unlock Duration inactivity timer to expire by unlocking and re locking the panel Panel Lock remains locked after cycling power Note that the Panel Lock feature only locks the panel All TCP IP RS 232 and IEEE 488 communications are unaffected by Panel Lock Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 122 SYNERGY NANO 6 14 Languages LANGUAGES SETUP DIRECTORY SCREEN EDITOR Screen Editor ENGLISH ESPANOL The Synergy Nano can be configurable to many language formats Please contact Tidal Engineering for more information Note The Espanol setting is for demo purposes only Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 123 6 15 User Programmable Alarm System The Synergy Nano s user programmable alarm system can create customer specific alarms and warnings and special factory applications The user can create alarms for RID temperatures UUT temperatures as well as voltage inputs digital inputs and auxiliary sensors such as Oxygen pressure
201. he IEEE port may be used with third party test and measurement software such as LabVIEW Tidal Engineering s Synergy Manager or Tidal Engineering s SimpleComm The Synergy Manager PC based monitor and control software and SimpleComm are discussed in Section 8 3 Communications Software Applications Page 166 SYNERGY NANO 8 1 4 Ethernet m Comm screen SOs 24 PM Ethernet IP Address Selection DIHCP Ethernet Address 172 16 10 118 Ethernet Subnet Mask z 55 255 255 Ethernet Gateway 172 16 10 454 Description The IP Address Selection is used to choose the protocol Far assigning an IP address to the chamber Chamber Off 158 0F 49 4 8 1 5 TCP IP Comm Screen 2 05 43 PM ceu Server TCP IP Server On Off Enabled Description The TCPJIIP Server is used to enable Ethernet communication with the chamber Chamber Off 25 0C 50 0 8 1 6 WebTouch Remote m Comm Screen 3 05 40 PM iWeb Server Web Server COn Off Enabled Web Server Login Mame web Server Password Web Server Address Web Server Key 172 16 10 118 4214DBB5 Description The Web Server On OFF Feature allows Ehe operator to enable the web server Chamber Off log UF 49 4 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Ethernet These Ethernet settings are used to connect to the chamber over your local network LAN or the Internet Set the IP Address Selection to DHCP to have your network s DHCP server dynamic
202. he Synergy Nano also works with the optional Synergy488 GPIB board P N TE1588 1 The figure below identifies the Synergy Nano connections involved with communication j 4 L am d LI LI LI ime LI ima LI ime LEC LC L Ss ima L BIEN X6 Synergy Nano 10 100 BaseT Ethernet port X7 USB Device X8 Synergy Nano RS 232 port e Optional GPIB Communications Adapter Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A E S i E m fry L E l eg i 3 hel EE heal EIEII EA Lil L4 m E al IE d mi E mi UU E mi d L E 10 100 USB X6 10 100 Ethernet X7 USB Device X8 RS 232 Serial Communications X5 RS 485 for optional UUT 16 Channel Thermocouple Input Expander X5 RS 485 for optional UUT 16 Channel Thermocouple Input Expander 17 5 1 Ethernet Connection The X6 connection on the back of the Synergy Nano provides the RJ 45 connection for 10 100 BaseT networks In most applications a bulkhead mounted Ethernet cable provides a convenient method to provide access to the Ethernet port from the outside of the equipment The bulkhead mounted Ethernet jack P N TE1770 03C is shown below ETHERNET INTERFACE Typical Installation P N TE1770 06C Alternatively a standard CAT5 Ethernet cable can be used to connect the Synergy Nano to a Network
203. he application version of your Synergy Controller available when contacting us Parts Replacement The Synergy controller has been designed and manufactured to provide years of reliable service In the event a component should fail it is recommended that only OEM approved parts be used as replacements A list of replacement parts appears at the end of this manual Please contact the Tidal Engineering for component replacement or repair Notice to Users TIDAL ENGINEERING PRODUCTS ARE NOT AUTHORIZED FOR USE AS CRITICAL Ay COMPONENTS IN LIFE SUPPORT DEVICES OR SYSTEMS UNLESS A SPECIFIC WRITTEN AGREEMENT REGARDING SUCH USE IS OBTAINED FROM TIDAL ENGINEERING PRIOR TO USE the body or to sustain life and whose failure to perform when properly used in accordance with instructions for use provided in the labeling and user s manual can be reasonably expected to Life support devices or systems are devices or systems intended for surgical implantation into result in significant injury size In order to prevent danger to life or property it is the responsibility of the system designer No complex software or hardware system is perfect Bugs are always present in a system of any d to incorporate redundant protective mechanisms appropriate to the risk involved All Tidal Engineering products are 100 percent functionally tested Additional testing may include visual inspections Specifications are based on characterization of tested sample units
204. he internet provided your network is configured for remote access Check with your Network Administrator to see if this is possible on your network In addition several Synergy Nanos can be setup with a small router to connect directly to a PC IP Configuration by DHCP Each Synergy Nano must be configured with a unique IP address DHCP does this configuration automatically A device on the network may act as a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP server A DHCP server stores a list or pool of IP addresses along with other information such as gateway and DNS addresses that it may assign to the other devices on the network IP Configuration by DHCP using a LAN DHCP servers are available on most office and factory network servers Contact your network administrator to verify that a DHCP server is available and enabled The Synergy Nano will display the address it was assigned in the COMM Ethernet screen If the address is not 0 0 0 0 than it has been assigned an address by the DHCP server Registering the Web Server HSC Press the COMM button on the bottom tool bar to SS navigate to the Communications screen and then select the Web Server folder Comm Screen Ethernet Web Server TCPIIP Server Chamber SiC 00 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 169 SYNERGY NANO Comm Screen TERETE Press on the Registration Key text box to display the keypad Register the webserver Your serial number needed to register thi
205. his equipment Disconnect electrical service of source Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 21 IERGY NANO 4 0 FRONT PANEL AND CONTROLS 4 1 Synergy Nano Interface Panel Layout The Synergy Nano features a stainless steel and blue anodize finish as shown below The principal components of the Synergy Nano Interface Panel are identified in the layout below Synergy Nano Front View Main Screen See Temp pont 134 0 C LCD Touch Screen Context sensitive help Steady State 275C 2 0 NANO m TE IE Chamber ue ON or OFF Screen Select Takea Screenshot Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A 7 s Page 22 IERGY NANO 4 2 Front Panel Operator Interface Main Screen Main Screen Chan 1 Temp C Chan 2 Humid RH Chan 1 Temp C Chan 2 Humid RH Setpoint Setpoint Set Set Alternate Point 23 7 C Poirit oos Yo Main Standard Main Screen Alarm Internal Comm 0 0 237C 30 8 GE Se SC EE SS OFF BMP SCREEN NAVIGATION KEYS The Following Folders and Screen Editors Will Appear When Pressed Calibration Machine RS 232 screen Screen Event Graph Screen Inputs Editor Editor Outputs Screen Editor PID Alarms RS 485 UUT Large Settings Create edit Run Profile Temps Graphic Manual Display Mode or load Special Channel I
206. hown in the table below Main Outputs TE1858 1 TE1858 2 TE1858 3 TE1858 4 Logic Outputs Open Collector to drive external SSR s Relay Outputs SSR Outputs Synergy Nano Controller Expanded outputs The Synergy Nano TE1858 1 configuration features transistor Open Collector 5 VDC 50 mA outputs These outputs can drive Solid State Relays SSR units from Opto22 Grayhill etc A wiring example of the SSR connection is shown below NEUT OUTPUT 1 Black gt The Synergy Nano TE1858 2 configuration features Relay outputs A wiring example of the Relay connection is shown below These contacts are rated at 1 5 Amps AC Continuous 8 APK 120 240 VAC I Synergy Nano X1 I LINE NEUT OUTPUT 1 Black The Synergy Nano TE1858 3 configuration features SSR outputs A wiring example of the SSR connection is shown below These contacts are rated at 1 0 Amps AC Continuous 8 APK 120 240 VAC Synergy Nano X1 NEUT OUTPUT 1 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 267 SYNERGY NANO The following table identifies the X1 wiring configuration for all four Synergy Nano configurations X1 Power and Main Outputs Pin TE1858 1 TE1858 2 amp 3 TE1858 4 Nano Plus Logic Outputs AC Outputs Expanded 1 Output 1 Output 1 Not Used 2 5V Output 1 Not Used 3 Output 2 Output 2 Not Used 4 5V Output 2 Not Used 5 Output 3 Output 3 Not Used 6 5V Output 3 Not Used 7 Output 4 Output 4 Not Used 8 5V Output 4 Not Us
207. ication designed for the Microsoft Windows family of PC Operating Systems Synergy Manager utilizes a Multi Document Interface MDI familiar to Windows software applications so more than one Environmental Chamber Window can be used at a time Synergy Manager provides centralized remote programming monitoring and control of multiple controllers simultaneously Synergy Manager supports several process controllers including the Synergy Nano This section covers the capabilities of the Synergy Manager and describes the installation process Fora detailed user manual contact Tidal Engineering Corporation or download the User Manual from Tidal Engineering at www tidaleng com Application upgrades and the latest manuals can be downloaded from the site Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A ER d Page 184 UERQGY NANO The major features provided by Synergy Manager are 99 9 9 9 9 Interactive remote control and monitoring Alarm reporting and notification via Email or Fax User friendly profile program editor Controller specific profile download Importing and exporting of Synergy Nano profiles via USB Flash Diskk Logging printing and graphing of process data and External UUT process Data Synergy Nano only Exporting of logging history data via an ASCII comma separated values CSV file for easy import into Microsoft Excel or any analysis package that accepts comma separated values CSV file format Dsplays
208. il is on Drier Logic Input 2 Enables Drier when LEV1 Use Drier is active Compressor Cut in Logic Input 3 Boost Heat High Artificial Load High Stage Compressor Cascade Condenser See Section 6 7 Device Primitives etc Burn in Logic Input 4 Enables Low Stage Compressor and Full Cool with LEV1 AGREE Chamber Logic Input 5 Locks out Low Stage Compressor and enables High Stage Compressor and Full Cool with LEV1 TempGard Input 9 None TempGard Alarm displays in Alarm Folder and Log File Alarms Name Sensor Sensor Default Report Log K1 K2 Code Threshold Hi Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 500 C Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 200C Yes Yes Yes No Hi Alarm Ch 2 Analog1 130 104 Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 2 Analog1 130 10 Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt 10 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 330 Ohm Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 Analog1 130 lt 1 Vdc Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 Analog1 130 gt 5 25 Vdc Yes Yes Yes No TempGard Digital Input 9 409 Open Yes Yes No No Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 85 SYNERGY NANO 6 10 3 Synergy Nano Temperature Temperature Two Zone Thermal Shock NANO_TT CDF Nano Thermal Shock Main Outputs X1 Channel Digital Device Output 1 Pin1 Pin2 1 Heat 2 Pin3 Pin4 2 Cool 3 Pin5 Pin6 3 Boost Cool 4 Pin7 Pin8 4 Dryer GN2 5 Pin9 Pin10 5 Fan 6 Pin11 Pin12 6 Not Used HHEBBBHBBHHHE a
209. ild number For example SynM 2 6 5 646 Upgrade zip is version 2 6 5 Build 646 The Synergy Nano Configuration Backup and Restore features should be used to backup any non standard settings before performing the upgrade In addition you should manually record the entries in the table below including your Cascade and Web Server registration keys if your chamber employs those features as well as the Chamber Type so these can be restored after the installation To install the upgrade 1 Backup Non Standard settings and record registrations and chamber configuration 2 Install the new software 3 Load chamber configuration and restore non standard settings and registration keys Step 1 Backup Settings For Versions 2 6 X and newer Browse to the Maintenance Screen File Utilities Config hFile Utilities Config Utilities Utilities folder and open the Backup P me Settings Folder lt For older versions that don t have the Backup Settings feature either record the settings manually or use SimpleComm to download T Settings estore Settings the settings See Section 8 3 for a discussion of that procedure aintenance Screen Alarm Multiple Alarms ofic Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 152 SYNERGY NANO From the Maintenance Screen File Utilities Config Utilities Backup Settings File Utilities Config Utilities Backup Settings folder Press the Browse button Maintenance Screen Backup File E
210. ile and Folder Tasks E blinkb vpl LKE YPL File 6 9 2008 8 44 PM Ps Make a new Folder ei Publish this Folder to the web ld Share this Folder Other Places ge Local Disk IC El My Documents d My Computer a My Network Places Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A pg Page 200 NANO Using the FTP server to transfer VPL files from the PC to the Controller The FTP server can be used to copy controller the network as follows Browse to the source folder on the PC select Copy from the menu as shown below r C Old Profiles File Edit View Favorites Tools Help OH Back 2 Ki J Search Folders E Address C Old Profiles 3 gt dr Mame A File and Folder Tasks ZS Cu Rename this File ir Move Ehis File A Copy this File DS Publish this file to the Web E mail this File x Delete this File Other Places ge Local Disk C G My Documents File Edit View Favorites Tools blinkb vpl blinka UltraEdit Send To Cut Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties Help rofiles VPL files from the PC to the Controller thru ight Click on the source file and Date Modified 6 aI2008 8 44 PM 6 8 2008 8 44 PM Size Type 1KB VPL File 1 KE PL File T pak E Search Folders E Address L amp ftp Jf172 16 10 118 T Go Other Places 8 Internet Explorer My Documents amp My Network Places Mame Bil APPNOTEMACRO csv blink
211. in the Ethernet folder of the Synergy Nano IP Address Selection DIHCP Ethernet Address 195 16 10 10 Ethernet Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Ethernet Gateway 1898 15 10 254 Description The ID Address Selection is used to choose the protocol Far assigning an IP address to the chamber Chamber Off Sic 00 Note The numbers shown are examples only e Set SimpleComm s IP Address to the address Connect Disconnect Status Socket Closed displayed on the Synergy Nano The port for the Address 172 1610 48 chamber is 5000 always set SimpleComm s port to I 5000 Fart 5000 chamber go to the TCP IP Server folder and set it peme to Enabled TERAP Server On Off Enabled Description The TCPIIP Server is used to enable Ethernet communication with the chamber Chamber Off SiC 005 Once the settings are complete press SimpleComm s Connect button Upon successful connections the status label will read Socket Connected Sending and Receiving Commands To send individual commands using the SimpleComm utility first confirm that you are connected next type the command into the Command text box then either hit Enter or press the Send button The reply from the chamber will be displayed in the Response text box All query commands are preceded with a and all set commands are preceded with an Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 177 Query Command Set Command Command Command I CAL
212. ing Sending with Serial Ports If your not connected tell the user If Not MSComm1 Index PortOpen Then MsgBox The RS 485 port is not connected Please connect and try again End If Clear buffer a MSComm 1 Index Input txtIn Index Text Send the command in the command text box MSComm1 Index Output txtOut Index Text amp vbCr The 485 send requires a gt and the address such as 02 in the string Use MSComm1 Index Output gt amp cboAddress485 Text amp amp txtOut Text E vbCr Sending with GPIB Create a global variable to hold a timer counter Global GPIBResult as Integer Send the command in the command text box TMWZOontrol1 Output txtOut Index Text amp vbCr Sending with TCP IP If tcp ip1 is not connected close it and tell the user If tcoClient1 State lt gt sckConnected Then P address 4 4 HHH Set the address to the value in the address box tcpClient1 RemoteHost txtAddress Index Text Set the port to 5000 tcpClient1 RemotePort 5000 While tcpClient1 State lt gt sckClosed tcpClient1 Close Wend MsgBox TCP IP1 is not connected Please connect and try again End If If tcp ip1 is connected Send the command in the command text box If tcoClient1 State sckConnected Then tcpClient1 SendData txtOut Index Text amp vbCr End If Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 182 Visual Basic Code Receiving Receiving with Serial Ports
213. ins that indicate configurations supported Type synergy Nano 1 synergy Nano 2 Synergy Nano 3 Synergy Nano Icon N N N N P Ns TE1858 1 TE1858 2 TE1858 3 TE1858 4 Processor ARM ARM ARM ARM Main Outputs 6 Transistors 6 Relays 6 SSRs Expanded Open Collector Mechanical Relays Solid State Relays Olympic Board Ethernet 10 100 BaseT 10 100 BaseT 10 100 BaseT 10 100 BaseT OS 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 The following table shows each of the above mentioned configurations with its corresponding image Synergy Nano Front Synergy Nano Rear Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 8 SYNERGY NANO Synergy Nano Plus Rear Synergy Nano Plus Front Synergy Nano Plus Olympic Board The following table identifies the four Synergy configurations covered by the Synergy Controller Technical Manual Page 9 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Type Icon P Ns Processor Floppy Drive Ethernet OS Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Synergy Compact TE1530 TE1666 x86 Yes 10 100 BaseT 2 11 and 4 2 IERGY ANO Synergy Micro Al TE1704 1 TE1704 3 ARM TE1364 x86 Yes 10 100 BaseT 2 11 and 4 2 Synergy Micro V TE1704 5 ARM No 10 BaseT 5 0 Page 10 SS ae a r Sc Vi M Synergy Nano Chamber Type Applications The Synergy Nano can control many test chamber types including one and two channel
214. ions Part Numbers TE1858 1 DC Outputs TE1858 2 Relay Outputs TE1858 3 SSR Outputs TE1858 4 Nano Plus Expanded Mode RTD Process inputs 2 0 5VDC Process inputs 4 Outputs 32 Digital Inputs 16 TE1566 Synergy Lab Manager Software TE1299 16 Synergy UUT Thermocouple Monitor TE1151 6 Triac Output Board 6 Channel TE1616 6 Universal Output Board 6 Channel TE1708 6 Relay Output Board 6 Channel TE1865 Synergy LabVIEW Driver TE1643 Synergy488 GPIB opt Page 13 SYNERGY NANO The Synergy Nano and the other Synergy Controllers are flexible multi channel control systems designed to handle virtually all temperature control applications supporting programming logging remote control and alarming The block diagrams in the following section identify the major data processing components of the controller and their relationships Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 14 SYNERGY NANO 2 1 Synergy Nano Block Diagram LabVIEW Driver 10 100 BaseT Ethernet Loads Solenoids Heaters Compressors 6 AUX OUTPUTS Transistor gt SS Se 2 RTD Thermocouple or 4 20 mA diam Process 5 L Humidity Vibration Pressure imma Eu etc cim USB Data Logger 4 Digital Inputs 2 0 5 VDC process inputs Control Loads 2 0 5 VDC process outputs OUTPUTS Pressure Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 15 SYNERGY
215. irm that the settings were restored 1 I Successfully restored system settings el Alarm Multiple Alarms OTT c 108 4T Next enter registration keys recorded earlier The Synergy Micro application upgrade is now complete Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 161 SS ea as e Me Vi M Synergy Nano Setting List Description Command Chamber Configuration Registration Keys optional Web Server Registration Key Cascade Registration Key Pressure Registration Key Note These alphanumeric keys were provided if you purchased these features If you do not have them they are available from your service representative Communications optional RS 485 RS 485 Mode Station Address Number of UUTs Note These RS 485 settings are important for UUT Thermocouple Modules EEE 488 EEE 488 Address Ethernet IP Address Selection Ethernet Address Ethernet Subnet Mask Ethernet Gateway Web Server Web Server On Off Web Server Login Name Web Server Password Web Server Address TCP IP Server TCP IP Server On Off Note Record the settings listed in the table above including your Cascade and Web Server registration keys if your chamber employs those features and the Chamber Type before installing your new software These settings aren t restored by the Config Restore utility Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 162 7 6 Clean Dat Utility The Clean Dat utility removes all the chambe
216. is item Note that the High and Low Engineering scale should be set in the current temperature units of the controller In this 23 0 C example the signal conditioner range is specified in C so the controller must be set in units of C when entering these values Example 2 Uncompensated Vaisala Humidity Sensor High Eng Scale 100 00 The signal conditioner output is Low Eng Scale 0 00 o High Volts Scale 5 000 0 RH 4 mA Low volts Scale LED 10096 RH For 20mA for vsla RTD1 The sensor type is set to Vsla RTD1 since its an uncompensated Vaisala humidity sensor temperature F compensated with the temperature reading Alarm Internal comm 25 0 C from RTD1 Description Help is nok available For this item For additional information regarding calibration see the Setup section 6 0 of this manual Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 284 N SYNERGY NANO 17 6 5 Low Resolution Sensor Wiring The Synergy Nano Plus supports eight low resolution 0 5VDC process inputs These can be used for compressor pressure and other system and non critical measurements These voltage sensors connect to the Olympic board P2 connector according to the table shown below For more information see the section below Low resolution Analog Input Table 0 5 VDC Max Sensor Function Connector Pin Analog Common Low Resolution Analog Input 1 P4 1 P4 10 Low Resolution Analog Input 2 P4 2 P4 10 Low Resolution Analog Input 3 P4 3 P
217. itor Keypad Editor CAP Tube System Select value Select value Select value Agree Logic Burn In Logic Std XV System Logic OQ 2L1 Ch2 Main D 2L2 Ch2 Main D 2L3 Ch2 Setpoint D 2CTY Ch2 Cooling Turn On Cooling Turn Off Transfer Setting Chamber Type Keypad Editor Keypad Editor Keypad Editor CAP Tube System Select value Select value Select value Agree Logic Burn In Logic Std XV System Logic a L3 Ch1 Main a L4Ch1 Main D L6 Full Cooling a L7 Ambient Cooling Turn On Cooling Turn Off Switch Over Cooling Turn On Keypad Editor Keypad Editor Keypad Editor Keypad Editor Select value Select value Select value Select value a L8 Heat Ambient a L9 Ramp up a L11 Dehumidify a L12 Dehumidify Cooling Turn Off Cooling Vent On Vent Off Keypad Editor Keypad Editor Keypad Editor Keypad Editor Select value Select value Select value Select value O L14 Time Delay a L15 Compressor a LEV1 Drier Boost Cool Turn Off Delay Dehumidify Coil Keypad Editor Keypad Editor T Sen Select value Select value e Drier Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 59 L Value Descriptions L Values are parameters for the programmable logic that control processes in the Device Primitives Flow charts illustrating the Device Primitives are illustrated in Section 6 7 Device Primitives of this manual Please refer to the Device Primitives flow charts in conjunction with the definitions below when editing L Values 1L1 C
218. ity items can be specified as sent immediately once an hour once a day or once a week at any specified time Hardware Requirements The minimum hardware requirements for Synergy Manager are as follows A Pentium 233 MHz or better 128 MB ram plus 32 MB for each simultaneous chamber session 80 MB hard disk space One serial port One National Instruments GPIB IEEE interface Optional One 10 100 Ethernet card using TCP IP Optional One USB external hardware Dongle Parallel port type needed for NT 4 0 see External Hardware Dongle Printer Optional Fax Modem Optional Microsoft Windows PC Operating systems o Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows 98 Special Edition Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 Service Pack 6a Microsoft Windows 2000 Service Pack 2 Microsoft Windows XP Service Pack 1 use latest available Service Pack 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 O O O 0 O Note For Windows 95 operating system must support USB ports OSR2 version is needed if a USB Dongle is to be used Software Installation Synergy Manager Software installation uses InstallShield installation software Please read this section in its entirety before attempting installation 1 First close all running programs 2 Uninstall any previous versions of Synergy Manager including Monitor Only versions before installing this new version Previous versions of this software are not compatible 3 Insert the i
219. ive Channel 1 Actual L9 Output is either Time Proportioning or On Off ns L7 Ambient Cooling Turn On Percent cooling required to turn on the cooling compressor L8 Heat Ambient Cooling Turn Off Percent heat required to turn off the cooling compressor L9 Ramp Up Cooling Temperature at which the cooling compressor is turned off while heating ee Affected By Default Value Channel 2 Proportional Band Heating 42 0 50 Degrees C 42 Rate for Channel 2 Heating J0 9 9 Minutes Rate Band for Channel 2 Heating Od 7 Seconds _ Rate for Channel 2 Cooling JO To a9 Minutes Rate Band for Channel 2 Cooling n O 0 7Seconds _ Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 74 Dehumidify Coil This output operates the dehumidify coil for dehumidification Channel 2 On Dehumidify Coil vrs Drier Logic Input 2 Closed EA E LEV 1 Use Drier Channel 2 PID Cool gt 0 Channel 2 PID Cool gt L11 Channel 2 PID Heat gt L12 Output is either Time Proportioning or On Off L11 Dehumidify On Percent dehumidify required to enable dehumidify device L12 Dehumidify Off Percent humidity required to turn off dehumidify device otherwise the Dehumidify Coil is selected Dehumidify Coil vs Drier Logic Input 2 When closed and when LEV 1 is set to Use Drier disables the dehumidify coil and uses the Drier device instead E E RateforChannel2Cooi
220. k diagram identify each block diagram section and provide a description of each Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 33 SYNERGY NANO 6 1 Setup Directory SETUP DIRECTORY FOLDERS SUB FOLDERS amp SCREEN EDITORS Calibration PID Special L Values LCD Chamber Logging Panel Lang Settings Functions Settings Setup Lock folders folders folders folders Editor folders Editor E Ch n Fahrenheit Brightness Type Ch 2 Hour Time Ch 3 Ctrl Type EC Value Ctrl Type Chamber ee Output 18 2L1 Ch2 Soak Ctrl Type Alarm pe Ch n Chn Chamber Retrans 1 Cool Turn on Retrans 2 Cool Turn off L6 Full Over L7 Gel Gel Turn On ee Heat Amb ee Turn Off L9 ich up ich L11 cru Vent cru L12 Lo Vent Lo L14 ily Boost ily Boost Boost Cool L15 Turn lay Delay lay LEV1 ane Dehum ane Calibration ltems in grey may not be available depending on the chamber configuration For example a single Ch2 channel configuration won t have a Channel 2 Calibration folder Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 34 SYNERGY NANO 6 2 Calibration 6 2 1 Channel Calibration CALIBRATION SETUP DIRECTORY SUB FOLDERS amp SCREEN EDITORS D Calibration D Altitude Value Guaranteed Ch 1 thru 4 Soak Screen Editor Screen Editor Screen Editor Screen Editor E Sensor Select Keypad Editor Keypad Editor High Res Select 0 for normal Select Guaranteed Low Res ESSE scaling or 10 11 or Soak V
221. kogawa Partlow 1462 and BlueM Pro 550 environmental chamber controllers Utilizing the robust feature set of Microsoft Windows CE NET operating system and boasting a 320 x 240 color LCD touch screen the one pound 3 78 W x 3 78 H x 3 94 D Synergy Nano takes complete command of chambers conditioning systems Its logic automatically selects heating cooling modes as required and controls programming of process variables versus time The Synergy Nano moreover gives operators the facility to program up to six custom events outputs to accommodate user applications and optional features While two of the instrument s control channels can function for temperature control in temperature shock applications one can be programmed to control temperature while the second manages humidity altitude or vibration Temperature is measured using a platinum RTD or thermocouple whereas electronic transducers easily accommodate other process inputs The controller also comes loaded with diverse sophisticated communications capabilities including RS 232 10 100 Base T Ethernet and LabVIEW drivers Units are shipped standard with 1 GB on board Flash and 64 MB SDRAM for data logging alarm logging and storage along with a USB host port Furthermore the Synergy Nano supports program recipes with an unlimited number of set points auto start hold and jump loop steps besides six event outputs The instrument is provided in four output configurations DC o
222. l Size 112 bytes 217 bytes 464 bytes 453 bytes 175 bytes 1 74 ME 453 bytes 537 bytes 175 bytes 175 bytes 194 bytes 12 0 kB 145 bytes 205 bytes 453 bytes Type Microsoft Office Excel Ca VDL File VDL File VDL File VDL File Text Document VDL File VDL File VDL File VDL File VDL File Microsoft Office Outlook C VDL File VDL File VDL File Modified 1 1 2000 12 01 AM 5 23 2008 10 01 AM 5 7 2008 9 17 AM 5 a 2008 8 44 PM 6 20 2008 5 52 PM 6 20 2008 5 48 PM 6 26 2008 7 09 PM 6 26 2008 7 11 PM 1 1 2000 12 01 AM 6 20 2008 5 47 PM 1 1 2000 12 01 AM 528 2008 1 18 PM 1 1 2000 12 01 AM 1 1 2000 12 13 AM 6J26 2008 9 46 PM Page 202 Sa Retrieve the Controller s history log file using the FTP server The FTP server can be used to retrieve the history log file from the controller Retrieving the history log file from the controller uses the same procedure described previously for SE a controller profile from the controller The only difference is that the log database is not stored on the public directory and is copied there using a controller command There are two communication commands that control the history log file and history database These commands can be sent using Telnet as well as using GPIB and RS 232 The controller s Telnet interface is G in these examples This interface is enabled from the COMM screen s TCP IP Server folder as shown elow Comm Screen 10 49 43 PMI
223. l Block P1 RS 485 Interconnect 9 conductor ribbon cable connected to Connector P6 D 0 15 d d Pl 3 d NW E J a g LJ 1 5 00 NM is Tour 7 00 UUT Module Mechanical Drawing Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 229 IERGY NANO 13 2 Setup Procedure 1 Setup the UUT Module Address Locate the small square 16 CHANNEL MODULE selector switch on the UUT Module labeled Address Switch Turn ADDRESS SWITCH the dial on the switch to the proper Module Address setting SELECTION indicated in the table shown Module 2 Module 3 Address Selector Switch i 2 Locate the RS 485 9 pin female plug which is either plugged into the back of the RS 485 port on the Data Communications panel or is hanging freely behind the panel for chambers not ordered with RS 485 Note For chambers not initially supplied with an RS 485 port look for the ribbon cable connected to the RS 232 port This ribbon cable is split and has a nine pin female RS 485 plug connected to one side of the cable and hanging freely 3 Locate the RS 485 Interconnect 9 conductor ribbon cable connected to the UUT Module There are four additional 9 pin male connectors attached throughout the length of this rolled up cable These are labeled M1 thru M4 on the UUT Module drawing Connect one of the 9 pin male connectors from this Interconnect ribbon cable to the RS 485 9 pin female connector located in Step 2 4
224. l Manual Revision A Page 236 Default Air Temperature Limits versus Cascade Output Percentage 200 t Im a m nia on Bie a E SE z A m CL T KL E CG 1 Be 100 ef 50 A 1450 Cascade PID Output Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 237 SYNERGY NANO 14 2 4 Select Cascade Sensor The Synergy Cascade control feature can use various input sensors to measure the product temperature The desired sensor is selected in the Settings screen shown below Setup Screen To select a product sensor to monitor the product in Cascade click on Sensor Select and press the Change button nu DN D Note The Sensor Select field displays the ascace High LIMI Sensor Select Number Code which represents Cascade Low Limit 100 00 the current sensor selected 211 in this example Pos Deviation Limit 0 00 Neg Deviation Limit 0 00 The code is explained below Description The sensor select screen shown below is used to Use the Sensor Select parameter to choose the determine the code Change appropriate cascade temperature sensor Chamber CT 460 20 0 0 The Sensor Select screen displays two or three columns depending on the selected module In the left most column you can specify the module either the Olympic processor board or a UUT module Setup Screen gragi23 PM l Olympic Board Sensor Sensor Select When you select Olympic board in the first Module Sensor Pa you can then select the sens
225. l provides greater test accuracy in addition to faster and more efficient ramps and soaks Because the Cascade control is a powerful feature of the Synergy Nano we have dedicated a separate section for its discussion See Section 14 Cascade Temperature Control for a detailed and complete description of the Cascade feature Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 52 SYNERGY NANO 6 4 Special Functions SPECIAL FUNCTIONS SETUP DIRECTORY SUB FOLDERS amp SCREEN EDITORS D Celsius Fahrenheit QO 12 24 Hour Time O Output 11 Control Type Screen Editor Screen Editor Screen Editor Celsius e 12 Hour Time e ON OFF Control Mode Fahrenheit e 24 Hour Time lime Proportioning Control O Output 17 Control Type Q Output 18 Control Type D Low Limit Channel 1 Screen Editor Screen Editor Screen Editor Vacuum When measuring in Vent When measuring in feet Keypad Editor Torr of altitude Select value Purge Boost Cool o High Limit Channel 1 D Low Limit Channel 2 Q High Limit Channel 2 Screen Editor Screen Editor Screen Editor Keypad Editor Keypad Editor Keypad Editor Select value Select value Select value D Temperature RTD Curve D Vaisala Temperature Deleted starting Compensation Version 2 6 8 Deleted starting Version 2 6 8 Screen Editor Screen Editor SS JIS On DIN Off See Input Calibration for RTD Curve See Input Calibration for Vaisala selection se
226. lar to the one below Verify that each field contains non zero numbers IP Address Selection Ethernet Address 132 168 2 38 Ethernet Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Ethernet Gateway 182 168 2 1 The address in the Ethernet Address field is the IP Address of the controller Use this address when m connecting to the Synergy Nano over Ethernet Description The IP Address Selection is used to choose Ehe protocol Far assigning an IP address to the chamber Steady State 70 9 C 0 0 If the addresses are blank or 0 0 0 0 then the Synergy Nano did not obtain an IP address from the DHCP router If this is the case review the previous sections to make sure you have set up the DHCP router properly If that doesn t solve the problem verify the settings with your network administrator Comm Screen 1 28 02 PM Synergy Nano TCP IP Server Setup To set up the Synergy Nano for ASCII commands over TCP IP press the COMM button at the bottom of the Synergy Nano s touch screen The Comm Screen window will appear Select the TCP IP Server folder icon Web Server TCP IP Server chamber Ott f7O 6C 00 So Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 194 Comm Screen 3 11 18 PM TCP IP Server Settings omg Server 000000 Confirm that the TCP IP Server On Off field is set to Enabled If it is not enabled press the Change TCP IP Server On Off Enabled button and enable it Your Synergy Nano is now configured to accept ASCII commands over TCP I
227. learing an Alarm Channel PIDs PID variables in real time About Synergy Nano File Utilities Copy Files Export History Date and Time Adjust 9 9 9 9 9 Machine Inputs 1 thru 8 If your chamber is equipped to monitor machine inputs this screen displays the Low and High compressor s suction and discharge pressures in PSIG See Low Res Inputs in the Calibration and Events screens These temperature and pressure Machine Inputs transducers are optional Disregard Bad Sensor Readings message when sensors are not connected To log the Machine Inputs see Section 6 11 Setup Logging Date and Time Adjust the date and time as necessary and press the Apply button Page 139 SYNERGY NANO Maintenance Screen 45 14 PIN Channel PIDs 1 chi cha fp Select a channel with the buttons on the top row of Channel 1 SetPoint hos gp actual Leo this screen to view the following live PID data Property Heat ei Cascade e Pm Pn 0 0000 100 0000 i d noon 0 0000 d m e PID 0 0000 100 0000 im Err 0 0000 17 9870 Ur Setpoint 52 0000 52 0000 Last Err Actual 69 9870 69 9870 Delta Err P B 7 0000 5 0000 PB Reset 0 0200 0 0700 e Reset Rate Fate 0 0000 0 0000 PID stands for Proportional Integral Derivative The Maintenance PID screen can be used to monitor the PID algorithm for tuning and performance monitoring To adjust the PID settings see Section 6 3 Setup PID Seitings in this manual In
228. lection QO Analog Retransmit 1 QO Analog Retransmit 2 NEN Screen Editor Screen Editor LL Off Off Channel 1 2 3 Actual Channel 1 2 3 Actual Channel 1 2 3 Setpoint Channel 1 2 3 Setpoint Channel 1 2 3 Heat PID Channel 1 2 3 Heat PID Channel 1 2 3 Cool PID Channel 1 2 3 Cool PID Selection for the 0 5V output Selection for the 0 5V output Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 53 SYNERGY NANO Celsius Fahrenheit The Celsius Fahrenheit setting sets the temperature units displayed by the Synergy Nano The setting is global All temperature data are automatically converted to the C F setting including currently loaded program files 12 24 Hour Time The 12 24 Hour Time setting sets the Synergy Nano s time display to either am pm format or 24 hour format The setting is global All time data is automatically converted including currently loaded program files Output 11 Control Type This setting is used to set the output logic for the Ambient Coil Output 11 to On Off control or Time Proportioning control In On Off mode the Ambient Coil is either on or off depending on the controller demand When in Time Proportioning mode the Ambient Coil output is between 0 and 100 depending on the demand required The default setting is On Off control mode On Off control mode typically enables the chamber to react faster sacrificing accuracy Time Proportioning modes allow greater accuracy but may slow temperature and humidity
229. led pin out of the P1 thru P4 input output connectors Olympic Board P7 SSR Humidity Outputs P5 Main Outputs P6 3SM Events Outputs P9 PIN 1 Power Input P4 PIN 1 YS IE s WR Y ouis Z4 Eight 10 Bit 0 5V Inputs P13 leste p Two 10 Bit 0 5V Outputs P2 PIN 1 Internal HES PE zu 16 Bit Conv Comm to Le IR Ee n Syrer E ea ow e x 3 E Sr Five 0 5 V Inputs Console m 2 mr SSD106PHDC12 A 0441 i K P LN pepe mg li H S nm LA zo gr EK S een nA P3 PIN 1 E e Six Digital Inputs P1 PIN 1 k Two Alarm Ten Digital Contacts Inputs Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A ES IERGY NANO Olympic Board Connection Diagram revisions itr description cote joppr d e E P4 EM P6 35M OUTPUTS P gt 15M OUTPUTS LG QI ANALOG commen P2 sw L Le L r5 X7 e ea P3 Pai GND PSr2 12V00 i Die A cl Avo P8 SERIAL COMM amp UUT LGS 11 a TE pei 7 D ANALOG COMMON 6 We ANALOG IN 3 ANALOG IN 2 NOT USED ANALOG IN 4 P7 25M OUTPUTS 5a ADC4 LOW RES 4 D ADC3 ANALO ADC ADCI RID 1 DIGITAL INPUTS 11 19 iD P13 SERIAL PROCESS INPUTS RTD1 RTD2 IN1 THRU 4 ANALCG IN 1 SEE NOTE 1 TO TOUCH DIGITAL INPUTS AND ALARM RELAYS _ P3 SCREEN DIAGNOSTIC INPUTS AND ANALOG OUTPUTS 5 DIGITAL OUTPUTS 1 TO 24 DIGITAL 110 DIGIT
230. lkthrough 1 Start gt 2 Select Add Step or Insert Step gt m Add Step Wizard This wizard will quide you through Select Add a Step to append the adding a new step to Ehe current new step to the end of the program program Press Next to continue gm else select Insert Step to specify where to add the step Then press Next Ea continue D Add a Insert a Step Step Tenney Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 208 SYNERGY NANO 3 Select Step Type gt m Add Step Wizard 3 18 15 PM which type of step would vau like to add C Jump Loop S SetPoint Wait For Auto Start C Stop Click on Help and click any item above For more information Tenney 4 Temperature Control gt m Add Step Wizard 3 18 40 PM Do vau want to contral Ehe CH Temperature this step cy Control what temperature do you want Click the box below For a number pad 32 Tenney Dant Control 4 Enter Temperature Setpoint amp Press Accept gt 5 Humidity Control gt m A dd Step Wizard 3 20 06 Pi Setpoint Channel 1 Valid Range 328 to 9357 Degrees F Present value New Value 6 Enter Humidity Setpoint and Press Accept gt Add Step Wizard 3 22 19 PM Setpoint Channel 2 Valid Range 1 100 RH Present Value Mew Value Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A m Add Step Wizard 3 20 44 PM Dao vau want to control Ehe CH2 Humidity this step cy Control
231. mmands for remote control and monitoring These commands include remote program creation remote program save and remote program recall as well as program control This application note describes the commands you can use to programmatically create a profile on the Synergy Nano save it and run it The profile used for this example is shown below in the Synergy Manager Profile Editor Rockwell Collins Profile Editor VERSATENM V GPIB D e em ge New Open Save Save s Extents Edit Profile Graph Channel 1 Channel 2 Setpoint 19 21 36 9 50 56 20 20 16 20 49 37 Time Min Step Num Step Type C Lh 2 Time El Jump Ta Jump Count Everts W altfar Event Hamp Off 00 07 02 hh mm ss DOO Hamp Df 00 30 00 hh mm ss pogodi Hamp Lm 00 17 00 hh mm s EDIDIT Hamp Un 00 30 00 hh mm zs DOO Un 00 43 00 hh mm ss DOO BEES 0000 KS e UU 00 25 00 hh mm ss Tim cH m toh Ready to download to chamber Add Step Mode Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 326 SYNERGY NANO This example refers to the National Instruments IEEE 488 write syntax specifically ibwrt but Ethernet and RS 232 communications can be used as well Create a profile on the controller ls ibwrt FileNew 0 Za EDT COR ES ibwrt VIVINFO 1 0 0 0 4 Tord OR or jbwrt 2 STP 2 l 0 250 0 I0000 0 10 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L0000 6 IDIG OR Ta i1ibwrt o SIP 22 0 290 0 10000 0 300 0 000 00 0 0 0 100007 8
232. mp Connecting Setting amp Connecting with RS 232 amp RS 485 If you re not connected then connect If Not MSComm1 Index PortOpen Then Set the Comm Port number to the value in the Comm Port text box MSCommlt Index CommbPort Val txtPort Index Text Set Baud Rate and Parity MSComm1 Settings 9600 N 8 1 RS 485 MSComm1 Settings 19200 N 8 1 RS 232 Open the port MSComm1 Index PortOpen True MSComm1 Index InputLen 0 MSComm1 Index RThreshold 1 End If Setting amp Connecting with GPIB Set the timeout to the value in the timeout box milliseconds TMWCorntrol1 TimeOut Trim Str Val txtTimeout488 Text Set the address to the value in the address box final address will appear as GPIBO 1 INSTR TMWControl1 address GPIB amp Trim Str Val txtPort Index Text amp amp Trim Str Val txtAddress Index Text amp INSTR Setting amp Connecting with TCP IP If you re not connected then connect If tcoClient1 State lt gt sckConnected Then IP address ZHHE THHE SH Set the address to the value in the address box tcpClient1 RemoteHost txtAddress Index Text Set the port to the value in the port box tcpClient1 RemotePort txtPort Index Text Close it first just in case While tcpClient1 State lt gt sckClosed tcpClient1 Close Wend Connect tcpClient1 Connect End If Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 181 Visual Basic Code Send
233. n 6 1 Block Diagram Setup Screen 11415PM Hi Res Input Calibration iCalibratiantnputiHigh Resi Input Select Back P e This screen is used to select one of six high resolutions inputs RTD 1 RTO 2 Analog 1 Analog z Analog 3 Analog 4 Chamber Off 468 7C 9 0 6 2 4 1 RTD Calibration The Synergy Nano chamber accepts up to two Platinum RTD Resistance Temperature Detector sensors RTDs are one of the most linear stable and reproducible temperature sensors available Over the years both American and European RTD standards have been developed to ensure that RTDs are interchangeable from manufacturer to manufacturer Platinum RTDs are specified to standards such as DIN Deutsch Institute fur Normung and JIS Japanese Industrial Standard These standards define the RTD specifications Each of the Synergy Nano s RTDs can be set for four types RTD JIS 500 RTD JIS 100 RTD DIN 500 or RTD DIN 100 In early software versions the RTD curve was set globally so one RTD curve was used for both sensors Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 39 SYNERGY NANO Setup Screen 1 09 20 PM RTD Calibration di fiCaliration inputiHigh pecht ResiRTD 11 E This screen is used to enter an offset and Back gain for the raw data in Ohms This can Raw Calibration m b 100 00 OO be used to compensate for a difference in RTD DIM 100 me reading due to sensor position wiring E Select Type and press Change to select the RT
234. n addition to these built in alarms a secondary controller should always be employed to offer further protection in the case of sensor or controller failure 3 1 Standard Alarm Limits The Synergy Controller features standard high and low absolute limits and high and low deviations limits for each channel Look for the alarms in the setup folder for each channel in section 6 2 under SETUP Calibration Channel 1 2 etc 3 2 User Programmable Alarm Limits In addition to the standard alarm limits the Programmable User Alarm System can provide additional protection against open or failed sensors and process variable outside expected limits User alarms can be created using redundant sensors for any channel and provide shut down protection to reduce the probability of machinery failure See section 6 14 3 3 Secondary Controller Alarms Redundant protective mechanisms such as a TempGard limit controller should be use to provide complete protection against controller and or sensor failure When used with a separate sensor secondary alarm controllers reduce the probability that a single point failure will cause damage to the chamber or to the product inside The secondary controller should be wired to remove power from all of the chamber s machinery in order to provide maximum protection 3 4 Alarm System Testing It is important that users periodically verify all alarm systems by test As a minimum it is important to confirm that chamber shut down o
235. n go into steady state and run until manually stopped If the chamber returns to steady state mode the last setpoints of the profile will be used as the steady state setpoints Synergy Manager can be used to create profiles for the Synergy Nano on your PC where they can be viewed graphically stored centrally and archived Synergy Manager is Tidal Engineering s PC application designed to program monitor and control multiple environmental test chambers Synergy Manager can save profiles in the Synergy Nano vpl format so they can be copied to and then run on the controller The full version of Synergy Manager can be used to transfer programs to the controller thru your network as well as thru GPIB and RS 232 connections See the Synergy Manager section of this technical manual or the Synergy Manager technical manual for more details Synergy Manager is available for download from www tidaleng com download htm Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 212 For Chamber Types Temp only Temp Humidity Temp Temp amp Temp Pressure SYNERGY NANO 9 4 Synergy Nano Program Sheet FILE Or Oona 55 mE O 0D 2 I c 2 O P e Ce o I E D Eo 39 Hi d m oOo2 0 ono l oL Il III peme es Lg p tt ti tt SITT eL S aa sls 1 L 4 pyr yt ee EN 8s LLL LA LA LA ALL ES SSES SES ES SES ES SES ott tT Tey ty ty tt Orwua 39 o T CN c sio ooo AUTOSTART
236. n watch the setpoint values change as the program runs to verify the program performs as expected Stop Stops program execution Pause Pauses program execution The chamber will continue to run at the current setpoints E Dyn Edit Dynamic Edit allows the user to edit the jump loop count while the program is running Dun Edit Jumploop Step Dynamic Edit 11 23 18 AM Dynamic Edit To dynamically edit a Jump Loop the program must be running and currently within the target loop Programmed Jump Loops 3 Press the Pause button to pause the program Highlight the desired Jump Loop step then press Jump Loops Completed 1 the Dyn Edit button Press the Jump Loops Remaining text box to Jump Loops Remaining E open a numeric keypad and enter the new number of jump loops to perform and press OK Cancel Press Run or Run Off to resume running the program Program Paused Line 2 Time 25306 50 0 Dk RE ELM En So Note Enter 1 to exit the loop Note If the chamber loses power while running a program the Synergy Nano is designed to resume the program when power is restored It will continue in the same step is was in when the power failed If the step was time based such as a Waitfor or a Setpoint step all timers are reset to zero and the Synergy Nano resumes the profile at the beginning of the step Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 215 10 0 STEADY STATE OPERATION The Synergy Nano can run complex
237. nergy Nano must match the chamber that it is controlling The Chamber Type setting maps software outputs to chamber hardware Each chamber type has as specific map that is unique to that type of chamber The operator should NEVER change this setting It should only be modified by a qualified technician CHAMBER SETUP SETUP DIRECTORY SYNERGY NANO Chamber Type Screen N CHAMBER SETUP SETUP DIRECTORY SYNERGY NANO Screen Editor Generic Temperature Only Generic Temperature Temperature Generic Temperature Humidity Generic Temperature Humidity Single Stage Generic Temperature Pressure Generic Temperature Humidity Pressure Generic Temperature Vibration Retro Temperature Only The Chambers Types in the list above that are identified with support VersaTenn retrofit fit applications fA voie Incorrect Chamber Type settings may cause severe damage to your chamber Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 77 SYNERGY NANO Synergy Nano Chamber Output Mapping The Synergy Nano can be configured for many chamber types Each chamber type has a unique device output mapping For example the fan is driven by Output 1 on Temp Humidity and Temp Only chambers and by Output 10 for Temp Temp chambers The following tables list the output mappings for the supported chamber types including retrofit configurations i e when the Synergy Nano is installed on a chamber with a VersaTenn VersaTenn ll or VersaTenn Ill
238. ng O 9 9 Minutes RateBandforChannel2Cooing In amp j0 7Secods amp Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 75 IERGY NANO Drier Device This output controls the Air Drier for dehumidification Dehumidify Coil vrs Drier Logic Input 2 Open AND J 5 E AND Channel 2 PID Cool gt 0 ES y Channel 7 PID Cool gt L11 Channel 2 PID Heat gt L12 AND Output is either Time Proportioning or On Off L11 Dehumidify On Percent dehumidify required to enable dehumidify device L12 Dehumidify Off Percent humidity required to turn off dehumidify device LEV 1 Selects whether to use the Dehumidify Coil or the Drier Device Drier requires the Input 2 to be open Dehumidify Coil vs Drier Logic Input 2 When closed selects using the Dehumidify Coil When open and when LEV 1 is set to Use Drier it will disable the dehumidify coil and use the Drier device instead Affected By Channel 2 Proportional Band Cooling Reset for Channel 2 Cooling Rate for Channel 2 Cooling Cycle Time for Channel 2 Cooling Rate Band for Channel 2 Cooling Wick Pan This output is on whenever channel 2 is on Channel 2 On Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 76 SYNERGY NANO 6 8 LCD Settings LCD Brightness adjust is not available on the Synergy Nano 6 9 Chamber Setup The Chamber Setup Directory is used for factory setup The chamber type specified in the Sy
239. ng compressor while heating 100 to 100C 148 to 212F L11 Dehumidify Vent On Percent dehumidify required to enable dehumidify device 0 to 100 L12 Dehumidify Vent Off Percent humidify required to turn off dehumidify device 0 to 100 L14 Time Delay Boost Cool Time delay required before Boost Cool is enabled 0 to 1200 seconds Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 60 SYNERGY NANO L15 Compressor Turn Off Delay Delay required before turning off a compressor 0 to 5 minutes LEV1 Drier Dehumidify Coil Specifies use of Drier device or the Dehumidify Coil device Dehumidify Coil Drier When equipped with a drier the chamber will typically be capable of achieving a lower humidity Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 61 SS Sy r Sc Vi M 6 6 Settings List Description Calibration Channel 1 Ch1 Calibration Ch1 Alarm Low Limit Ch1 Alarm High Limit Channel 2 Ch2 Calibration Ch2 Alarm Low Limit Ch2 Alarm High Limit Altitude Guaranteed Soak PID Values Channel 1 Proportional Band Chi Heating Reset Chi Heating Rate Chi Heating Cycle Time Ch1 Heating Rate Band Chi Heating Dead Band Ch1 Proportional Band Chi Cooling Reset Chi Cooling Rate Ch1 Cooling Cycle Time Ch1 Cooling Rate Band Ch1 Cooling Channel 2 Proportional Band Ch2 Heating Reset Ch2 Heating Rate Ch2 Heating Cycle Time Ch2 Heating Rate Band Ch2 Heating Dead Band Ch2 Proportional
240. ng mode is active gray when it is inactive To globally change the default OT11 TPM setting for Steady Stat mode go to the OT11 folder under Setup Special Functions OT11 and select the desired default method On Off Control Mode or Time Proportioning Control Mode Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 220 IERGY NANO Event Board Options Tidal Engineering Corporation offers three types of event output boards standard AC output TE1151 6 universal output TE1616 6 and relay output TE1708 6 Each of these connects to the Olympic board or to the 2SM board with a 20 position ribbon cable Schematic diagrams for these are included in this section and wiring instructions are included in the Installation Section 17 0 Product Image Triac Output Board 6 Channel P N TE1151 6 e Control up to twelve 6 3 Ampere AC loads e 110 220 VAC e Each output can also drive an external Triac for larger loads Relay Output Board 6 Channel P N TE1708 6 Control up to six 6 3 Ampere AC loads 110 220 VAC Each output is Form C with both a normally open and normally closed contact Universal Event Board 6 Channel P N TE1616 6 e This unit is interchangeable with the standard 6 Channel Triac Output board but its outputs can configure for DC loads as well as AC loads This Event board is configured by installing standard OPTO22 output modules in the sockets These modules are available separately AC Output modules are
241. nsmit outputs can be used to control the environmental chambers heat or cool processes when an external steam valve heat chilled water system cool or LN2 cooling is used For these systems map the Channel 1 Heat PID to the external steam valve and the Channel 1 Cool PID to the chilled water system Use can use the TE1803 converter to drive 4 20 mA valves from the retransmit outputs if necessary Wiring of the Synergy Nano should only be performed by a qualified technician See Installation Section 17 for additional information Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A TE1803 Converter The TE1803 is a DIN rail or side mount selectable input output signal conditioner with 1500 VDC isolation between input and output and 1500 VDC isolation between 24 volt power and input output The field configurable output types allow a wide ranging capability for 0 5 V 0 10 V 0 20 mA and 4 20 mA signals TE1803 provides isolation and converts the Synergy Nano and Synergy Nano Olympic board retransmits signals from 5VDC Full Scale to 4 20 mA 0 10 VDC or 0 5VDC For more information about the converter visit http www tidaleng com appnotes V T VAN20 RetransmitSignalConverterRevA pdf e Page 58 SYNERGY NANO 6 5 L Values L VALUES SETUP DIRECTORY SUB FOLDERS amp SCREEN EDITORS a 1L1 Ch1 Main a 1L2Ch1 Main D 1L3 Ch1 Setpoint a 1CTY Chi Cooling Turn On Cooling Turn Off Transfer Setting Chamber Type Keypad Editor Keypad Ed
242. nstallation CD into the proper drive and navigate to drive root folder If necessary unzip program files into a temporary folder before proceeding to next step 4 Do not insert the Dongle key until application has been properly installed 5 Run the Synergy Manager Setup program LinkTenn32_ Setup exe file from the run option of the start menu 6 Follow the installation instructions on the screen Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A i Page 187 Important Do not insert USB Dongle key before Synergy Manager has been properly installed If the USB Dongle key is inserted before application has been properly installed Microsoft Windows operating systems may assign the wrong software driver to the USB Dongle key This will prevent Synergy Manager from recognizing the USB Dongle even though it is inserted and thus cause Synergy Manager to run in Monitor Mode Only Notes The latest revision of the Synergy Manager User Manual can be found in the Support folder of the installation CD and can also be downloaded from the Tidal Engineering website www tidaleng com For Microsoft Windows 2000 users If the Synergy Manager setup program warns that it is about to replace a newer file with an older one select the response that will cancel the installation of the older version of the file Keeping the newer one For Microsoft Windows XP Microsoft Windows 2000 and Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 user must have administrator s
243. nual Revision A pg Page 206 SYNERGY NANO 9 0 PROGRAMMING THE SYNERGY NANO The Synergy Nano provides a powerful and easy to use program editor that can be used to create sophisticated multi channel profiles of Temperature Humidity etc versus time These programs also known as profiles or recipes are created using the Program Screen m Program Los es priv loa i 7 x ile d Open File Save File EditStep Add Step Copy Step Delete Step LR Ccmd Jon emp mme AE Runtime 0 00 00 Chamber Off loB UF 43 4 s Program Screen The Program Screen provides seven simple function buttons and displays a listing of the program steps that make up the profile The following command buttons are explained with example screens that follow NewFile Clears current program Open File From Storage Card or Floppy Save File To Storage Card or Floppy Edit Step Edit Step Wizard assists you Add Step Add Step Wizard assists you Copy Step Part of Edit Step Wizard Delete Step Floppy on Synergy V and Compact only 9 1 Loading a File From Storage Card USB Hard Disk or Floppy m Program O14 vpl 3 10 21 PM Are vou sure vou warnt to load a new file fou will loose any changes vau have made to this file since Your last save 156 0F 49 4 ie Chamber Bi Press the Open File button to load a file from the Storage Card USB Hard Disk or Floppy Drive The warning dialog windo
244. number Version Controller Serial 13 0137 Version 2 6 8 Olympic Board Version OVERSION Query OVERSION Olympic board Version and Serial OVERSION Olympic V0 0 35 13 0137 Number Execute Macro EXECMACRO Set EXECMACRO ARG1 ARG1 Name of a macro EXECMACRO Macro1 Function Key Activate FK Set FK ARG1 ARG1 FK 10 OK 3 Setup Screen 4 Maintenance Screen 5 Comm Screen 6 Program Screen 7 Run Screen 8 Events Screen 9 Graph Screen 10 Main Screen Get Controller Runtime GETCONTRUNTIME GETCONTRUNTIME Returns total Days Hours and Minutes GETCONTRUNTIME 10 DAYS 5 HOURS 6 MINUTES Query the controller has been operational Synergy Main Screen Display LARGESETPOINTS LARGESETPOINTS ARG1 ARG1 LARGESETPOINTS1 OK 0 Small Default for Micro 1 Large Default for Nano C A C A The channel setpoint when the C1A 25 OK Watchdog Setpoint WatchdoTimer trigers this action GA C1A 25 0 WDSETPOINTS ARG1 ARG1 Channel 1 Setpoint WDSETPOINTS 25 0 OK ARG2 ARG3 ARG4 ARG2 Channel 2 Setpoint 50 0 0 0 0 0 WDSETPOINTS Set ARG3 Channel 3 Setpoint ARG4 Channel 4 Setpoint WDSETPOINTS Query LS WDSETPOINTS 25 0 50 0 0 0 0 0 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 303 SYNERGY NANO Description Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Response Example Units Example System Commands WDTIMER Set WDTIMER ARG1 ARG2 ARG1 Comm Port O Any 1 WDTIMER 0 GO 4 OK HS2
245. og File Size is now set to 1 40 MB Now the chamber will not generate a Low Storage Alarm condition If the history file reaches the Log File Size limit in the Logging Setup folder new logging information is added to the file and the oldest data is removed in a FIFO First In First Out basis Enable Logging Logging Enabled Logging Interval sec 60 Log File Size MB 1 40 Description The Enable Logging Feature allows the user to enable ar disable logging of data P s Chamber OO ZUDL 0 6 De See Section 6 11 Setup Logging for information on Data Logging Capacity calculations Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 148 7 3 Touch Screen Calibration This section describes the procedures for calibrating the Synergy Nano s touch screen 256 PN Logging Panel Lack Languages mm Leer Alarms Touchscreen Steady State 477 4C 0 0 amp x 2b55 y25 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A File Help x To calibrate the Synergy Micro touch screen navigate to the Setup Screen and open the Touch screen folder The following application screen will appear Press the 4 crosshairs with a stylus in any order the coordinates of the press will be displayed in the center of the screen After pressing the four crosshairs press the coordinates in the middle of the screen This will apply the new touch screen calibration Repeat the calibration pressin
246. ogic Flow Charts The following flow charts explain the function and the logic that drives each output device Note that chambers don t have every device For example Temp Only chambers will not have humidity related devices such as the Wick Pan These flow charts have extensive references to the L Values described in the previous sections You can monitor the state of each output and the performance based upon the L Value settings by going to the Events Digital Outouts screen while the chamber is running For more information on the Digital Outputs screen go to Section 11 3 Events Digital Outputs Note The output from each device is dependent upon the chamber configuration See Section 6 10 Setup Output Mappings by Chamber Type to determine the controllers outputs in your specific configuration Device Primitives Key Digital On Off or Analog Input Input from Related Primitive Logical And Logical Or Logical Mot Device Output Fan Device Drives the Fan This output is on whenever the chamber is running Channel 1 On Output is On Off SS Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 64 IERGY NANO PID Heat Time Proportioning output that controls the heaters Channel On Affected By Default Value Channel 1 Proportional Band 0 50 Degrees C Reset for Channel 1 Heating 0 02 0 9 9 Repeats minute Rate for Channel 1 Heating 0 9 9 Minutes Cycle Time for Channel 1 Heating 1 60 Second
247. omponents impair the safety features employed on the test chamber and will void your warranty Failure to follow the proper operating procedures listed throughout any of the information provided could cause damage to your equipment personal injury or death Do not use the Synergy Controller in any manner not specified in this manual Improper use may A Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 11 1 1 Company Information and Assistance Congratulations on purchasing the Synergy Nano control system The Synergy Nano and Synergy Micro Controllers are designed by Tidal Engineering to control the next generation of new environmental test chambers They can be used as drop in retrofit controllers for legacy Watlow F4 and VersaTenn controllers The Synergy controllers are applicable to various industrial applications including refrigeration devices for blood storage cold chain management and other temperature and regulatory sensitive applications Headquartered in Randolph New Jersey Tidal Engineering designs and manufactures embedded hardware and software for test amp measurement and data acquisition products Tidal also provides engineering services custom electronic product development and provide turnkey distributed data acquisition and control systems Tidal Engineering Corporation Tel 973 328 1173 2 Emery Ave Fax 973 328 2302 Randolph NJ 07869 Email info tidaleng com Web Site www tidaleng com Important Please have t
248. onds on the keypad The allowable range is 1 to 3600 seconds To change the file size select the parameter Press Change and enter the size in the keypad that follows Range is from 0 25 to 5 0 Megabytes The upper limit is dynamically calculated based upon available space on the internal Storage Card To enable logging select the parameter and press the Change button Page 111 SYNERGY NANO 1 56 02 FM fiLoaginglExport History This screen allows you to export Ehe current history File to Floppy disks Insert a Floppy disk into the disk drive and click Export below to begin eere fiuse Hard Disk Setup Screen Chamber 25 0C 50 0 Setup Screen 1 56 47 PM fiLogging Clear History This screen allows vou to clear the history File Once the history File is cleared there is no way bo retrieve the data that used to be init IF you want to continue clearing the history File click an Clear below Otherwise click op Back Clear History Chamber Off 25 0C 50 0 m Maintenance Screen P Ze eL This screen allows you to clear the history File Once the history File is cleared there is no way bo retrieve the data that used to be in it IF you want to continue clearing Ehe history File click an Clear below Otherwise click an Back Clear History Chamber Off 158 0F 49 4 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Export History for Logging Operation To Export History navigate to the Logging Export
249. onfirm our settings and then press Finish When vau click Finish vau will have created the Following alarm named heater safety shutoff Monitoring High Res Analog 1 With options Trigger Relay 2 SYNERGY z Back Cancel Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 136 SYNERGY NANO Setup Screen The User Alarm Setup screen lists our new alarm as shown at left SenID E Alarm Ma Tre ck Z S d Ack ki 130 heater sa D 230 UOT Chamber OT In operation when the Torr value is greater than 30 Torr as shown here Relay 2 Event 24 is Activated Grey Events Screen 10 44 00 ATI ER Qutputs HiAL PIDH BoostH Low mp Hicomp PID Full Low Cascade Mone Mone Mone Mone None None VentBrc Vacuum Event 1 Event z Event 3 d Event 4 Even 5 Event 6 Mone Mone Mone O Mane O None Event 24 Selected Output 1 B 12a Qut 1 On Off Alarm 23 90 Zell When the Torr value is less than 30 Torr as shown here Relay 2 Event 24 is normal Red Events Screen 10 42 04 AM ER Qutputs HiAL PIDH BoostH Low mp Hicomp PID Full LowAL Cascade Mone Mone None None None VentBrc Vacuum Event 1 Event z Event 3 Event 4 Event Mone Mone Mone Mone O Mone None Note that as we specified this alarm only operates Relay 2 It doesn t appear in the title bar in the alarm screen or in the log file Mone d Event 24 Selected Output
250. ontrol and monitoring of multiple environmental chambers and Synergy UUT Unit Under Test thermocouple module The Synergy Series uniquely provides networking capabilities for office and factory automation as well as test and measurement protocols and standards The Synergy Series is ideal for a wide range of applications since the Synergy Nano and the full sized Synergy Micro share the same Synergy Controller software the user and programming interface are identical This provides the benefit of lower training engineering and support costs to the OEM and end user alike This scalability is unique in the industry Offering OEMs test labs and re builders service providers the ultimate in cost effective integration of control logging and connectivity features the instrument is singularly appropriate for use in the broadest spectrum of environmental testing applications including temperature humidity vibration altitude HALT Highly Accelerated Life Testing HASS Highly Accelerated Stress Screening thermal shock and thermal vacuum testing processes The Synergy Nano is ideal for use in chambers or ovens when controlled environments are essential for the testing screening and calibration of mission critical systems and components Among those industries in which the instrument can be confidently employed are electronic systems semiconductors aerospace automotive medical and pharmaceutical It most frequently replaces Watlow F4 and 942 Yo
251. ontrol panel To determine if your alarm condition is a Low Storage alarm go to the Maintenance Alarms folder and read the alarm description To clear the alarm condition export the logging history data and clear the file according to the following steps Go to Setup Screen folder and scroll down to select the Logging folder Select Export History if you would like to save the history file This step can be skipped if you don t need the data in the log file See Section 7 1 Maintenance Operator Interface for more information on exporting history files WARNING Once deleted logging data cannot be recovered Page 146 SYNERGY ANO Setup Screen fiLogging Clear History This screen allows you to clear the history file Once the history File is cleared there is no way bo retrieve the data that used to be in it IF you want to continue clearing Ehe history File click an Clear below Otherwise click an Back Clear History Alarm Low Storage eo0C SOO s m Maintenance Screen Hack DCK Alarm 1 31 20 PM Low Storage Alarm Low Storage eo0C SO s m Maintenance Screen ng Chamber Off eaUC 50 0 De Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Go to the Setup Screen and select the Logging Clear History folder Press the Clear History button to delete the current history file and free its space on the Storage Card The chamber should now be free of the Low Storage alarm condition Acknowledge the Lo
252. or to RTD 1 RTD 2 Press the Accept button when finished Analog 1 DinitalIn aues 2 The Sensor Select Number Code will appear in zh KM Ad i 3 v the Settings screen shown above This code is Ges derived from the Olympic Board Sensor Code Chart shown below Chamber Off 460 2C 0 0 Olympic Board Sensor Code Chart Sensor Value Description o RTD 1 Platinum 100 ohm RTD Normally Chamber Air Temperature RTD 2 Platinum 100 ohm RTD Normally not used in stand chamber configurations Analog 1 0 to 5 Volt DC Signal Normally Humidity sensor in T H units Analog 2 0 to 5 Volt DC Signal Normally not used in standard chamber configurations Analog 3 0 to 5 Volt DC Signal Normally not used in standard chamber configurations Analog 4 0 to 5 Volt DC Signal Normally not used in standard chamber configurations Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 238 SYNERGY NANO Setup Screen grakas PM UUT Module Sensor Sensor Select l When the UUT Module is selected you can then select which UUT module second column and m then the specific sensor on that module third Olympic Module 1 Sensor 1 column WUT e Module 2 Machine Module 3 Press the Accept button when finished Digital In Module 4 The Sensor Select Number Code will appear in ensi MOE ix Ee m the Settings screen shown on the previous page This code is derived from the UUT Module Accept Sensor Code Chart shown below
253. p Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 329 LabVIEW Library Contents The Synergy Nano LabVIEW driver contains the following Vis Top Level VIs o TESynC GUI vi o TESynC VI Tree vi o TESynC VI Example vi VI s to query state and parameters o TESynC AckAlarms vi TESynC GetAlarm vi TESynC GetEventState vi O O O OOOO V s to Set state and parameters o TESynC SetChamberOFF vi TESynC SetChamberON vi TESynC SetEventState vi TESynC SetHumidity vi TESynC SetTemperature vi O O St V s to start and end GPIB communication TESynC Initalize vi TESynC Close vi TESynC Visa Read vi O OO X Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A TESynC GetActualHumidity vi TESynC GetActualTemperature vi TESynC GetChamberState vi TESynC GetHumiditySetPoint vi TESynC GetTemperatureSetPoint vi Page 330 IERGY NANO The User Interface vi Example The TESynC GUI vi provides a simple control panel that can be used to quickly connect to the Synergy Nano using GPIB Ethernet TCP IP or RS 232 to verify communication and perform some basic control and monitor functions Operate Tools Window Help oru Her Ls ms e Sun t ue uim EE Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 331 SYNERGY NANO A Simple Example The VIs provided in the LabVIEW driver TESynC 1 1 Ilb can be incorporated in test programs to develop custom temperature control application
254. p configuration supports VersaTenn Thermal Shock retrofits Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 95 UIERGY ANO 6 11 3 Generic Temperature Humidity Generic Temperature Humidity 2SM Outputs TE1151 6 SM Channel Digital Output Device 6 16 Wickpan 2 15 Drier 4 14 Dehumidify Coil 3 13 Hi Al 2 12 PID Humidify 1 11 Ambient 3SM Event Outputs TE1151 6 SM Channel Digital Output Device e 6 24 Event 6 5 23 Event 5 4 22 Event 4 3 21 Event 3 2 20 Event 2 1 19 Event 1 1SM Outputs TE1151 12 SM Channel Digital Output Device 2 12 18 Vacuum 11 17 Vent BC 10 10 Cascade 9 9 Low Artificial Load 8 8 Full Cool 7 7 PID Cool 6 6 High Compressor 5 5 Low Compressor 4 4 Boost Heat 3 3 PID Heat 2 2 High Artificial Load 1 1 Fan SSR Outputs TE1151 5 SSR Channel Digital Output Device 5 29 Wickpan 4 28 Drier 3 27 Dehumidify Coil 2 26 PID Humidify 1 25 Ambient Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 96 Generic Temperature Humidity Main Screen Main Screen Digital Output Screen 11 20 47 PM 11 21 08 PM Chan 2 Humid 9 RH Set 5 fiDigital Outputs ax 56 0 S Events Screen Chan 1 Unit Temp C Set Point Point Actual 46 0 C 25 0 C us 50 0 06 HiAL PIDH BoostH Low mp H omp Low Cascade Ambient PIDHumd HO DHmcCail Vert Vacuum Event 1 Event z Event 3 Event 4 Ambient PIDHumd DHmcCoil Drier wickPan Mane PIDC Drier Even 5 Event 23 Full WickP
255. pen collector solid state relays mechanical relays and an expanded configuration that provides such enhanced features as GPIB and up to 32 outputs Built in remote control monitoring a USB bar code reader and GPIB IEEE 488 is optionally offered Eight Screen Navigation keys provide immediate access to total system control You can easily switch between an array of setup programming and diagnostic screens While entering information on one screen you can switch to another screen to view a setting or parameter and then return to the previous one Navigation and control buttons on every screen permit instant access to chamber functions and options Color real time data graphing displays important trend information The versatility and the simplicity built into the new Synergy Controller makes it truly enjoyable to operate Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 6 Sa The Synergy Controller software was first released in 2001 and has been steadily improved through a continuous process Numerous software versions have been released in an effort to improve the usability reliability and features of the controller This manual refers to the features in the newest major upgrade of the Synergy Controller application version 2 9 5 Some of the features described in this manual were not available in previous versions Check the Tidal Engineering website www tidaleng com for information on the latest version and newest features We welcome
256. portionina Ambient is On Dehumidify Coil is Time Proportioning Compressor Cut In Logic Input 3 Closed Low Stage Compressor On Notes There is a one minute turn on timer that is reset while the compressor is off Compressor Cut In Logic Input 3 when closed selects Compressor Cut In Logic For a pressure switch Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 71 UERQGY NANO Cascade Condenser This output turns on whenever cooling is needed It energizes the solenoid that feeds liquid refrigerant to the evaporator coll Channel 1 On AND Cascade Channel 2 On AND Channel 2 is Humidity Off Ier On Compressor Cut In Logic AND Input 3 Closed Low Stage Compressor On b Notes The Turn Off Timer is reset when Channel 1 PID Cool gt 0 Denotes that the OFF input signal has priority if both ON and OFF are true Compressor Cut in Logic Input 3 when closed selects Compressor Cut In Logic For a pressure switch Vacuum This output controls the vacuum device on altitude chambers Channel 2 On OT17 Vacuum Channel 2 is Pressure Vacuum LEV2 On OT17 Output 17 Control Type Default Value Vacuum Range Vacuum or Purge Selects the control logic for the Vacuum device Can be either Vacuum or Purge Notes LEV 2 Controls Vacuum device when OT17 is set to Purge Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 72 SYNERGY NANO Vent Boost
257. privileges to install this software Rev 1 20 and up During the install process it may be necessary for the setup program to reboot the PC to allow updated files to be used during installation This is normal and it is handled automatically by setup program just follow on screen instructions External Hardware Dongle Key Synergy Manager Software utilizes an external hardware Dongle key to provide software registration and protection The Dongle comes in two versions a USB model and parallel port model with the USB model as the standard The Dongle Key chart below indicates which model to use with what PC operating system For Windows 95 Operating system must support USB ports OSR2 version is needed Synergy Manager Monitor Only mode If Synergy Manager is started without Dongle key the Synergy Manager title bar will indicate that Synergy Manager is in Monitor Only Mode as shown in the graphic below Additionally the About box will not display the Serial Number The Dongle key must be inserted before starting Synergy Manager inserting Dongle key after Synergy Manager has started will not change the mode of operation LinkTenn32 Tenny Environmental Monitor Only Version Synergy Manager Title bar without File Chambers Ports Profile Editor Alert System window Help Dongle Key Inserted Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 188 The About Box without Dongle Key inserted a gt Rev 2 10 Connects es
258. programs as described in the previous sections It can also operate at steady state conditions i e manual operation This section explains the screens and procedures you can use to quickly setup and run your chamber for steady state operation 10 1 Main Screen The MAIN screen appears after the controller is powered up Steady state set points are accessed from this screen The chamber can also be turned On and Off from this screen 10 2 Entering a set point m 3 31 34 PM Chan 1 Temp Set Ki Set Point 12 5 D Point E or Chan 2 Humid RH 50 0 Yo Actual PETS Chamber OTT LIGUE 48 4 95 m 3a OY PM Channel 1 Setpoint valid Range 328 to 9357 Degrees F cy Chan On C Chan off Present Value Hew Value Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Press the MAIN Navigation Screen button Press the Setpoint text entry box for Channel 1 to enter a setpoint The keypad screen appears as shown below Enter setpoints for the other channels or set them off as required for the test The keypad shows the Valid Range and the Present Value for the setpoint Select Chan On Enter the New Value Press Accept The Main screen will appear with your new setpoint Important Note Channel 1 is the primary channel and should always be on when the chamber is on The Synergy Nano will turn off Channel 2 if Channel 1 is turned off You can however turn off Channel 2 typically Humidity To turn off
259. provides an overview of the controller installation process The Synergy Nano installation consists of the six steps Summarized here 1 Configuration selection Select the appropriate configuration for your test chamber i e Temperature Humidity Temperature Pressure etc Mount the controller and the other components Wire the controller output boards etc Setup the controller Test all alarm systems Verify control system performance for transient and steady state testing ou pem I Note that some of these steps are simplified for some retrofits when those systems already have the output compatible boards installed These steps are noted accordingly Detailed chamber specific retrofit installation instructions are available for some chambers at www tidaleng com Dangerous voltages are present in this equipment and in most environmental test i chambers Disconnect electrical service of source and tag circuit out before servicing or a A replacing components 17 1 Chamber Configuration Selection To begin the installation process select the configuration appropriate for your test chamber i e Temperature Humidity Temperature Pressure etc See Section 6 10 for a list of standard configurations for the Synergy Nano and Section 6 11 for a list of standard configurations for the Synergy Nano Plus Consult the factory for custom configurations Wiring details for the stand alone Synergy Nano configurations TE1858 1 2 and 3 are
260. pt Chamber Setup Change Chamber Available Options Generic Temp Humidity Accept Cancel Chamber Off 229C 49 3 Next Reset the Controller or Cycle power When the chamber restarts the controller will indicate that the current chamber type differs from the last chamber type This is OK Press OK to acknowledge that message You will then be asked if you would like to discard the old settings and load the current settings Press YES on this window Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 159 SYNERGY NANO Restore Settings In this section we will restore the settings from the backup inmane GE Browse to the Maintenance Screen rie Utiities Config Utilities File Utilities Config Utilities folder and open the Backup Settings Folder Then press the Restore Settings Folder Alarm Multiple Alarms Ot C Maintenance Screen Press the Browse button Fie Utilities Config Utilities Restore Settings Restore File Restore Cancel Alarm Multiple Alarms Off C 108 4T Select Source File Then select either the Storage Card or the USB Hard Disk from the Drive List Then Drive List Storage Card select the appropriate file from the list and File List press Select Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 160 SYNERGY NANO Restore File text box and then press Restore Fie Utilities Config Utilities Restore Settings Back Restore File Storage Cardivphth 23 cFg The Controller will conf
261. put Output interface It acquires analog and digital inputs and controls the outputs to the chamber machinery and is described in Section 17 The Serial Number on the Olympic Board is required for service related inquiries and for software registration keys to enable the Web Server and the Cascade Control features The support frame contains contact information Tidal Engineering Corporation designs and manufactures the Synergy Nano Contact Tidal Engineering for technical issues specifically related to the controller Contact your chamber manufacturer for chamber issues Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 140 SS Sy r Memory capacity and usage is shown at the bottom of the About Screen If the available memory is too low the Synergy Nano will generate an alarm Low memory issues are uncommon and can usually be resolved by rebooting the Synergy Nano This setting is for system memory and does not represent Storage Card space available or used by logging Maintenance Screen 12 38 44 Pf File Utilities Fie Utilities This directory is used to Hack Copy Files Seegen Rename Files Copy Files Delete Files Rename Files e Export History a Clear History Export History Clear History Export EN Note Descriptions of each sub folder under the File ScreenShots Utilities folder follow below Chamber Off 25 0C 50 0 m Maintenance Screen z D3 D07 PM Copy Files I EUN un a File Utiities Copy Files
262. pyright CH 2001 2007 Tidal Engineering Corporation Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 27 SYNERGY NANO 5 0 NAVIGATION SCREENS A Brief Overview This section shows each of the eight main navigation screens and includes a brief summary of each This section serves as a quick reference guide For expanded information on each screen go to the corresponding manual section Setup Screen SETUP Screen Provides access to ten different Setup folders Scroll down to view the last three folders Calibration PID Settings Calibration FID Settings Special Functions M Special Functions L Values LCD Settings Chamber Setup Logging L values LCD Settings Chamber Setup el Panel Lock Languages ONE SIE 0 6 o e User Programmable Alarms Setup Screen mgl Details are in Section 6 0 Setup Panel Lack Languages 459 70 DDT 12 15 40 AM P MAINTENANCE Screen These folders contain utilities that are used for the operation and maintenance of the chamber H Alarms Channel PIDs Alarms Channel PID s About Synergy Controller E File Utilities Date and Time File Utilities Date and Time Details are in Section 7 0 Maintenance Chamber OTT 459 77 DOT Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 28 SYNERGY NANO 2 04 58 PM m Comm Screen R5 485 IEEE 488 CS EA Web Server TCP IP Server LE 0 6 9 2 05 34 Pi ile A Open File Save File EditStep Add s
263. quick reference to the information contained in the Synergy Nano Sample screens follow some of the directory tables to show the sequence of operation of certain functions Some are shown for your reference Below is a list of all Sub Directory Tables within the main Setup Directory Sub Directory Table Number and Title 6 1 Setup Directory Table 6 8 LCD Settings 6 2 Calibration 6 9 Chamber Setup 6 3 PID Settings 6 10 Output Mappings 6 4 Special Functions 6 11 Logging 6 5 L Values 6 12 Logging Sequence of Operation 6 6 Settings List 6 13 Panel Lock 6 7 Device Primitives 6 14 Languages Important Notice Most of the parameters in the Setup Directory are preset at the factory Under most circumstances these parameters should not be changed They are shown and described in the tables for reference only Some are default settings within the controller itself or may not even apply to your chamber Changes to some of the parameters may effect your chamber operation and void your warranty Please call the chamber manufacturer with any questions you may have The Synergy Nano is a flexible multi channel control system designed to handle virtually all temperature control applications supporting programming logging remote control and alarming The block diagram in Section 2 1 identifies the major data processing components of the controller and their relationships Two small block diagrams in the two sections following the main bloc
264. r C1 in the Command field Note the space between and C1 Press the Send button and note the temperature in Response field Note The response is in the current units of measure for the controller Page 323 m Tidal Engineering SimpleComm File wiew About Connect Disconnect Status Socket Connected Address 172 16 10 116 Fort 5000 Command JERGY NANO TCP7IP 1 TCPAP 2 SP1 28 7 Syst Err DOH Response Loop ms EE m idal Engineering SimpleComm File View About IEEE 488 i Connect Disconnect Status Socket Connected Address 172 16 10 116 Fart 5000 Command TCP IP 1 TCPAP 2 SP1 SPI Dome SP1 C Syst Er DH Response Loop sl AE KDB aT Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Example 2 This example demonstrates the Synergy Nano temperature setpoint command To setup this example we connected to the chamber as we did in Example 1 then performed the following steps 1 Type SP1 23 7 in the Command field Note the space between and SP1 and between SP1 and 23 7 and don t type the quotes 2 Press the Send button and note the OK in Response field The controller responds with OK when the command is accepted Example 3 This example demonstrates the controller s setpoint query command and multi command capability To setup this example we connect
265. r data dat files from your Synergy Controller After the Clean Dat program runs and the system reset all of the controller settings are reset to their default values You may want to use the Clean Dat Utility if your controller won t boot Deleting the dat files may resolve the issue Before you run the Clean Dat utility make sure to record all of the settings PID Special Functions LValues etc for the controller See the Settings List in Section 6 6 within the Setup chapter of this manual for a helpful table that you can use to record your chamber settings Alternatively you can use Tidal Engineering s SimpleComm communications application to record the settings via Ethernet or Serial Communications and restore them after you run the Clean Dat utility The SimpleComm application is discussed elsewhere in this manual and is available on the Resource CDROM and on Tidal Engineering s website Running the Clean Dat utility will NOT delete your chamber s profile program files files you created using the Program Screen To clean your dat files 1 Insert the Synergy Controller Clean disk into the USB drive on your chamber 2 Either reset the controller or cycle the power on the chamber 3 The Clean Dat will run when the controller reboots and will delete the data files 4 When complete and the USB light stays off remove the USB from the drive Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 163 7 7 LCD Backlight Lamp Replacement Synergy N
266. r has been assigned a different IP Address when the DHCP server IP lease expires Your network administrator can assign a specific and persistent IP Address to your chamber if he has the Synergy Nano s MAC Address an identification number that uniquely identifies your controller You can determine the Synergy Nano s MAC address using the arp command in the Command widow on any PC that is on the same network as the controller To use the arp command follow these steps 1 Connect your Synergy Nano unit to your network and apply power 2 Determine the IP address of the Synergy Nano unit by pressing the COMM button and navigate to the Ethernet folder The IP Address property is displayed Note the IP Address 3 Open a Command window on the desktop by going to the Start button on the lower left of the desktop and select Run from the menu 4 Enter the letters cmd in the open window Then press OK Run o0 Type Ehe name of a program Folder document or Internet resource and Windows will open it Far vau Open cmd Cancel Browse 5 Verify the network connection to the Synergy Nano by typing ping EE HELL THEE THEE where the signs represent the Synergy Nano unit s IP Address 6 In the Command window type arp a BH SI THEE ADR again replacing the signs with the Synergy Nano s IP Address 7 The arp command will respond with the Internet Address and the Physical Address MAC Address of the
267. r your home page Temporary Internet Files Pages you view an Ehe Internet are stored in a special folder for quick viewing later Delete Files Settings Press the Settings button under Temporary Internet Files Settings Bai C Every time you start Internet Explorer C Automatically Never Temporary Internet files folder Current location CAINE T SsPrafiles sSdministratars T empo Internet Files Amount of dizk space to use LL EE MB Move Folder View Files View Objects Cancel In the Settings screen select the Every visit to the page option Press OK to save the configuration on the Browser window will be sent to the controller but the screen images will not update Buttons Caution The Synergy Nano may work unpredictably if this setting is not changed Mouse clicks and functions may therefore be pressed unintentionally Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 172 SYNERGY NANO Accessing the Synergy Nano via the Web To access the controller via the web open Internet Explorer and type your controller s IP address in the address bar You can find the controller s IP address in the Web Server folder under the COMM button For example if the Web Server Address on the controller is 170 23 10 10 then type 170 23 10 10 in Internet Explorer s address bar After entering the address press Enter to navigate to your controller The next scre
268. ramp time is set the setpoint will ramp linearly from the starting point to the desired setpoint throughout the step For example if the user wants to ramp the temperature ten degrees in ten minutes the chamber will drive the temperature one degree higher every minute Output Events are programmable for each step These events can be enabled or disabled with every setpoint step if some user function or hardware is connected to one or more event outputs Events are evaluated at the beginning of every step If an event is set on for a step it is enabled at the beginning of the step and maintained for the duration of the step The last set of options in a Setpoint step is located on the events screen They are Use Drier LEV2 and OT11 Use Drier enables the drier device if available on temperature humidity chambers instead of the default dehumidify coil When equipped with a drier device the chamber will typically be capable of achieving a lower humidity OT11 changes the output logic for the ambient coil between On Off logic and Time Proportioning logic LEV2 controls the Purge device if available and enabled through OT17 Enabling it will enable the purge device disabling it will disable the purge device See the L Value Section 6 5 of the manual for more information regarding these control features Jump Loop The Jump loop step is used to repeat parts of a profile A Jump loop step requires two parameters the target step for the loop and
269. ramping Time Proportioning mode can be changed in a program on a step by step basis by selecting the OT11 checkbox when creating a program step See Section 9 0 Programming the Synergy Nano Output 11 or OT11 TPM Time Proportioned Mode can be monitored from within the Events screen To monitor the state of the OT11 TPM setting go to the Events Event Output folder and observe the LED light next to the OT11 TPM label The light is red when Output 11 is in time proportioning mode gray when in On Off mode You can monitor the Ambient Coil from the Events Digital Outputs folder The LED is gray when off red when on and yellow when in time proportioning mode Output 17 Control Type Vacuum The Output 17 Control Type selects the type of control logic for Vacuum Purge output When channel 2 is altitude choose either the Vacuum mode or the Purge mode Use vacuum when channel 2 units are in Torr Output 17 Vacuum Logic Diagram Channel 2 On OT17 Vacuum iid Channel 2 is Pressure Vacuum LEV On OT17 Output 17 Control Type Selects the control logic for the Vacuum device Can be either Vacuum or Purge LEV2 Controls Vacuum device when OT17 is set to Purge Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 54 Output 18 Control Type The Output 18 Control Type selects the type of control logic for Vent Boost Cool output Vent Boost Cool Logic Diagram Channel 1 On AND OT18 is Boost Cool Channel 1 PID Cool
270. rather than testing over temperature and voltage of each unit Additional testing or burn in of a system is available by special order Tidal Engineering reserves the right to make changes and improvements to its products without providing notice TIDAL ENGINEERING IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF TIDAL ENGINEERING CORPORATION Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 12 2 0 SPECIFICATIONS Channels DC Outputs 6 lor2 0 5 VDC 1 thru 4 Nano Plus Only Event Outputs 6 Process Variables 0 5 VDC for TE1151 6 TE1708 6 TE1616 6 Cards E e Digital Inputs Leeder Number of Digital Inputs 5 Vibration Up to 16 Digital Inputs Nano Plus Only LCD Type Color 320 X 240 Backlight LED 50 000 Hours Touch screen Resistive Communications 10 100 BaseT Ethernet Telnet FTP and WebTouch Servers RS 232 Communications IEEE 488 Optional Storage 1 GB On Board Flash Removable USB Flash Disk 64 MB SDRAM Universal Serial Bus USB For USB Flash Memory for Program and Log File and Export Also for Bar Code Scanner USB Mouse and USB Keyboard Programming Windows friendly program file names Step Types Set Point Jump Loop Auto Start Hold Stop Number of programs Only limited by onboard storage Software Features Real Time clock with battery backup Automatic resume after power failure Software configurable chamber type Analog Inputs 2 Universal and 2 process RTD Temp Range 200 C
271. rd can be up to 10 characters Alarm TempGard 24 0 C 0 0 95 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 120 SYNERGY NANO The Panel Lock Screen Settings folder is used to assign the user level for each screen The suggested user levels are listed in the table below Default User Levels Screen Default Access SETUP Administrator MAINT Maintainer COMM Engineer PROG Engineer RUN Operator EVENTS Operator GRAPH Unrestricted MAIN Operator The Panel Lock Screen Settings folder is shown below Note that the vertical scroll bar must be used to view all 8 screens in the list Setup Screen ALARMI Fanel LockiScreen Settingsi Program Screen Mone Run Screen Mone Events Screen Mone Graph Screen Mone Main Screen Mone Description Press Change to Select the access level Far the Change Setup screen Alarm TempGard 24 0 C 0 0 95 Setup Screen Panel LockiScreen Settingsi Setup Screen Mone Maintenance Screen Mone Comm Screen Mone Program Screen Mone RUN Screen None el Description Press Change to Select the access level Far the Setup screen Alarm TempGard 2400 0 0 When the Panel is locked access is only permitted on screens assigned a user level other than none after the user enters an appropriate password Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 121 E uj SYNERGY WNAANO i A Enter Password f Enter Password 1 01 30 PM a f Lee When t
272. reen 3 41 33 Pv Data Output Selection Special Functions Analog Retransmit 1 Select the desired output variable and press the Accept button Available Options oft 4 To output a second variable repeat this process Channel Actual g with the Analog Retransmit 2 folder Channel 3 Actual Channel 1 Setpoint Channel 1 Heat PIC Chamber Off eaUC 30 0 9 Retransmit Output Scaling The Synergy Nano analog retransmit outputs are 0 to 5 Volts DC The optional TE1803 isolator converter can scale the output to 4 20mA The options and scaling for the analog retransmit outputs are listed in the table below Note Channel 2 actual output is set to 0 0 when channel 2 is set to off Data Options Off Channel 1 Actual 250C to 250C Channel 2 Actual 0 to 100 Channel 3 Actual 0 to 100 Channel 1 Setpoint 250C to 250C Channel 2 Setpoint 0 to 100 Channel 3 Setpoint 0 to 100 Channel 1 Heat PID O to 100 Channel 1 Cool PID 0 to 100 Channel 2 Heat PID O to 100 Channel 2 Cool PID O to 100 Channel 3 Heat PID 0 to 100 Channel 3 Cool PID O to 10096 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 57 IERGY NANO Connections See the Installation section for wiring information The analog retransmit outputs are accurate to 0 2 with loads to 1K ohms The analog retransmit output can drive loads down to 200 ohms and maintain 0 5 accuracy Mapping Output for Custom Heat amp Cool Systems The Synergy Nano s analog retra
273. rgy Nano s 32 Digital Outputs are listed on this Digital Outputs screen Each output in use for the configuration is named and the associated LED indicates its status Additional information concerning each output is displayed in the text box at the bottom of the screen when the output is selected The text box displays the output designation numbers s and the status of the output control screen Events Outputs Digital Outputs Digital Inputs 9 9 9 9 9 UUT Temperatures Status Screen LEDs show status of the 16 Digital Inputs Note Input 9 is the TempGard input Events Directory The Events Directory displays the subfolders for the six Event status screens including the event output High Resolution Analog Inputs Low Resolution Analog Inputs Page 218 3 E 11 1 Event Outputs Screen m Events Screen 3 34 57 PN Event Outputs Event Outputs In the Manual operation mode only Events 1 Back f APPI thru 6 the Drier and LEV 2 can be turned On or P i A Off When the item is pressed a checkmark EE appears in the box Press Apply to apply the 2 Ge eu state of the Event check boxes to their outputs i e enable the checked outputs and disable the CH use Drier unchecked outputs C Event C Event 5 C LEV2 Select All and Unselect All buttons are ED Event 3 e Event 6 C Le Tem provided for Events 1 thru 6 In the Run Mode this screen serves as a status Steady Sta
274. river available for the Synergy Nano provides an easy way to control and monitor the instrument using GPIB IEEE 488 Ethernet TCP IP or RS 232 and speeds the development of test chamber control programs in LabVIEW The driver was developed in LabVIEW 8 0 and can be incorporated in any application developed in LabVIEW 8 0 or higher The driver is a LabVIEW library that contains 19 Virtual Instruments Vls that are specifically tailored to work with the Synergy Nano and save hours of program development time thus greatly reducing the cost of adding chamber control to the test development process The library also includes an TESynC Example vi and TESynC GUI vi that can be used as a quick start reference LabVIEW Library TESynC 1 1 IIb Select a File ta Open TESynC LLb e b TESync aur vi v TESvniC vi Tree vi ka TESvnC AckAlarms vi L TESynC Close vi oj TESyn Example vi k TES nC GetActualHumidity vi L TESync GebAckualTemperature vi k TESynC aerAlarm wi fe TESynC GetChamberState vi L TESynC GetEventState vi L TESync GetHumidity SetPoint vi ka TESvnC GetTemperaturesetPoint vi ka TESvnc Initialize vi pj TESync SetChamber Orr vi ka TESynC SetchamberoN vi p TE SetEventState vi La TESvncC SetHumidity vi kd TESyncC SekTemperature vi DN TESynC Visa Read vi Cancel Hel
275. rol ASCII Mode On LAIN USE Keyboard PC 3 Scan the following 4 Enable the CTRL F Prefix This is sent before the scanner sends the barcode data a Scan the Add Prefix symbol Add Prefix 9 g 6 b Scan the 9 symbol c Scan the 9 symbol d Scan the 0 symbol e Scan the 6 symbol f Scan the Save symbol Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 253 UERQGY NANO EUM Save Add the Carriage Return Suffix when using the PS 2 Keyboard interface This setting appends the Carriage Return to the barcode data Skip this section when using the USB interface 3 Setthe Prefix Delay The scanner waits a 400ms Delay period before sending the barcode data a Scan the Interfunction Delay symbol Interfunction Delay 9 9 d Scan the Save symbol Save b Scan the 9 symbol c Scan the 9 symbol 4 Enable OCR A font recognition Scan the OCR A On symbol OCR A On The barcode scanner is now configured for use with the Synergy Nano Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 254 IERGY NANO 16 5 Barcode Interface Specifications This is the specification for the barcode
276. rue Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 69 SYNERGY NANO Low Stage Compressor This output controls the low stage compressor in a cascade refrigeration system Low AND AND Stage Comp Channel On Channel 2 On Channel 2 is Humidity Channel 1 PID Cool xL3 AND High Stage Compressor Timer Elapsed Channel 1 PID Heat gt L4 D AND Turn Off Timer L15 Channel 1 Actual gt L9 Setpoint Direction is Positive L3 Channel 1 Main Cooling Turn On Default Value 20 Range 0 to 100 Percent cooling that turns on the low stage compressor L4 Channel 1 Main Cooling Turn Off Default Value 80 Range 0 to 100 Percent heat that turns off the low stage compressor O E AND L9 Ramp Up Cooling Default Value 80 Range 0 to 100 Temperature at which the cooling compressor turns off while heating L15 Compressor Turn Off Delay Default Value 1 Range 0 to 5 Minutes Number of minutes after Main Cooling Turn off before compressor turns off This value is used to limit compressor cycling Notes The Turn Off Timer is reset when Channel 1 PID Cool 096 Denotes that the ON input signal has priority if both ON and OFF are true Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 70 High Stage Compressor This output energizes the high stage compressor in a cascade refrigeration system Channel 1 On Turn On Timer Elapsed Channel 2 On Channel 2 is Humidity Ambient is Time Pro
277. ry Floppy C LISB Export Path lUD DF 18 3 9 Steady State Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Delete Files Select and delete the desired file You can press the Browse button to view the list of drives available Follow the directions as described above in the section named Select Source amp Destination File Hename Files Enter the original and new file names You can press the Browse button to view the list of drives available Follow the directions as described above in the section named Select Source amp Destination File Export History for Logging Operation Press either radio button to select the storage media Floppy Disk or USB Hard Disk Then press the Export button to export the current history file out to the storage medium Note the Export History and Clear History features are also available in the Setup Logging folder Page 142 SYNERGY NANO aroha Pt Export History Status Export History Status Starting to Export History Please insert a Floppy disk or a USB storage device now Media detected exporting history The history export is complete Press OK to close this screen m Maintenance Screen P LL cuu This screen allows vou to clear the history File Once the history File is cleared there is no way bo retrieve the data that used to be in it IF you want to continue clearing Ehe history File click an Clear below Otherwise click an Back Clear History
278. s Note Alarm Relays are normally energized SYNERGY NANO ALARMS AND ACTIONS ALARM RESPONSES po ALARMRESPONSES 000 ce Em a ch Relay 1 Relay 2 LE Flashes NE ONE OFF T Cow Space Storage Card Flash Gest Gent d ERE 5 2 1 L 6 Voltage Sensor Ch 2 Humidity Ges open ves ves 8 Voltage Sensor cesed ges Im w 2 Voltage Sensor ges ges Im w Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 144 Synergy Nano Low Program Memory amp Low Storage Alarms There are 2 types of local storage on the Synergy Nano Storage Card Flash and RAM The Storage Card holds all the application programs user chamber programs and log files RAM is used exclusively by the operation system and Synergy Nano software The Synergy Nano monitors both storage areas for low memory Low Program Memory Alarm In the event that the RAM memory runs low the Synergy Nano operating system will no longer run efficiently If a Low Program Memory condition exists a pop up window warns The Synergy Nano is running low on memory Please reboot at your earliest convenience and the Maintenance Alarm screen will display the message Low Program Memory Reboot the Synergy Nano to clear this error Note Synergy Nano applications before version 2 0 0 had an issue that caused Low Program Memory Alarms This issue was fixed in 2 0 0 and later versions Contact Tidal Engineering for upgrade inform
279. s Rate Band for Channel 1 Heating 0 0 7 Seconds PID Cool This is a time proportioning output that energizes the cool solenoid permitting refrigerant flow to the evaporator coil FID Cool gt 0 Channel 2 On Channel 2 is Humidity High Stage Compressor On Low Stage Compressor Ori m Affected By Default Value Channel 1 Proportional Band 0 50 Degrees C Reset for Channel 1 Cooling 0 07 0 9 9 Repeats minute Rate for Channel 1 Cooling 0 9 9 Minutes Cycle Time for Channel 1 Cooling 1 60 Seconds Rate Band for Channel 1 Cooling 0 0 7 Seconds Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 65 UERQGY NANO PID Cool Temp Only Temp Temp Configuration This is a time proportioning output that energizes the cool solenoid permitting refrigerant flow to the Evaporator Coil This logic is only used on Temp Only and Temp Temp thermal shock configurations Ch Enabled Ch Cool PID AND Compressor On Affected By Channel 1 Proportional Band Cooling Reset for Channel 1 Cooling 0 07 Rate for Channel 1 Cooling Cycle Time for Channel 1 Cooling 1 60 Seconds Rate Band for Channel 1 Cooling O0 0 7 Seconds Boost Heat Provides extra heating capabilities when cooling compressors are off Ch Enabled Input 3 Compressor j Cut In Logic Closed AND h gt Low Stage Compressor On C gt High Stage Compressor On e Output is On Off E Affected By Default Value
280. s These are listed in the table below Synergy Nano Inputs Channels Application T C RTD channels 2 Temperature Measurements High Resolution 2 Humidity temperature and other process variables 0 0001 0 5VDC channels 16 Bit Volt resolution UUT Temperature Inputs 64 max Temperature Measurements T Type Thermocouples Synergy Nano Plus Inputs Channels Application N RTD channels 2 Temperature Measurements High Resolution 4 Humidity temperature and other process 0 5VDC channels 16 Bit variables 0 0001 Volt resolution Low Resolution 8 For refrigeration pressure and process variables 0 5VDC channels 10 Bit 0 005 Volt resolution UUT Temperature Inputs 16 per Module Temperature Measurements T Type Thermocouples 64 max Note All of these inputs can be logged and checked using the user programmable alarm system 2 3 2 Input Calibration and Scaling Each Input can be calibrated for the physical measurement Ohms Volts or Degrees C Each Input can also be scaled to appropriate engineering units See the Calibration section 2 3 3 Channel Calibration Each Channel is assigned an input In addition channel data can be scaled and offset to accommodate Channel errors caused by sensor position thermal gradients etc Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 19 SYNERGY NANO 2 3 4 Channel PIDs Each Channel has a set of PID constants and variables Each channel implements a PID control algorithm that determin
281. s webserver is 13 0137 You must provide this number to get yaur registration key Registration Key Comm Screen 10 31 34 hd File Warne Input the registration code you received from Tidal Engineering Corporation using the keypad Comm Screen 10 55 06 AM When you are finished press OK To cancel press Cancel You will return to the previous Register the webserver screen and your code will appear in the Registration Key box Your serial number needed to register this webserver is 13 0137 You must provide this number to get vour registration key Registration Key ES Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 170 SYNERGY NANO Comm Screen 10 5723 AM Register the webserver VYersalenn The webserver key was successfully registered Web Server On Off Disabled Web Server Login Name Web Server Password Web Server Address Web Server Key Chamber Lf 123 43 67 59 l2345ABC Description The Web Server On 1 OFF Feature allows the operator to enable the web server sic 0 0 Comm Screen iweb Server Web Server On Off Disabled Web Server Login Name Tesiname Web Server Password testpass Web Server Address 123 45 67 88 Web Server Key 123454 BC Chamber Lf 10 59 26 AM Description The Web Server Op J OFF Feature allows the operator to enable the web server alic 00 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Press Register to continue The Syner
282. s 1 Number of LILITs 2 Number of Number of UUTs Thermocouples Value to be Entered Description The R5 485 Mode Feature is used to choose the communications made Chamber Off 261C 0 0 8 Cycle power to the chamber but leave the UUT power supply plugged in to the 120 V outlet After the Synergy Nano boots up successfully verify that the green LED on the UUT Module is blinking This indicates that data communications have been established between the Synergy Nano and the UUT Module Important Note When you have more than one UUT Module verify that the green LED blinks on each module Each module is queried sequentially as the Synergy Nano gathers the temperature data from each of the modules 9 Verify thermocouple temperature readings Press the EVENTS Navigation key on the Synergy Nano Open the UUT Temperature folder to display the screen below Events Screen 4947 Py o Remember that each UUT Module can accept up to 16 T C inputs E Each screen displays 8 sensors labeled Sensor 1 thru Sensor 8 You can view all 16 inputs of a module with 2 screens Sensor Ter Press the Next button to view the next set of Sensor 1 eight sensors for the first UUT Module The sensor 2 path display changes from UUT1 to UUT2 The sensor 3 UUT2 screen will show the readings for actual Sensor 4 sensors No s 9 16 pied e To view sensor inputs for UUT Modules 2 3 Sensor F and 4 continue pressing the Next button UUT Ge
283. s No Bad Sensor Ch 2 Analog1 130 1 Vdc Yes Yes Yes No Bad Sensor Ch 2 Analog1 130 gt 5 25 Vdc Yes Yes Yes No TempGard Digital Input 9 409 Open Yes Yes No No Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 99 6 11 5 Generic Temperature Pressure Altitude and Space Generic Temperature Pressure Altitude amp Space 25M Outputs TE1151 6 SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 30 Not Used 5 29 Not Used 4 28 Not Used 3 27 Not Used 2 26 Not Used 1 25 Not Used 3SM Event Outputs SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 24 Event 6 D 29 Event 5 4 22 Event 4 3 21 Event 3 2 20 Event 2 1 19 Event 1 15M Outputs TE1151 12 SM Digital Device Channel Output 12 18 Vacuum 11 17 Vent BC 10 10 Cascade 9 9 Low Artificial Load 8 8 Full Cool 7 7 PID Cool 6 6 High Compressor 5 5 Low Compressor 4 4 Boost Heat 3 3 PID Heat 2 2 High Artificial Load 1 1 Fan SSR Outputs TE1151 5 SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 30 Not Used 5 29 Not Used 4 28 Not Used 3 27 Not Used 2 26 Not Used 1 25 Not Used Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A DIES Page 100 Generic Temperature Pressure Main Screen Main Screen Digital Output Screen Main 11 33 28 PM Events Screen Chan 1 Unit Temp _ Chan z Press T Torr a EE B a 56 0 T See 250C AGRO 210T 5 x Low O WMentBC is None E HAL D Cascade Vacuum Mone PIDH Mone Eventi G None BoostH Mone D Eventz D Mone E LowcCmp D Mone Event 3 D
284. s more than one way to connect a specific output This provides flexibility when wiring the chamber to support new and retrofit installations The figure at the right shows the different the ways Olympic board can be connected to the various SM boards 3SM FEvents For example note that the 3SM Event outputs can be connected two ways directly to the Olympic board P6 connector or thru the 1SM J5 connector as shown at the right Prerrrrrerr E Ha m DW Nu NM L8ggggggeeeeg oe MEN In addition some chamber definitions provide the same function to more than one output This is referred to as mirroring For example in the Generic Temperature Humidity configuration the Humidify output is available on 2SM 2 and SSR 2 The SSR outputs emulate the VersaTenn IIl SSR outputs which simplifies VersaTenn controller retrofits To further support retrofits the 5 Channel output board is wired to emulate the wiring of the VersaTenn III SSR outputs Installation section 17 0 describes the SSR outputs for retrofit configurations in greater detail The Screenshot below shows the position of each switching module on the EVENTS Digital Output Screen ts Screen Sigital Outputs LowAL J ventBC 13 None Olympic Board HiAL Cascade 2 O PIDH Event 1 S Boost Event 2 D Lowcmp Event 3 Hicomp 9 None O Event 4 9 pIDC 9 Mone Event5 Event 23 Fullc amp None OQ Event Event 24 Synerg
285. sages Command Syntax Range Command Response Example Units Example Control Commands SE Sei E SP X X Range R L to R H or OFF l SP1 100 7 O CH Sensor Set CH SENSOR ARG 1 ARG1 ID of the Sensor 100 CH1SENSOR 110 O Ch Sensor Select BEEF CH Sensor Query CH SENSOR See the user manual for CH1SENSOR wee TE K d e 0 0 25 0 Ch Heating Output 1HI Query HI 0 100 96 Im f 00 0 mae Emmer p 8smWmus m P CTHS F mmen om H K RB H Set RB H ARG1 0 7 Seconds RB1H 4 OK K K 10 K K DB Set DB ARG1 25 to 25 C 45 to 45 F DB15 O K ee porou a s Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 298 SYNERGY NANO Description Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Units Example Control Commands RT C Set CRTC ARGI pe Morale RT C Query RT C 0 09 999 Minutes RT1C 1 0 09 999 Minutes RT1C PAT PRO CAS ENABLED Set CAS ENABLED ARG 1 0 Disabled 1 Enabled CAS1 ENABLED 1 Ch Cascade Enabled CAS ENABLED Query CAS ENABLED 0 Disabled 1 Enabled CAS1 ENABLED CSS Set CSS ARG1 ARG1 ID of the Sensor 100 CSS1 120 999 CSS Query CSS See the user manual for CSS1 numeric codes ST ESCHER MSIE OUS CHL 200 to 500 C 32610932F C1HL CRS H Set CRS H ARG1 0 09 99 Repeats Minute CRS1H CRS H Query CRS H 0 09 99 Repeats Minute Ch Cascade Sensor Ch Cascade Reset N O JJ 1 T Response Example O
286. scanner setup for use with barcode scanners The format required by the Synergy Nano is as follows CTRL S 400ms pause Barcode Data Carriage Return Carriage Return Any barcode scanner that can attach via a keyboard wedge or USB port and can be configured with the above format will work with the Synergy Nano 16 5 Controller Setup No changes are required to any settings on the Synergy Nano for this barcode application except to import the macro file that provides the look up table to interpret the barcode scans and execute an action based on the barcode Macro File Format The Macro file used by the Synergy Nano is a simple comma separated file easily generated within Microsoft Excel or any other program that can save to csv files The file layout consists of two columns the barcode text column A and a communication command or string of commands to execute when that barcode text is entered column B The communication commands can be any valid communication commands separated by a semicolon The command string length must not exceed 900 characters The communications command list for the Synergy Nano is available in the appendix of this technical manual and can be downloaded from www TidalEng com synergy htm As an example when barcode text 123456 78 is scanned we want to stop the chamber load and run the profile Product1 vpl To do this we enter 123456 78 in column A and the commands off fileopen 1
287. se and fast test chamber control The PID tuning parameters are shown in the following screenshot Tuning parameters are available for each half of the split Push Pull Heat Cool system Ee Setup Screen Prop Band Ch 1 Heat Reset Ch 1 Heat 0 020 Rate Ch 1 Heat 0 000 Cycle Time Ch 1 Heat 5 00 Rate Band Ch 1 Heat 0 000 Description The Proportional Band Channel 1 Heat PB1H line displays the current value For the proportional band parameter Program Paused End of Program 744 11 3T Optimum test chamber performance criteria depend on the application and can be summarized as follows 1 Minimum over shoot 2 Minimum transition time 3 Minimum energy The later being important when LN or electricity consumption is the primary concern The Synergy Nano is tuned as required using the built in tools that include the on screen PID monitor See screen shot below and the history log file Maintenance Screen 2 59 00 PM Heat Cool Property Cascade Pn In Dn PID Err Setpoint Actual F E Reset Rate Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 000 29 625 4 4507 DUU 0 0200 0 0000 100 0000 0 0000 0 0000 100 0000 444 732 27 625 4 4507 5 0000 0 0700 0 0000 Page 46 SYNERGY NANO To gather data to help in the tuning process a 10 second logging interval is recommended as shown below Setup Screen 4 32 48 PM fitoaginalsetup Enable Logging Logging
288. se the appropriate cascade temperature sensor Chamber Off 460 2C DDT Warning Select the PIDs folder in the screen above to view the screen shown on the left Use this screen to view and change the Proportional Band and Reset settings Note Rate and Rate Band settings aren t used Select the Settings Folder from the Setup PID Settings Cascade screen In the Settings screen shown Cascade Low Limit and Cascade High Limit are the minimum and maximum air temperatures that the controller will use to achieve the desired product temperature These parameters default to 100 C and 200 C respectively but should be changed to values dictated by the chamber and product under test The chart below shows a graph of air temperature setpoint versus PID output for the default values sensor used which is described in the Select Cascade Sensor section RTDs have a greater i The ranges set for Cascade High Limit and Cascade Low Limit must be within the range of the in temperature range than the Synergy Nano s UUT thermocouple sensor The UUT module Type T thermocouple range is as follows Low Value 100 deg C and High Value 400 deg C Warning capabilities of the chamber and the product under test These are the minimum and maximum air i Set the Cascade Low Limit and Cascade High Limit carefully Be certain they are within the A temperatures that the controller will use Synergy Nano Technica
289. sent to the inner loop The inner loop monitors the discharge air from the conditioning system and compares it to the temperature set point generated by the outer loop An error signal is generated and then adjusted by the Heat and Cool PIDs An output power level signal ranging from 0 to 100 is produced and sent to the heating and cooling systems Warning Careful consideration should be paid to the Cascade Control setup since the chamber air temperature will often go to these the limits This will always occur if the product sensor isn t connected properly A secondary limit controller set appropriately should always be used to prevent damage to the chamber and or to the unit under test product in the event of controller or primary sensor failure Cascade High Limit should be always be set to the maximum allowable air temperature for the chamber and product CASCADE CONTROL OUTER LOOP UUT Lo Hi Limit Temperature Setpoint UUT Setpoint Power Level 100 to 100 PID Set Je UUT or RTD2 Temperature Heating System O to 100 96 Air Temperature RTD1 PID Set Cooling System O to 100 96 INNER LOOP AIR PID Set Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 233 SYNERGY NANO The graph below shows the speed and control advantages of Synergy s Cascade Control feature Note that the Air Temperature forces a faster product UUT temperature change by providing a greater delta t
290. stination File O Delete Files Screen Editor Enter or select file to delete O Rename Files Screen Editor Enter or select Original amp New File Name O Export History Screen Editor Export the current history file O Clear History Screen Editor Clear the current history file Q Export Screen Shots Wizard used to export screenshots Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 138 SS ag FO TS a a r 7 1 Operator Interface The Maintenance Directory provides a set of utilities that are used for the operation and maintenance of the chamber Go to Section 7 2 Maintenance Alarm Functions for specific information on Alarms Channel FID s Date and Time Z UE 999 File Utilities Maintenance Screen 1 53 51 Phy fimachine Inputs Machine Input Low Stage Compressor Low Press Temperature Low Stage Compressor High Press Temperature High Stage Compressor Low Press Temperature High Stage Compressor High Press Temperature 1 1 PSIG 3a F 2 4 PSI 39 2 F 4 9 P5IG a s 5 8 P5IG 46 3 F PEN a Chamber Bi 09 9 on Maintenance Screen e D fipate and Time 24 Time 14 ES Joe lIl w 13 15 19 20 EL fan xis 3 Cancel zm zk cu 2f3 U04 M T W I F 26 27 28 29 30 3 4 EN E Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Reading Maintenance Directory Press the MAINT button to access the following functions Machine Inputs Compressor Pressures Alarms C
291. systems Standard configuration s are predefined at the factory These include Synergy Nano Configurations Description Nano Temperature Only Temperature Only Chambers Nano Temperature Temperature Thermal Shock Chamber Nano Temperature Humidity Temperature Humidity Chambers Nano Temperature Pressure Altitude and Space Chambers Nano Temperature Vibration HALT HASS Chambers Nano Pressure Altitude and Space Chambers Synergy Micro and Synergy Nano Plus Chamber Type Applications The Synergy Controller and the Synergy Nano Plus can control one two three and four channel systems These include Synergy Nano Configurations Description Generic Temperature Only Temperature Only Chambers Generic Temperature Temperature Thermal Shock Chamber Generic Temperature Humidity Temperature Humidity Chambers Generic Temperature Humidity Single Stage Temperature Humidity Chambers with Single Compr Generic Temperature Pressure Altitude and Space Chambers Generic Temperature Humidity Pressure Altitude Chambers Generic Temperature Humidity Vibration HALT HASS Chambers Generic Temperature Vibration HALT HASS Chambers Generic Pressure Altitude and Space Chambers Important Warnings Make sure you completely understand the operations and functions of the Synergy Controller before you begin operating your test chamber Dangerous voltages are present in this equipment Disconnect electrical service of source and tag circuit out before servicing or replacing c
292. t Enter Enter Response Output Enter ml Instrument Error Cancel Apply Help Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A In the SimpleComm Utility select the IEEE 488 tab and set the port number to the same port number specified on your GPIB controller Next set SimpleComm s 488 address to the address of the Synergy Nano The default Timeout is set to 1 second 1000 ms The default sample rate for the IEEE 488 is 4 times per second SimpleComm will query the chamber 4 times per second until the timeout period is reached IEEE 488 has no connect buttons connections are made on an as needed basis If a communication attempt fails a text box message will notify the user of the error To view IEEE specific controls in the SimpleComm utility press the Properties button From this window you may view and set the GPIB port and address You can test the IEEE connection by pressing the Test button This test sends the IDN Command to the Synergy Nano The response will be displayed in the response test box If there is no response it will display an error message Page 176 SYNERGY NANO TCP IP To communicate over TCP IP connect your PC to your LAN You must also connect your chamber to your LAN The Synergy Nano either requires a DHCP router to dynamically assign it an IP address or your network administrator can assign you an available Static IP Address REESEN Once assigned the IP Address will appear
293. t the Sensor type from the list Temperature Input Types automatically scale the value for logging and display when the Units of measure for the controller are changed from C to F and vice versa Analog Inputs can be set for Vaisala sensors that require temperature compensation Use the Type to select which temperature reading to use Temperature compensated Vaisala sensor and other sensor types are also supported Sensor Type Temp Temperature Vsla Comp Temperature compensated Vaisala sensor Vsla RTD1 Un Compensated Vaisala sensor with compensation temperature read from RTD1 Vsla RTD2 Un Compensated Vaisala sensor with compensation temperature read from RTD2 Calibration Channels 1 thru 4 Vsla AN1 Un Compensated Vaisala sensor compensated with Analog 1 temperature reading Vsla CH1 Un Compensated Vaisala sensor with compensation temperature read from Channel 1 Select the Type from the list and press Accept or Cancel Page 42 SS Sy d Sc Vi M Vaisala Temperature Compensation Vaisala Relative Humidity sensors are available in temperature compensated and uncompensated versions and the Synergy Nano is compatible with both types In addition the controller can accommodate sensors with 0 5VDC and 4 20mA outputs The Synergy Nano uses the Vaisala recommended temperature compensation algorithm The algorithm is a second order polynomial defined over four temperature ranges by the following table of co
294. tage Range High Resolution Analog High Engineering Units High Resolution Analog Low Engineering Units Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Response Example Units Example Calibration Commands HIGH LOWVOLTS Set HIGH LOWVOLTS ARG1 HIGH3 LOWVOLTS 25 oK High Res Analog Input number 3 6 ARG 1 Lower Volt range of the attached sensor 0 5 25V HIGHZ LOWVOLTS HIGHZ LOWVOLTS High Res Analog Input number 3 6 HIGH3 LOWVOLTS 25 Query HIGH HIGHEU Set HIGH HIGHEU ARG1 HIGH3 HIGHEU 100 High Res Analog Input number 3 6 ARG1 Upper scaled value of the attached sensor 500 5000 units HIGH HIGHEU Query HIGH _HIGHEU High Res Analog Input number 3 6 HIGH3 HIGHEU 100 0 HIGH LOWEU Set HIGH LOWEU ARG1 HIGH3 LOWEU 0 OK High Res Analog Input number 3 6 ARG1 Lower value of the attached sensor 500 5000 units HIGH LOWEU Query f HIGH _LOWEU it High Res Analog Input number 3 6 HIGH3 LOWEU 000 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 308 SYNERGY NANO Description Command Usages Command Syntax Range Command Response Example Units Example Calibration Commands HIGH _TYPE HIGH _TYPE HIGH1_TYPE 1 OK A High Res RTD Input 1 2 ARG1 0 JIS 500 1 JIS 100 2 DIN 500 3 DIN 100 t A High Res Analog Input 3 6 ARG1 High Resolution Analog Input eee PE Type 2 Vaisala Compensate w RTD1 3 Vaisala Compensate w RT
295. tal Device Output RS 1 Pin1 Pin2 1 Heat 2 Pin3 Pin4 2 Cool E 3 Pin5 Pin6 3 Boost Cool 1 4 Pin7 Pin8 4 Dryer GN2 EE 5 Pin9 Pin10 5 Fan 6 Pin11 Pin12 6 Not Used ee a T LT LI des Ex mh Aux Outputs X2 Channel Digital Device Output 1 Pin11 Pin1 7 Heat 2 Pin11 Pin2 8 Cool 3 Pin11 Pin3 9 Boost Cool 4 Pin11 Pin4 10 Dryer GN2 5 Pin11 Pin5 11 Fan 6 Pin11 Pin6 12 Not Used mm mm jim im m ei ed ke el ed ed ke minimi mm a alala lal ld X2 Pin 11 can provide the 5VDC source for these outputs Event Outputs X8 A X Channel Digital Device m m p Output T SIE S 1 13 Event 1 HIE 2 14 Event 2 s HIE 3 15 Event 3 T E LES 4 16 Event 4 aps 5 17 Event 5 JE reme IS 6 18 Event 6 i Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 88 Nano Temperature Pressure Main Screen Main Screen Digital Output Screen Main 1
296. te 15B DF 420 4 95 screen The LEDs illuminate when each Event is On Events Synergy Nanos offer six user controlled on off outputs that can be controller while running in steady state and when running programs These on off outputs are referred to as Events and they can be used for customer applications as well as for special factory installed control features For example test engineers can use these outputs to enable disable power to the product for certain portions of a profile enable LN2 solenoids or operate some special test equipment Each Event can be controlled while the chamber is running in manual mode or programmatically from the profile See the Programming Section 9 0 of this manual for additional information regarding the Setpoint step The On Off state of each Event can be monitored in the Events Event Output folder The LED is red when the event is active and gray when it is inactive Event Boards Events are covered in greater detail later in this section along with a description of the available Event boards and their wiring Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 219 Use Drier The User Drier feature is used to change the method of dehumidification The Chamber defaults to Dehumidify Coil Select the Use Drier method when to achieve very low humidity The Use Drier state controlling the dehumidification method is controlled by the profile while the chamber is running a program To monitor the On
297. tep f Copy Step Delete Step Le cmd Leon Leg Tim Il RunTime 0 00 00 Chamber Off LGE 0 6 5 ALARM Nj Dun Edit CHI SetPoint LZ SetPoint or Off CH2 Actual Alarm Multiple Alarms 29500 50 0 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A COMMUNICATIONS Screen Provides access to six different Communications folders RS 232 RS 485 IEEE 488 Ethernet Web Server TCP IP Server 9 9 9 9 9 Details are in Section 8 0 Communications PROGRAM Screen Load create copy and save program files Edit add copy and delete program steps KS PROG Details are in Section 9 0 Programming the Synergy Nano RUN Screen Open File Run stop and pause program Run program from a selected step Run program with outputs off Includes Dynamic Editing of jump loops while program is running 9 9 9 9 Details are in Section 9 7 Programming the oynergy Nano Running a Program Page 29 Events Screen 44539 Ply EVENTS Screen Provides access to four different Events folders Event Outputs UUT Temperatures Event Outputs Digital Outputs Digital Outputs e Digital Inputs High Resolution Analog Inputs F EI EI Low Resolution Analog Inputs Digital Inputs High Res Analog Low Res Analog Chamber Off 315 8C 106 6 Details are in Section 11 0 Events Directory m Graph Screen 2 07 21 PM GRAPH Screen Touch the graph For settings Screen Information
298. the factory to find out if your controller supports this feature Controller upgrades are available Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A DIES Page 116 MX aE Ae 7 e 1 E R cs Y N 0 The Synergy Controller user interface consists of the LCD Touch screen eight Screen Selection buttons below the LCD and 10 Navigation and Control buttons to the right With the new Panel Lock features each Screen Selection button is assigned a security level from the five available levels General Synergy controller screen features and Default user levels are summarized in the table below ETT Tiu Screen Chan 1 Temp C 23 7 C LCD Touchscreen Navigation and Control Screen Selection zZ SETUP MAINT COMM PROG RUN EVENTS GRAPH Sa Screen Screen usage summary Default Access SETUP Chamber Configuration Settings and PID values Administrator MAINT Time Date Monitoring Maintenance COMM Communications setup Network Setup Engineer PROG Program creation and editing Engineer RUN Program Run Operator EVENTS Input and Output Monitor and User Event control Operator GRAPH Process variable and Setpoint graphing Unrestricted MAIN Steady State control setpoints Graph and On off feature Operator Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A D Page 117 IERGY NANO Panel Lock Feature Setup To setup the Panel Lock feature follow these steps Speci
299. the number of times to jump The target step must always be before the jump step because the controller cannot jump forward it will only jump back in the profile The jump count specifies how many times to loop back over the steps The count can be anywhere from one to two hundred fifty five or negative one Negative one specifies an infinite loop it will continue jumping back to the specified step until the profile is stopped manually Specify the required number of cycles less one when specifying the jump loop count since the steps will always be executed once before the first jump Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 211 Sa Wait For The Waitfor step holds program execution until the specified conditions are met Those conditions can be setpoints a time interval or external digital inputs Waitfor steps can wait on one or more channels values The Waitfor will not advance until the actual value temperature humidity etc for that channel goes above or below the Waitfor value The direction the actual must travel is determined at the very start of the step If the actual value is less then the Waitfor value when the step begins then the step will wait until the actual value is greater then the Waitfor value If the actual value is greater then the Waitfor value when the step begins then the step will wait for the actual value to be less then or equal to the Waitfor value Waitfor steps can also wait for a specified time If th
300. tion The UUT Feature is used to enable logging of LUUT Unit Under Test temperature data 158 0F 48 4 95 2 37 10 PM Enable Logging Logging Enabled Logging Interval sec 60 Log File Size MB 1 40 Description The Enable Logging Feature allows the user to enable or disable logging of data Chamber Off 158 0F 45 4 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Step 5 Select the Machine Values Folder Select the Machine Input process values of Sensors 1 thru 8 for logging These inputs usually consist of compressor suction and discharge pressures and temperatures These values can be viewed in real time from the Machine Inputs screen of the Maintenance directory Select the sensor and press the Change button Scroll down to access sensors 6 8 Return to the Logging Data directory by pressing the Back button Step 6 Select the UUT Values Folder Use this screen to enable Units Under Test data logging for UUT1 thru UUT8 These values can be viewed in real time in the UUT Temperatures screen of the Events directory Select the UUT and press the Change button Scroll down to access UUTs 6 8 H Return to the Logging directory by pressing the Back button Step 7 Start Logging Operation From the Logging directory select the Setup folder The screen at left appears Here you set up and start the logging operation To change the logging interval select the parameter and enter the time in sec
301. tion 6 1 1 Sensor 6 Bad Sensor Reading Setup Logging Sensor 7 Bad Sensor Reading Sensor 8 Bad Sensor Reading m Events Screen UUT Temperatures For UUT Modules 1 thru 8 this screen shows actual temperature readings of Sensors 1 thru 8 for each UUT Steady State 158 0F 49 4 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 228 UERQGY NANO UUT Module Setup Procedure This is the installation and set up procedure for one or more UUT Unit Under Test modules If a UUT module is already installed in your chamber go to Step 9 in this Procedure for instructions on how to view your thermocouple temperature readings on the Synergy Nano touch screen Refer to the UUT Module Board and Connector Layout Drawing at the end of this section UUT Module Specifications Up to four UUT Modules can be used with the Synergy Nano Each module can accept up to 16 thermocouple inputs for a total of 64 inputs The UUT module uses Type T Thermocouples 9 9 9 RS 485 Data Communications are used to communicate with each UUT Module Hardware Connections d Disconnect power to the test chamber before starting Lock out Tag out your power source Follow the steps below to configure the UUT Module and to make necessary connections Once the items above have been removed you will note the following cables that are connected to the UUT Module Power Supply Cord Black 2 wire cord with plug in transformer connected to Termina
302. to 630 C Accuracy 0 05 Ohms Type 100 or 500 Ohm Pt JIS or DIN T C T C Accuracy 1 C Types E B J K R S and T Process Resolution 16 Bits 0 5 VDC 0 10 VDC 4 20 mA Analog Outputs Number of Analog Outputs 2 Range 0 5 VDC Standard 4 20 mA Optional Accuracy 0 5 mv Resolution 12 bits Analog Output Functions Channel 1 amp 2 Setpoint Actual Heat PID Cool PID Number of Main Outputs 6 DC Outputs Model TE1858 1 0 5 VDC Open Collector Relay Outputs Model TE1858 2 Contact Rating 1 A 250 VAC SSR Outputs Model TE1858 3 Contact Rating 1 A 250 VAC Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Ground TRUE Open Circuit FALSE Voltage Range 0 5 to 45 5 VDC Data Logging Interval 1 Second to 60 Minutes Data Process Variables Setpoints PID variables UUT T Type thermocouple Alarm Types Low Program Memory Low Space Storage Card Temp Guard External Monitor Open Sensor Ch 1 Open Sensor Ch 2 High Process Limit Low Process Limit High Deviation Limit Low Deviation Limit User Programmable Alarms Internal communications failure Power Requirements 100 to 240 VAC 47 to 63 Hz 8 24 VDC Optional 10 Watts Operating Conditions Temperature 10 C to 30 C Humidity O to 9096 RH Non condensing Size and Weight 3 78 WX3 78 H X 3 94 D 1 5 Ibs Compliance Touch Safe Terminals CE EN 61010 1 EN 61326 IP 65 and Nema 4X Synergy Nano Controller and Opt
303. troller s FTP server programmatically is beyond the scope of this application note however many application environments support this capability including NET and LabVIEW In Microsoft NET 2 0 for example you can now programmatically access FTP servers using the FtoWebRequest and FtpWebResponse managed classes To access the Synergy Controllers FTP server using IE first configure the controller network properties from the COMM Screen s Ethernet folder as shown below Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 196 10 52 30 PMI IF Address Selection DHCP Ethernet Address 172 16 10 118 Ethernet Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Ethernet Gateway 172 16 10 254 Description The IP Address Selection parameter specifies the protocol Far assigning an IP address to the controller Chamber Off i10 EF 209 Then type the Controller s IP address in the format ftp 172 16 10 118 in the browser s address bar and press enter The controller s public directory will be displayed as shown below Eek File Edit wiew Favorites Tools Help an Bak E L P Search Folders Pi EJ ao Address L ftp J 172 16 10 118 A Mame Size Type Modified ath Folder Tasks s BLJAPPNOTEMACRO csy 112 bytes Microsoft Office Excel Co 1 1 2000 12 01 AM blink pl 212 bytes PL Fil 5 23 2008 10 01 AM mi Rename this item Eo i a P i WW Ge ue NIMM Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A DIES Page 197 U
304. ts see Synergy Nano Communications Section 18 of this manual In addition see the Communications screen for communications parameters Note that the RS 485 port can be used as a slave communications port for computer control as well as a master port for UUT sensor monitoring See the UUT Section 13 0 of the manual for information on UUT module setup TE1608 Dual Communications Cable TE1608 Dual RS 232 RS 485 Serial Cable RS 485 DB9 Male UUT Thermocouple for BR L eu Leal Ele IJ An i AL TH AC LE II be M He DEN RS 232 DB9 Female User Communications TE1596 Communications Cable for GPIB IEEE 488 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A pg Page 291 UIERGY NANO Ne 17 6 10 Synergy Nano Plus Retransmit Outputs Wire retransmit outputs to the chart recorder or control valves as necessary Use 4 20 mA converters if required See Section 6 4 Special Functions for setup details The following table displays the connector and pin numbers for the Synergy Nano s two analog retransmit outputs Below the table is an image of the Olympic Board connector P4 pins 9 12 Analog Retransmit Connections Table Connector amp Pin Number Analog Output 1 P4 Pin 11 Retransmit 1 Return P4 Pin 12 Analog Output 2 P4 Pin 9 Retransmit 2 Return P4 Pin 10 7 L Em wg 3 V E Pins 9 10 11 12 1343 dh A WW Connector P4 Ne 17 6 11 Synergy Nano Plus Alarm
305. tup Logging Clear History See Section 7 0 Maintenance for further information Setup Screen 3 gd i27 PM L Values LOD Settings Chamber Setup Lagging Languages Chamber Off 77FOF 999 WM Setup Screen Export History Chamber Off log UF 49 4 Setup Screen Channel Readings Channel Setpoints Cascade Channel PIDs Machine Values LILIT Values LUF 49 4 Die Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Step 1 From the main setup directory select the Logging folder Select the Data folder The screen at the left appears The following data is available for logging Channel Readings Actual Channel Setpoints Channel PIDs Machine Values UUT Values 9 9o 9 9 Page 109 SYNERGY NANO Example Log Printout Date and Time CHlActual CH2Actual CHlSetpoint CH2Setpoint 0272572001 11 33 50 24 9 48 0 Ser SE 0272372001 E ee 24 9 DD Zo SE E 02 29 2001 EL e 29550 Sub v Z0 Sib H m Setup Screen estia PN Step 2 Select the Channel Readings Folder fiLogging Data channel Readings Use this screen to select the process values for CHI Actual Enahle each selected channel for logging Select the CH2 Actual Enahl channel press the Change button and select ce Ha E Enable in the screen that follows CH3 Actual Disable Return to the Logging Data directory by pressing the Back button Description The CH1 Actual Feature is used to enable data logging For channel 1 actual temperature v
306. ture scale for downloading and uploading operations If you download from a chamber in Centigrade mode then upload to a chamber that is in Fahrenheit you will have numerous incorrect settings Visual Basic Source Code Tidal Engineering provides the source code for the SimpleComm as a reference guide for developers We recommend that you use Visual Basic 6 0 or higher and Windows 2000 or higher If you are using Windows 95 98 ME or NT we recommend you do not overwrite any system files if asked during installation Before you install the source code you must install the SimpleComm application which contains a TMW GPIB component that is needed to run the program in Visual Studio To install the source code download the files from the Tidal Engineering web site Double click on the Setup exe file and follow the installation directions Start Visual Studio and open the Visual Basic Project file SimpleComm vbp The source code and forms are fully editable Communications Source Code There are several key selections of code that form the backbone of communication over serial ports TCP IP and GPIB The selections are discussed below and are broken into three areas Settings amp Connecting Sending Data and Receiving Data These sections of code can be cut and pasted into your own programs thus adding quick and simple communication routines to your applications Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 180 Visual Basic Code Setting a
307. unit power supply Next he connects the power up complete output signal from the unit under test to Digital Input 1 When the program runs it ramps to temperature and then activates Event 1 to start the power up sequence for the test unit The Waitfor step is programmed to wait for Digital Input 1 to turn on The chamber program holds its state until the power up sequence is complete and the signal from Digital Input 1 arrived The advantage of the Waitfor in this application is that it doesn t matter how long the startup process takes it could take 1 5 or 10 minutes or be different each time At the point the signal comes in on Digital Input 1 the chamber program can continue since the test unit is powered and running Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 225 SEGUE Ee rh SCHT E 11 5 High Resolution Analog Inputs Events Screen 5 4342 PM High Resolution Analog Inputs hbneawd Je Rm RTD 2 Analog 1 Analog Input Raw Reading Scaled Analog 2 RTD 1 ohms 270 540 65 054 Analog 3 RTD 2 ohms 100 650 1 742 Analog 4 Analog 1 yolks 0 000 0 020 Analog 2 volts 2 501 50 024 Analog 3 yolks 10 028 200 556 Analog 4 volts 2 501 50 027 Chamber Off 468 8C 0 2 Description High Resolution Analog input Screen is used to monitor signals from process sensors The Synergy Nano displays the Raw value and the Scaled value 11 6 Low Resolution Analog Inputs Events Screen 5 47 56 PM Low Resolution Analog
308. ure below Splitting the system provides both operator convenience and wiring convenience In certain applications the touch screen may be required to be remote from the chamber and not mounted on the chamber This can be required when the equipment must operate in an explosion proof area A conventional RS 422 extender kit P N TE2086 can be used to separate the Synergy Nano and the Olympic board by distances up to 1000 feet The fiber optic extender kit P N TE1972 can provide operation over distances up to several kilometers Consult the factory for more information Synergy Nano Plus Rear View Expanded Configuration X6 10 100 Ethernet B N X7 USB Device X8 Olympic Cable Connector to P13 Oe Oe Ti Pe ll Le G ARP m m K emm m m m XE E EEG B Bid JHHHHHHHHHHHHH d Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A NANO Synergy Nano Plus Olympic board Power and Communications wiring P9 Olympic Board Power 12VDC JEBBHBEBBEBEBRE Internal Serial Communications 100 to 240 VAC 50 60Hz LINE LINE NEUTRAL NEUTRAL LINE NEUTRAL Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A ES RGY NANO Most of the Synergy Nano Plus input and output wiring is made at the Olympic board The following image of the Olympic Board identifies the connectors on the board and their principal functions In addition the connection diagram that follows identifies the detai
309. used to eliminate the steady state error of a strictly proportional control Increasing the reset the integral gain can destabilize the response decreasing the reset can stabilize and slow the system response Integral Output f 100 proportional band Reset Error Derivative Dn The derivative portion of the controller output is proportional to the rate of change of the error Derivative Output 100 proportional band Rate d error dt Proportional Output Pn Proportional output is the difference between setpoint and actual value divided by the proportional band As an example if the proportional band is 10 and the actual temperature is 90C and the setpoint is 100 then the Pn term is 100 When the actual value reaches 95 degrees the Pn term is at 5096 at 99C the Pn term is 10 at 100C the Pn term is 0 Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 51 Reset Constant Reset controls the integration error The larger this value the faster the integration term will change Increasing reset adds gain to the system A lower Reset slows the controller response and increases stability Rate Constant The Rate is used to scale the rate of change with time and controls the calculation of the derivative The derivative aids in canceling out the oscillation that normally occurs with PID calculations It in effect tries to put toughs in the line when the calculations are causing crests and tries to put crests in the line wh
310. user manual via the Synergy Manager Help menu utilizing Acrobat software Supports up to sixteen 16 standard PC serial ports ports must be recognized by supported OS and contiguous 1 thru 16 Software protection via external hardware Rev 1 20 and higher See External Hardware Dongle Key Data Control amp Observation Each individual chamber control window has eight data tabs at the bottom Each of these tabs covers a different category of data control and observation As a collection the eight data tabs present a complete real time view of the state of each chamber 9 9 99 Oo 9 9 p Sep ep Events Profiles Process Data displays setpoints and actual temperature and humidity data Graphs displays setpoint and actual temperature and humidity data on a line graph Alarms sets and monitors process alarms such as maximum allowed temperatures Logging logs setpoint and actual temperature and humidity data and PID values to a text file Events displays status of events dipswitch settings and logical inputs Profiles allows users to create and download test profiles to a chamber Messages displays a list of all application and chamber error messages Info displays diagnostic chamber and communication protocol data and settings Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 185 SYNERGY NANO Profile Editor Write profiles once and run anywhere Profile Editor T3 HEAT HEAT Ch v O gm tz g
311. ut 12 18 Not Used 11 17 Not Used 10 10 Cascade 9 9 Low Artificial Load 8 8 Full Cool 7 7 PID Cool 6 6 High Compressor 5 5 Low Compressor 4 4 Boost Heat 3 3 PID Heat 2 2 Hi Artificial Load 1 1 Fan SSR Outputs TE1151 6 SM Digital Device Channel Output 6 30 5 29 Not Used 4 28 Not Used 3 27 Not Used 2 26 Not Used 1 25 Not Used Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 92 Generic Temp Only Main Screen Digital Output Screen Main S 7 14 59 PM Events Screen 11 14 08 PM Chan 1 Temp eet G Joar Outputs S ep d SE Point Een 1473 7C Si LowAL Mone Mone E HAL D Cascade None Mone PIDH D Mone Eventi None BoostH Mone D Event 3 O None LowcCmp D Mone D Event 3 D Mone D Hicomp Mone O Event4 None amp ppc O None Eyent5 Event 23 Fullc Mone D Evento 9 Event 24 Selected Output fi Biza ott Omo On Program Paused End of Program 473 7C Steady State 25 00 Channels Inputs Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Type Temperature N A N A N A Sensor RTD1 N A N A N A High Volt Scale N A N A N A N A Low Volt Scale N A N A N A N A High Eng Scale N A N A N A N A Low Eng Scale N A N A N A N A Digital Inputs Name Input Function when Closed Compressor Cut in Logic Input3 Boost Heat High Artificial Load High Stage Compressor Cascade Condenser See Section 6 7 Device Primitives etc Burn in Logic Input 4 Enables Low Stage Compressor and Full Cool with LEV 1
312. ution Analog Input 4 Pin Signal Signal 12 V 0 5VDC 7 V GND 17 6 4 4 20mA Sensor Wiring and Setup The Synergy Nano Plus can accommodate up to four precision 4 20 mA transducers and up to eight low N resolution 4 20 mA transducers A precision 250 ohm resistor is required for each transducer This section explains the wiring and setup procedure and provides examples These process inputs can also be used with 4 20 mA transducers using the supplied precision 250 Ohm resistors TE1924 CAUTION The voltage inputs on the controller may be damaged if any 4 20 mA signal is attached without a 250 Ohm terminating resistor Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 283 SYNERGY NANO In the calibration folder 4 20 mA sensors are setup to accommodate the 1 0 to 5 0 VDC range that results from the signal and the 250 Ohm termination resistor The calibration High Volts Scale should be set for 5 0 VDC and Low Volts Scale for 1 0 VDC The Engineering Scales Should be set for the specific sensor and scaling Take a look at the input calibration screen for the two examples below Sep Screen Example 1 fiCalbration Input High ReslAnalog 3l J type thermocouple signal conditioner Back igh Eng Sa Sek uu Low Eng Scale 190 00 Mi High volts Scale pon 760 C for 20mA High Scale POE MOIS SCRI LED The input Type is set to Temperature Temp as shown at left Temp Description Help is not available For th
313. ventBC Ambient Actual Actual HiAL D Cascade Vacuum PIDHumd OQ PICH CO Ambient Event 1 amp pHmi nil Chan 3 Press T Torr E BoostH C PIDHumd Event 2 Drier Set C Lowcmp HAL Event 3 wickPan point ILOO OT Hicomp Deco Ewert 4 Two Se ul O PIDE O Drier EventS Event 23 Fullc 7 WickPan Event 6 Event 24 Selected Gutput iB 12a Cut 1 OMG On Steady State 2500 2 1 Steady State 230C dl Hin Channels Inputs Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Type Temperature Humidity Pressure N A Sensor RTD1 Analog 1 Analog 2 N A High Volt Scale N A 5VDC 5VDC N A Low Volt Scale N A OVDC OVDC N A High Eng Scale N A 100 1000 Torr N A Low Eng Scale N A 096 O Torr N A Digital Inputs Name Input Function when Closed Ambient Lock Out Input 1 Disables Ambient Coil when Dehumidify Coil is on Drier Logic Input 2 Enables Drier when LEV1 Use Drier is active Compressor Cut in Logic Input 3 Boost Heat High Artificial Load High Stage Compressor Cascade Condenser See Section 6 7 Device Primitives etc Burn in Logic Input 4 Enables Low Stage Compressor and Full Cool with LEV1 AGREE Chamber Logic Input5 Locke out Low Stage Compressor and enables High Stage Compressor and Full Cool with LEV1 TempGard Input9 A None TempGard Alarm displays in Alarm Folder and Log File Alarms Name Sensor Sensor Default Report Log K1 K2 Code Threshold Hi Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 gt 500 C Yes Yes Yes No Low Alarm Ch 1 RTD1 110 lt
314. vious Do Events loop If result lt gt Then Set global variable to response value GPIBResult result timerGPIB 0 Breaks out of previous While loop and records response Else Increment timerGPIB timerGPIB timerGPIB 1 End If End If Receiving with TCP IP tcpClient1 is the name of the Microsoft TCP Client component Private Sub tcpClient1 DataArrival ByVal bytesTotal As Long Dim strData As String Get data tcpClientl GetData strData Write the response in the response test box txtin 3 Text Replace strData vbCrLf 1 1 vbBinaryCompare End Sub Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 183 WERGY NANO 8 3 2 Synergy Manager PC Based Chamber Control Software iz Synergy Manager File Chambers Ports Profile Editor Alert System Window Help WATLOW 942 COOL WATLOW 942 UUTI WATLOW 942 UUT2 T3 HEAT HEAT e CON d Del E ON 1 Q OFF 1 ON 2 Q OFF 2 Status Hold Mode Chan 1 Temp F Chan 2 Temp F Set 25 0 F Change s 25 0 F change Point Actual 70 2 F setto c Actual 43 7 F Heat Cool Heat Cool 0 Yo 100 Co 0 95 100 Yo 00 00 26 02 ali 250 F T 2 F lt el Chamber 1 Temp Temp Chee 25 0 F 43 7 F R5232 Connected PN System Messages Loaded Chambers 0 Current Chamber St CAPS HUM ms SCRL 9 70 PM Status Messages Elapsed Time Introduction Synergy Manager is a software appl
315. vision A Page 134 SYNERGY NANO Add Alsem tWibard 10 26 59 AM Less Then comparison type We also select the Scaled Value for Data scaling because we want Click in the boxes below to select the to check the scaled Torr value as opposed to the comparison type and data scaling Raw 0 5 Volt input value Then we press Next gt to continue Comparison Sensor vs Threshold Less Then sl Data Scailing Scaled Value SvNERGY Add Alarm Wizard ieee Hei we enter the Alarm Threshold Click in the box below to enter Press the Alarm Threshold text box to open the the alarm threshold number pad Alarm Threshald lo Soen Enter the Alarm Threshold and press Accept to Add Alarm Wizard 10 31 45 AM continue Alarm value Valid Range 500 to Present value Mew Value Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 135 SYNERGY NANO Add Alarm Wizard Teese Confirm the Alarm Threshold Click in the box below ta enter Then we press Next gt to continue the alarm threshold Alarm Threshold 30 0 Hire HH EE SYNE 1 Cancel Here we enter the Alarm response Add Alarm Wizard 10 34 29 AM In this case we only want to Activate Relay 2 Click the actions below that vau want to occur when the alarm is Then we press Next gt to continue triggered r Activate Show Alarm pelas 1 C tog Alarm Disable Co Activate Chamber D Add Zlatan IHETTZETWEM And finally we c
316. voltage divider 1K 1K Ohm as shown below Alternatively Analog 2 3 or 4 can be used A precision 1 metal film resistor suitable for this application is the Panasonic ERO S2PHF1001 available from Digikey 1K Ohm Granville R Phillips 0 10 VDC y os Output Olympic Board P2 7 Signal Olympic Board Connector Pin Reference Analog Input 1 See Note P2 1 P2 7 Analog Input 2 P2 5 P2 7 Analog Input 3 P2 6 P2 7 Analog Input 4 P2 11 P2 7 Note High Resolution Analog 1 should always be connected to a sensor or shorted to Analog Common otherwise the open sensor detection circuitry present on Analog 1 only will negatively affect the accuracy of the other inputs Sep Screen Step 2 Select the appropriate chamber setup from the Chamber Setup folder and reboot as 4 ichamber Setup Change Chamber Back instructed For example the Temperature Available Options Pressure selection is shown at left Generic Temp Only Generic Temp Humidity Generic Temp Humidity Single Stage Generic Temp Pressure Generic Temp Humidity Pressure IT Generic Temp vibration el Retra Temn Only Alarm Internal Comm 25 0 C Setup Screen ALARM Step 3 Setup the Hi Res input calibration for the input used as shown at the left Calibration Input Calibration High Res slike bise fe sla 14 SETUP Calibration Input calibration Hi Raw Calibration mb 100 00 0 00 Res Analog 1 P2 1 to P2 7 High Eng Scale 10 00 Low Eng Scale
317. w Storage Alarm Condition Once you have cleared the alarm condition you can acknowledge the alarm to remove it from the Alarms folder list To acknowledge the Low Storage alarm go to the Maintenance Screen and select the Alarms folder The Low Storage alarm should say Yes in the Cleared Column Note This alarm acknowledge procedure ensures that the user sees the alarm event before it is cleared Press the Ack Alarm button The Alarm condition is now acknowledged and cleared and is removed from the list Page 147 SYNERGY NANO Preventing the Low Storage Alarm condition You can eliminate the recurrence of a Low Storage Alarm Condition by adjusting the Log File Size to a value less than the space available on the Synergy Nano Storage Card Follow the steps below m Setup Screen Mel tne Go to the Setup screen and select the Logging Setup folder Select Log File Size and fitogging setup 0000 press the Change button Back Enable Logging Logging Enabled Logging Interval sec 60 Log File Size MB 4 00 Description The Logging File Size Feature allows the user to set the log File size Ibis measured in megabytes Chamber Off 2207 D00 Die Setup Screen EEEEXTE EEEE he Synergy Nano determines the upper limits of T the valid range automatically Change the Log File Log File Size MB Size to a number below the maximum value valid Range 0 3 to 17 Megabytes Present Value Hew Value The maximum L
318. w shown at left will appear if a file is already opened Note You can also load a file from the Run screen but you can t add or edit profiles from the Run screen Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 207 SYNERGY NANO Open 11 55 e Drop down the Drive List to select the drive as shown at left Lr Lr LC L Drive List File List e E USE Hard Disk FloooyDisk ZU JU Kei H 003 008 bois bois 1004 booo boig boig 9 2 Creating a New Program Add Step Wizard Feature Note The Storage Card is the Synergy Nano s internal Flash memory Select the desired file from the File List that appears Press the Open button The Program screen will appear with the listing of your file Open the Run screen to start running your program See Section 9 7 Programming the Synergy Nano Running a Program for details The Add Step Wizard is the step by step guide that the Synergy Nano provides for adding and inserting program steps Each setup function is defined with on screen instructions You may cancel the Add Step Wizard at any time and return to the main Program screen To create a new program first press the New File button If a file is already open a window will appear as shown above in Section 9 1 For the purpose of demonstration to add a setpoint step press the Add Step button and proceed as shown below in the Add Step Hew File Wizard demonstration Add Step Wizard Wa
319. y the Monitor Only version of Synergy Manager SYNERGY MANAGER FEATURE MATRIX NN SUPPORTED CONTROLLERS WEG Baa qo EE E WE E E cl Ci LB LB R j R Ip pp pn Chamel 1 Process Variable LB LB JR MA BR JH JNA Ip JyChanneli2Process Variable Temp Mode RW RW RW R W R W R NA NA__ Celsius and Fahrenheit po NEE NEEN BE NN Settings gg Heatcog R R BR NA Ip D JR JR 9 PID Display Hum Dehumdty 18 IR RH NA IR JR MA IR PID Display Events BW RW HW HW HW RR HW Event Outputs Alarms PB Ip PR PB Ip PB Ip JR QQConnlesAlams XJ ll Logging o oo ooo O prr Controller Mode J J Jj L O p ol uuu KSE NEN NENNEN MEE ENEMIES E DEE ELE Communications J o o jo O ommunications LL 7 o dq X 1L L 43 qd pp q q j Emal FaxAlert J J o J qo 0 Email Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Email Alerts Fax Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes FaxAlerts Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 191 Feature is not available in Monitor Only Mode feature has no control is Read only or disabled Note The features listed are valid for Synergy Manager Version 1 25 x 8 3 3 Ethernet MAC Address If your network employs a DHCP server you may find that your chambe
320. y Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 173 SYNERGY NANO 8 3 Software Applications and Networks Tidal Engineering has developed several software packages designed to interact with environmental chambers over various communication protocols Section 8 3 Communications Software Applications introduces these software packages and illustrates several methods for configuring communication networks within a factory setting 8 3 1 SimpleComm Communications Software The Tidal Engineering SimpleComm application is an all in one communications package designed to be used with Synergy Nano environmental chambers It provides a simple interface for sending and receiving commands over RS 485 RS 232 IEEE 488 and TCP IP The Synergy Nano supports over 130 unique commands allowing for complete control and monitoring of your chamber from remote locations You can find the Synergy Nano command set at the end of this manual in Appendix C Synergy Communications Command Set or on Tidal Engineering s website www tidalengineering com Navigate to the Synergy Nano page and look under the general information section for the Synergy Nano Communications Commands Acrobat Reader file The Communications Command Set is a table of all the available communication commands The source code for the SimpleComm utility is also available on the web site for users who would like to develop their own Visual Basic based communications programs The source files are located on the
321. y Nano Technical Manual Revision A SSES Page 80 6 10 Synergy Nano Output Mappings by Chamber Type The following sections identify the output mappings for each chamber configuration Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 81 SYNERGY NANO 6 10 1 Synergy Nano Temperature Only Nano Temperature Only HHEBBBHBBHHHE a m el e Ini Main Outputs X1 Channel 1 Pin1 Pin2 2 Pin3 Pin4 3 Pin5 Pin6 4 Pin7 Pin8 5 Pin9 Pin10 6 Pint 1 Pin12 Aux Outputs X2 Channel 1 Pin11 Pin1 2 Pint 1 Pin2 3 Pin11 Pin3 4 Pin11 Pin4 5 Pin11 Pin5 6 Pin11 Pin6 Digital Device Output 1 Heat 2 Cool 3 Boost Cool 4 Dryer GN2 5 Fan 6 Not Used Digital Device Output 7 Heat 8 Cool 9 Boost Cool 10 Dryer GN2 11 Fan 12 Not Used X2 Pin 11 can provide the 5VDC source for these outputs Event Outputs X8 i i ail EHE AMARA By
322. y have to press F5 or select the View File Edit Favorites Tools Help 3 Back D J Search gt Folders Address g Ftp 172 16 10 118 V jew BEE Mame BL APPNOTEMACRO csv product1 vpl product vpl vty 1 vpl viv z vpl blink pl ES sab cfg E blinka vel blinkb vpl producti ren vpl bradbb vpl intel pl intel pl El blink up Folder Tasks Cu Rename this ibem iy Move this iter IS Copy this item A Delete this item Other Places Details Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Size 112 bytes 175 bytes 194 bytes 145 bytes 205 bytes 21 bytes 12 0 KB 464 bytes 453 bytes 175 bytes 175 bytes 453 bytes 537 bytes 598 bytes Tvpe Microsoft Office Excel Co vPL File VDL File VDL File VDL File VDL File Microsoft Office Outlook C VDL File VDL File VDL File VDL File VDL File vPL File Text Document efresh menu in the FTP client to refresh the file list to see the new file Modified 1 1 2000 12 01 AM 1 1 2000 12 01 AM 1 1 2000 12 01 AM 1 1 2000 12 01 AM 1 1 2000 12 13 AM 5 23 2008 10 01 AM 5 29 2008 1 18 PM 56 7 2008 9 17 AM 6 8 2008 8 44 PM 56 20 2008 5 47 PM 6 20 2008 5 52 PM 6 26 2008 7 08 PM Page 204 ERGY ANO To clear the history database type the command clearhist 1 in the Command text box and press the Send button as shown below Note that this command doesn t effect the History txt file in the public directory
323. ying steps as necessary to complete your program Press the Save File button when you are through creating your program Important Notes Step 3 Note You may want a Stop step at the end of your program If you do not include a stop step at the end of a program the controller will shut down the chamber when the program completes Step 9 Note During humidity control turn on OT11 TPM to change Output 11 Ambient Coil Feed from On Off control to Time Proportioned control 9 3 Step Type Descriptions The Synergy Nano can be used to create complex temperature and humidity profiles It supports five different step types each step type has a specific function These five steps are Setpoint Jump Loop Waitfor Auto Start and Stop The step type is selected in the Select Step Type screen of the Add Step Wizard as seen in step 3 above Each step is described in detail below Setpoint The Setpoint step is used to ramp the chamber from one setpoint to another or to soak ata setpoint for a specific time period Setpoints can be used to change events or logical values Some fields are required in a setpoint step and some are not Temperature setpoint is always required even if it is the same as the previous step Channel 2 3 or 4 if present can be set or turned off and not controlled If a ramp time is desired it can be entered If no time is entered the setpoint will immediately go to the desired setting and the profile will continue If a
324. ynergy Nano CE 98 Tidal Engineering Corporation 2 Emery Avenue Randolph New Jersey 07869 USA Declares that the following product English Designation Synergy Nano Model Numbers TE1858 1 TE1858 2 and TE1858 3 Classification Temperature Controller Installation Category II Pollution Degree II Rated Voltage 100 to 240V Rated Frequency 50 60 Hz Rated Power 39VA maximum Consumption Meets the essential requirements of the following European Union Directive s using the relevant section s of the normalized standards and related documents shown 89 336 EEC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of industrial scientific and medical radiofrequency equipment Group 1 Class A 73 23 EEC Low Voltage Directive EN 61010 1 1993 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use Part 1 General requirements Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 341
325. zed access This paramater controls this Feature Alarm Tempard 24 00 00 1 Panel On Off Keys when set to Enable allow the use of the ON OFF keys on the controller when the panel is locked Enabled is the recommend setting for safety reasons 2 Once unlocked the touch panel will automatically re lock after a period of inactivity The Unlock Duration setting specifies this period in minutes Synergy Nano Technical Manual Revision A Page 119 Setup Screen Panel Lack Admin Settings Hack Panel Lack Unlocked Panel On Off Keys Enable Unlock Duration Administrator Password Maintenance Password ha Description Once unlocked Ehe touch panel will automatically re lock after a period of inactivity The Unlock Duration specifies that period in minutes Alarm TempGard 2400 OI s The Panel Lock Passwords are listed in the Panel Lock Admin Settings folder in the order of access privilege The Administrator password has the highest privilege and can access all the controller screens The password can be up to 10 alpha numeric characters To change the password select the user level and press the Change button to open the T 9 pad and then enter the new password Setup Screen Panel Lack Admin Settings Hack Unlock Duration Administrator Password Maintenance Password Engineer Password Operator Password Description The Administrator account is the highest level account Ik can access all screens The passwo

Synergy Nano Technical Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents